Patrick Chung Math Notes and Exercises

PATRICK CHUNG Mathematics 2010/11
Chapter. 1 : Quadratic Equations

Page 3/24
Not for Sale

Solving Quadratic Equation (1) By Factorization
Q@_[@ ( - @@QQ

Q@@@~@@Q@@@~@_@@

e.g.1 Solve 0 22 9 10
2
= + x x .
0 22 9 10
2
= + x x .

2
2 0
( 2)( 1) 0
2 0 or 1 0
2 or 1
x x
x x
x x
x x
=
+ =
= + =
= =

x = 2 or 1
2
10 9 22 0
(10 11)( 2) 0
10 11 0 or 2 0
1.1 or 2
x x
x x
x x
x
+ =
+ =
= + =
=

2
10 9 22 x x +

10 11
2
9
x
x
x
+
+

2
2 0 x x =

Step 1:
( (( ( ) )) )
2
2
( 2)( 1)
x x
x x

= +

2
1

x
x
x

Step 2:
a b

a b = 0

a b 0
(i.e. a = 0 b = 0)

Page 4/24
Not for Sale

Q@_[@ ( - @@QQ

@@@@Q~@_@@Q@@@@@

e.g.2 Solve x
2
4x + 4 = 1.
x
2
4x + 4 = 1.

e.g.3 Solve (x 2) (x 5) = x 2 .
(x 2) (x 5) = x 2.
2
4 4 1
( 2)( 2) 1
2 1 or 2 1
3 only
x x
x x
x x
x
+ =
=
= =
=

2
2
4 4 1
4 3 0
( 1)( 3) 0
1 0 or 3 0
1 or 3
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
+ =
+ =
=
= =
=

( 2)( 5) 2
( 2)( 5) 2
2 2
5 1
6
x x x
x x x
x x
x
x
=

=

=
=

2
2
( 2)( 5) 2
7 10 2
8 12 0
( 2)( 6) 0
2 0 or 6 0
2 or 6
x x x
x x x
x x
x x
x x
x
=
+ =
+ =
=
= =
=

0

x

Page 5/24
Not for Sale

Q@_[@ ( - @@QQ

Solve the following quadratic equations.

1. 0 ) 3 )( 1 ( = x x 2. 0 ) 5 )( 4 ( = x x

3. 0 ) 4 )( 3 2 ( = + x x 4. 0 ) 1 3 )( 2 ( = + x x

5. 0 5 6
2
= + + x x 6. 0 4 5
2
= + x x

7. 0 2 5 2
2
= + x x 8.
2
6 8 1 x x + =

9. 0 1 4 3
2
= + + x x 10.
2
3 4 1 1 x x + + =
Page 6/24
Not for Sale

Solving Quadratic Equation (2) By Completing Square
Q@_[@ (_ - @[@

e.g.2 Solve x
2
4x + 4 = 1
x
2
4x + 4 = 1.

e.g.1 Solve 0 22 9 10
2
= + x x
0 22 9 10
2
= + x x

2
2
4 4 1
( 2) 1
2 1
2 1
3 or 1
x x
x
x
x
x
+ =
=
=
=
=

again!

2
2
2
2
2 2 2
2
10 9 22 0
9 11
0
10 5
9 11
10 5
9 11
2( )
20 5
9 9 11 9
2( ) ( ) ( )
20 20 5 20
9 961
( )
20 400
9 31
20 20
9 31
20 20
11
or 2
10
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
x
x
x
+ =
+ =
+ =
+ =
+ + = +
+ =
+ =
=
=

again!

x
2

9
20
x
9
20
x
2
9
( )
20

2
9
( )
20

(

)
2
9
10
x x +

Page 7/24
Not for Sale

Solving Quadratic Equation (2) By Completing Square
Q@_[@ (_ - @[@


1.
2
4 x = 2.
2
( 6) 0 x =

3.
2
( 3) 1 x + = 4.
2
( 4) 1 x =

5.
2
9 0 x = 6.
2
2 3 0 x =

7.
2
6 9 0 x x + + = 8.
2
8 16 0 x x + =

Page 8/24
Not for Sale
2
2
2
4 4 1
4 3 0
( 4) ( 4) 4(1)(3)

2(1)
4 4

2
4 2 4 2
or
2 2
3 or 1
x x
x x
x
x
x
x
+ =
+ =

=
=
+
=
=

2
2
4 5 0
( 4) ( 4) 4(1)(5)

2(1)
4 4

2
x x
x
x
+ =

=

=

No real roots

Solving Quadratic Equation (3) By Quadratic Formula
Q@_[@ (@ - @_@@

@@@Q~@_@@
2
0 ax bx c + + =

e.g.2 Solve x
2
4x + 4 = 1
x
2
4x + 4 = 1.

e.g.4 Solve x
2
4x + 5 = 0
x
2
4x + 5 = 0.

a = 1
b = 4 ( (( ( ) )) )
c = 3

2
4
2
b b ac
x
a

=

(
)

No real roots
again!
Page 9/24
Not for Sale

Solving Quadratic Equation (3) By Quadratic Formula
Q@_[@ (@ - @_@@


1.
2
3 5 0 x x + = 2.
2
3 0 x x =

) ( 2
) )( ( 4 ) ( ) (
2

= x

) ( 2
) )( ( 4 ) ( ) (
2

= x

3.
2
6 8 0 x x + = 4. 0 3 8
2
= + x x

) ( 2
) (
= x

) ( 2
) (
= x

5.
2
5 2 0 x x + + =

Page 10/24
Not for Sale
2
4
2
b b ac
x
a

=

Nature of Roots (Discriminant)
@@Q@ (@@@

( Root = Solution )

e.g.5 If the equation x
2
4x + k = 1 has equal roots, find the value of k.
x
2
4x + k = 1 k . [03 M.C.Modified]

x
2
4x + k = 1
x
2
4x + (k 1) = 0

The equation has equal roots

= 0

2
( 4) 4(1)( 1) 0
16 4( 1) 0
16 4 4 0
4 20
5
k
k
k
k
k
=
=
+ =
=
=

@@@
2
4 b ac =

> 0 : Two real roots
( Distinct roots )
= 0 : One real root
( Equal roots )
< 0 : No real roots
a = 1
b = 4 ( )
c = (k 1) ( )
0 00 0 ~

@@@@
~@~@_
@@@@
@@@@
-
Page 11/24
Not for Sale

Nature of Roots (Discriminant)
@@Q@ (@@@

Find the discriminant () and determine the number
of real roots of each of the following quadratic
equations.

Equation

Value of the discriminant ()
(Put a in the appropriate box)

()
Number of
real roots

> 0 < 0 = 0
1. 0 3 4
2
= + x x

2. 0 5 4
2
= + x x

3. 0 6
2
= + + x x

4. 0 3 2
2
= + x x

5. 0 9 12 4
2
= + x x

6.
2
3 1 0 x x + =

7. If the equation x
2
kx + k = 0 has equal roots, find the value of k.
x
2
kx + k = 0 k .
Page 12/24
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Factorization)
@@@ (@@QQ

1. [98 M.C.10]
Solve (x 1) (x 3) = x 3 .

(x 1) (x 3) = x 3.

A. x = 1
B. x = 2
C. x = 0 or 3
D. x = 1 or 3
E. x = 2 or 3

2. [04 M.C.7]
Solve x (x 6) = x.

x (x 6) = x.

A. x = 6
B. x = 7
C. x = 0 or 6
D. x = 0 or 7

Page 13/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@QQ

3. [06 M.C.8]
Solve 3x
2
= 21x.

3x
2
= 21x.

A. x = 3
B. x = 7
C. x = 0 or 3
D. x = 0 or 7

4. [99 M.C.8]
If
+ =
+ =
3
2 3
2
x y
x x y
, then

+ =
+ =
3
2 3
2
x y
x x y
, .

A. x = 1
B. x = 1 or 5
C. x = 2 or 1
D. x = 5 or 1
E. x = 5 or 8

Page 14/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@QQ

5. [03 M.C.7]
If
+ =
+ =
4 3
4
2
x y
x y
, then y =

+ =
+ =
4 3
4
2
x y
x y
, y =

A. 0.
B. 13.
C. 0 or 3 .
D. 4 or 13.

6. [05 M.C.7]
If
2
3
4 3

=
, then =

2
3
4 3

=
, =

A. 4
B. 13
C. 0 or 4
D. 3 or 13
Page 15/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@QQ

7. [01 M.C.12]
If
+ =
=
4 2
44 4
2
x y
x x y
, then y =

+ =
=
4 2
44 4
2
x y
x x y
, y =

A. 32 or 52
B. 12 or 16
C. 12 or 96
D. 8 or 20
E. 12 or 24

8. [00 M.C.5]
If
=
=
2 2
1
2
x y
x y
, then y =

=
=
2 2
1
2
x y
x y
, y =

A. 4
B. 0
C. 1
D. 0 or 8
E. 4 or 4
Page 16/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@QQ

9. [04 M.C.Modified]
If and
2
2
4 3
4 3

=
, then ( + 1)( + 1) =

2
2
4 3
4 3

=
, ( + 1)( + 1) =

A. 6
B. 0
C. 2
D. 8

10. [07 M.C.42]
If p = q
2
12q + 6 = 2q 7, then p =

p = q
2
12q + 6 = 2q 7, p =

A. 1 or 13
B. 1 or 13
C. 5 or 19
D. 9 or 33

Page 17/24
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Completing Square)
@@@ (@[@

11. [02 M.C.7]
Which of the following equations has / have equal roots?

I. x
2
= x
II. x
2
+ 2x + 1 = 0
III. (x + 3)
2
= 1

A. II only
B. III only
C. I and II only
D. I and III only

12. [91 M.C.39]
If (x 2) (x 3) = (a 2) (a 3) , solve for x .

(x 2) (x 3) = (a 2) (a 3) , x.

A. 0 or 5
B. 2 or 3
C. a or 2
D. a or 3
E. a or 5 a
Page 18/24
Not for Sale
Bonus Question (Quadratic Formula)
@Q@@ (@_@@

13. If 0 3 6 2
2
= x x , then x =
0 3 6 2
2
= x x , x =

A.
4
24 6
.
B.
4
12 6
.
C.
4
60 6
.
D.
4
60 6
.

14. If 0 1 5
2
= + x x , then x =

0 1 5
2
= + x x , x =

A.
2
5 3
.
B.
2
5 3
.
C.
2
5 3 +
.
D.
2
5 3
.
Page 19/24
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Discriminant)
@@@ (@@@

15. [03 M.C.5]
If the equation x
2
4x + k = 1 has no real roots, then the range of values of k is
x
2
4x + k = 1 k

A. k > 4.
B. k 4.
C. k > 5 .
D. k 5.

16. [98 M.C.9]
If the equation x
2
6x + k = 0 has real roots, find all possible values of k.
x
2
6x + k = 0 , k .

A. k 9
B. k 9
C. k = 9
D. k 9
E. k 9

Page 20/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@

17. [06 M.C.9]
Find the range of values of k such that the quadratic equation x
2
+ 2x k = 2
has two distinct real roots.
x
2
+ 2x k = 2 k

A. k > 3
B. k 3
C. k > 1
D. k 1

18. [05 M.C.8]
If the quadratic equation kx
2
+ 6x + (6 k) = 0 has equal roots, then k =
kx
2
+ 6x + (6 k) = 0 k =

A. 6
B. 3
C. 3
D. 6

Page 21/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@

19. [95 M.C. Modified]
Find the range of values of k such that the equation x
2
+ (k 2)x + 1 = 0 has
equal roots.
k x
2
+ (k 2)x + 1 = 0 .

A. k = 0
B. k = 2
C. k = 0 or 4
D. k = 2 or 4

20. [09 M.C.8]
If the quadratic equation 0 4
2
= + + b bx x has equal roots, then b =
0 4
2
= + + b bx x = b

A. 4
B. 16
C. 0 or 4
D. 0 or 16
Page 22/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@

21. [04 M.C.6]
If the equation 4x
2
+ kx + 9 = 0 has equal positive roots, then k =
4x
2
+ kx + 9 = 0 k =

A. 6
B. 6
C. 12
D. 12

22. [93 M.C.13]
If the simultaneous equations
=
=
x y
k x y
2
have only one solution, find k.

=
=
x y
k x y
2
, k.

A. 1
B.
4
1

C. 4
D.
4
1

E. 1
Page 23/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@

23. [07 Q.5]
Let k be a constant. If the equation x
2
+ 14x + k = 0 has no real roots, find the
range of values of k.
k x
2
+ 14x + k = 0 k
(4 marks)

24. [92 Q.6 Modified]
Find the values of k so that the quadratic equation ( ) 0 6 2
2
= + + + k kx x has
two equal real roots.
k ( ) 0 6 2
2
= + + + k kx x
(4 marks)

Chapter. 2 : Sum and Product of Roots
Page 2/27
Not for Sale

Sum and Product of Roots
@@@@@

@@@Q_@@@@@Q\@@

2
2
0
0
ax bx c
b c
x x
a a
+ + =
+ + =

@ @ @_@@@@ (Roots)@@@@Q\@

2
2
( )( ) 0
0
( ) 0
x x
x x x
x x

=
+ =
+ + =

@@@_@@@_@@@@@Q@Q\@

@@@ (Sum of roots) :
b
a
+ =
@@@ (Product of roots) :
c
a
=

Page 3/27
Not for Sale
@@@@@

e.g.1 and are the roots of the equation
2
0 px x q + + = . Without solving the
equation, find the values of

2
0 px x q + + =
(i)
2 2
+
(ii)
1 1

+

2
0 px x q + + =

1
p
+ = and
q
p
=

2 2 2
2
2
2
( ) 2
1
( ) 2( )
1 2
1 2
q
p p
q
p p
pq
p
+ = +
=
=
=

1 1
1
( ) ( )
1
( ) ( )
1
q
p p
p
p q
q

+ = +
+
=
=
=
=

+

~
+

~
(i)
(ii)
b
a
+ = ,
c
a
=
Page 4/27
Not for Sale

@@@@@

and are the roots of the equation
2
equation, find the values of

2
0 px x q + + =

1.
2 2
+

2.
2 2
1 1

+

3. ( )( ) 1 1

4.
2
( )

5.

Page 5/27
Not for Sale
@@@@@

If and are roots of ax
2
+ bx + c = 0, then x = and x =
ax
2
+ bx + c = 0 x = x =

2
equation, express
3 3
( ) ( ) p q p q + + + in terms of p and q.

2
0 px x q + + = p q

3 3
( ) ( ) p q p q + + +

and are the roots () of
2
0 px x q + + =
x = and x =

Sub x = and x = into
2
0 px x q + + = :

2
0 p q + + = and
2
0 p q + + =

2
p q + = and
2
p q + =

3 2
p q + = and
3 2
p q + =
Therefore

( )
3 3
2 2
2 2
2
2
2
2
( ) ( )
( ) 2
1
( ) 2( )
1 2
1 2
p q p q
q
p p
q
p p
pq
p

+ + +
=
= +
( = +

(
=
(

= +
+
=

+

~

~
Page 6/27
Not for Sale
@@@@@

If and are the roots of the equation
2
0 x px q + + = , express the following
in terms of p and q:

2
0 x px q + + = p q :

1.
4 3 2
p q + +

2.
2
p +

3.
2
p

Page 7/27
Not for Sale
@@@@@

@@@@@@@Q@@@@Q\_@@@@@

x
2
(SUM of roots) x + (PRODUCT of roots) = 0
x
2
( ) x + ( ) = 0

2
3 9 0 x x + =
Find the quadratic equation whose roots are + 1 and + 1.

2
3 9 0 x x + = + 1 + 1

From
2
3 9 0 x x + = ,

3
3
1

+ = = and
9
9
1
= =

Then

( 1) ( 1) 2
3 2
5
+ + + = + +
= +
=

and

( 1)( 1) 1
9 3 1
13
+ + = + + +
= + +
=

The required equation is
2
5 13 0 x x + = .

2
5 13 0 x x + = .

(Sum of roots)

(Product of roots)

Page 8/27
Not for Sale
@@@@@

and are the roots of the equation
2
0 x px q + + = . Find the quadratic equation
with the following roots:

2
0 x px q + + = :

1. roots : + 1, + 1

2. roots :
2
,
2

3. roots :

Page 9/27
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Sum and Product of Roots)
@@@ (@@@@@]

1. [88 M.C.4]
If and are the two roots of x
2
8x 4 = 0, then the value of
1
+
1
is

x
2
8x 4 = 0
1
+
1

A. 2
B.
2
1

C.
4
1

D.
2
1

E. 2

2. [93 M.C.12]
If and are the roots of x
2
3x 1 = 0, find the value of
1
+
1
.
x
2
3x 1 = 0
1
+
1

A. 3
B. 1
C.
3
1

D.
3
2

E. 3
Page 10/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

3. [01 M.C.12]
If and are the roots of the equation 0 3 4 2
2
= + x x , find
+ .
0 3 4 2
2
= + x x
+
A.
3
22

B.
3
16

C.
3
14

D.
3
8

E.
3
2

4. [84 M.C.5]
If and are the roots of 3x
2
x 1 = 0, then
2
1
+
2
1
=
3x
2
x 1 = 0
2
1
+
2
1
=
A. 7
B. 3
C. 1
D. 1
E. 5
Page 11/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

5. [86 M.C.6]
2
+ x + 3 = 0, find the value of

+
2
.
2x
2
+ x + 3 = 0

+
2

A. 3
B. 2
C. 2
D. 3
E. It cannot be determined.

6. [97 M.C.30]
The difference of the roots of the equation 0 5 2
2
= + k x x is
2
7
. Find k.
0 5 2
2
= + k x x
2
7
k

A. 6
B. 3
C.
2
3

D. 3
E.
16
51

Page 12/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

7. [94 M.C.8]
If and
=
=
0 3
0 3
2
2
b h
b h

, then + =

=
=
0 3
0 3
2
2
b h
b h

+ =

A.
3
b

B.
3
b

C. h
D.
3
h

E.
3
h

8. [01 M.C.39]
If a, b are distinct real numbers and
= + +
= + +
0 1 4
0 1 4
2
2
b b
a a
, find .
2 2
b a +
a, b
= + +
= + +
0 1 4
0 1 4
2
2
b b
a a
.
2 2
b a +

A. 1
B. 9
C. 14
D. 16
E. 18
Page 13/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

9. [04 M.C.42]
If and
2
2
4 3
4 3

=
, then ( + 1)( + 1) =

2
2
4 3
4 3

=
, ( + 1)( + 1) =

A. 6
B. 0
C. 2
D. 8

10. [85 M.C.9]
If and are roots of x
2
+ 2x 4 = 0, then 2
=

x
2
+ 2x 4 = 0 2
=

A.
16
1

B.
4
1

C. 2
D. 4
E. 16

Page 14/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

11. [90 M.C.8]
If p and q are the roots of the equation x
2
x + 3 = 0, then (2
p 2
)(2
q 2
) =
p q x
2
x + 3 = 0 (2
p 2
)(2
q 2
) =

A.
32
1

B.
8
1

C.
2
1

D. 8
E. 32

12. [83 M.C.7]
2
3x 4 = 0, then
2
+ 3 +
2
=
2x
2
3x 4 = 0
2
+ 3 +
2
=

A.
4
1

B. 4
4
1

C. 5
D. 8
4
1

E. 13

Page 15/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

13. [95 M.C.39]
If , are the roots of the equation 0 3 4
2
= x x , then = + +
2 2

0 3 4
2
= x x = + +
2 2

A. 13
B. 5
C. 13
D. 16
E. 19

14. [89 M.C.44]
If p is a root of ax
2
+ bx + c = 0, which of the following is a root of
0 )
2
3
( )
2
3
(
2
= +
c
x
b
x
a ?
p ax
2
+ bx + c = 0 0 )
2
3
( )
2
3
(
2
= +
c
x
b
x
a ?

A. 2p + 3
B. 2p 3
C. 3 2p
D.
2
3 + p

E.
2
3 p

Page 16/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

15. [03 M.C.41]
Let k be a constant. If and are the roots of the equation x
2
3x + k = 0,
then = + 3
2

k x
2
3x + k = 0 = + 3
2

A. 3 k
B. 3 + k
C. 9 k
D. 9 + k

16. [03 M.C.5]
and are the roots of the equation x
2
5x 7 = 0. What is the equation
whose roots are + 1 and + 1?
x
2
5x 7 = 0 + 1 + 1

A. x
2
3x + 3 = 0
B. x
2
3x 11 = 0
C. x
2
5x + 1 = 0
D. x
2
7x 1 = 0
E. x
2
7x 7 = 0

Page 17/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

17. [88 M.C.8]
If the roots of a quadratic equation are a + b and a b , then the equation is
a + b a b

A. x
2
(a
2
b)x + 2a = 0
B. x
2
+ (a
2
b)x + 2a = 0
C. x
2
+ 2ax a
2
+ b = 0
D. x
2
+ 2ax + a
2
b = 0
E. x
2
2ax + a
2
b = 0

Page 18/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

18. [91 Q.7(a)]
Let and be the roots of the equation 0 1 20 10
2
= + + x x . Without solving
the equation, find the values of

4 4 .
0 1 20 10
2
= + + x x

4 4

(3 marks)

Page 19/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

19. [97 Q.8]
. The roots of the equation 0 4 7 2
2
= + x x are and .
0 4 7 2
2
= + x x

(a) Write down the values of + and .
+

(b) Find the quadratic equation whose roots are 2 + and 2 + .
2 + 2 +
(6 marks)

Page 20/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

20. [93 Q.6]

The length and the breadth of a rectangular photograph are the roots of the
equation 0 500 2
2
= + mx x . The photograph is mounted on a piece of rectangular
cardboard, leaving a uniform border of width 2 as shown in Figure 4.
0 500 2
2
= + mx x
2 (4)

(a) Find the area of the photograph.

(b) Find, in terms of m m,
(i) the perimeter of the photograph ,
(ii) the area of the border
(7 marks)

Page 21/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

21. [2000 A.Math Paper I Q.7]
and are the roots of the quadratic equation x + (p 2)x + p = 0, where p is real.

2
( 2) 0 x p x p + + = p

(a) Express + and in terms of p.
p +

(b) If and are real such that + = 11, find the value(s) of p.

2 2
11 + = p
(7 marks)
Page 22/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

, are the roots of the quadratic equation x (k + 2)x + k = 0.
x (k + 2)x + k = 0

(a) Find + and in terms of k.
k +

(b) If ( + 1)( + 2) = 4, show that = 2k. Hence, find the two values of k.
( + 1)( + 2) = 4 = 2kk
(6 marks)
Page 23/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

The quadratic equations x 6x + 2k = 0 and x 5x + k = 0 have a common root
(i.e. is a root of both equations). Show that = k and hence, find the value(s) of k.
0 2 6
2
= + k x x 0 5
2
= + k x x (
) = k k
(4 marks)
Page 24/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

24. [1987 A.MathPaper I Q.7]
The equation
2
4 0 x x p + + = , where p is a constant, has distinct real roots and .

2
4 0 x x p + + = p

(a) Find the range of values of p.
p

(b) If
2 2 2 2
3( ) 19 0 + + + + = , find the value of p.

2 2 2 2
3( ) 19 0 + + + + = p
(6 marks)
Page 25/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

, are the roots of the quadratic equation x 2x + 7 = 0. Find the quadratic
equation whose roots are + 2 and + 2.
0 7 2
2
= + x x + 2 + 2
(4 marks)

Page 26/27
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

26. [1993A.Math Paper I Q.3]
, are the roots of the quadratic equation
2
0 x px q + + = and + 3, + 3 are the
roots of the equation
2
0 x qx p + + = . Find the values of p and q.

2
0 x px q + + = + 3 + 3

2
0 x qx p + + = p q (6 marks)

Chapter. 3 : Functions and Graphs
Page 3/41
Not for Sale

Functions
@@

x
x
f(x)
( F(x), G(x), H(x), g(x), h(x), )

@ f(x) = x
2
8x + 15

f(x)
f(0) = (0)
2
8(0) + 15 = 15
f(1) = (1)
2
8(1) + 15 = 8
f(2) = (2)
2
8(2) + 15 = 3

f(x)
f( ) =
2
8 + 15
f(n+1) = (n+1)
2
8(n+1) + 15 =
f(
x
1
) = (
x
1
)
2
8(
x
1
) + 15 =
f (x)
@@@
@
@
Q

@@@@
x
2
8x + 15
x 3
1
x
+ 5
x

Page 4/41
Not for Sale
Functions
@@
1. If f(x) = x
2
+ 5x + 3, then
(a) f (0) =
(b) f (3) =
(c) f (1) =

2. If H(x) = (3 x)(7 + x), then
(a) H(1) =
(b) H(4) =
(c) H(1) =

3. If f (x) = 9
x
+ 3, then
(a) f (1) =
(b) f (0) =
(c) f (2) =
(d) f
2
1
=
Page 5/41
Not for Sale
( Find x-intercept : Sub y = 0)
2
2
2 3 0
2 3 0
( 3)( 1) 0
3 or 1
x x
x x
x x
x
+ =
+ =
+ =
=

a = 3, b = 1
( Find y-intercept : Sub x = 0)
2
2 3 y x x = +
c = 3

Graph of Quadratic Functions (1) x, y - intercepts
@_@@@@ (] - x y @@@

* roots = x-intercept ( = x )

e.g.1 The graph of
2
2 3 y x x = + cuts the x-axis
at (a, 0), (b, 0) and the y-axis at (0, c).
Find a, b and c.

2
2 3 y x x = + x
(a, 0), (b, 0) y (0, c)
a, b c
O
x
y
*roots
y-intercept
c
y = ax
2
+ bx + c
(a, 0) (b, 0)
y = x
2
2x + 3
x

ax
2
+ bx + c = 0

y c
Page 6/41
Not for Sale

Graph of Quadratic Functions (2) Direction of parabola
@_@@@@ (_] - @@@@[Q

a > 0 ( ~ ) a < 0 ( ~ )

a > 0 a = 1 ( ~ ) a = 100 ( ~ )
a

a < 0 a = 1 ( ~ ) a = 100 ( ~ )
a
( a )

O
x
y

O
x

y
y = ax
2
+ bx + c

a
y
x O
y
x O
y
x O
y
x O
Page 7/41
Not for Sale

Graph of Quadratic Functions (1), (2)
@_@@@@ (] (_]
Complete the following table.

Quadratic Function

In the form
y = ax
2
+ bx + c

Open
Upwards /
Downwards

/
x-intercept

x

y-intercept

y
1.
2
2 y x x = +
2
2 y x x = +
Upwards 1, 2 2
2.
2
2 8 y x x = +

3.
2
12 4 y x x =

4.
2
3 2 2 y x x = +

5.
2
4 2 x y =

6.
2
(3 6 3) y x x = +

7.
2
) 1 2 ( = x y

8.
2
4( 1) 1 y x =

Bonus question:
Try to sketch the graph of
2
2 y x x = + .

2
2 y x x = +
Page 8/41
Not for Sale
The graph touches the x-axis at 1 pt.
= 0

2
(10) 4( 1)( ) 0
100 4 0
4 100
25
k
k
k
k
=
+ =
=
=

Graph of Quadratic Functions (3) No. of x - intercepts
@_@@@@ (@] -x @@@@@

Discriminant

( = b
2
4ac)
Type of Intersection

Graph

Case I > 0
Cut () the x-axis
at 2 points

Case II = 0
Touch () the
x-axis at 1 point

Case III < 0
Does not cut the x-axis
(No intersecting point)

e.g.2 If the graph
2
10 y x x k = + + touches the
x-axis. Find the value of k.

2
10 y x x k = + + x
k

+ k
(Quadratic
Equation )
y
x
O
y
x
O
y
x
O
Page 9/41
Not for Sale

Graph of Quadratic Functions (3)
@_@@@@ (@]
Complete the following table.

Quadratic Function

In the form
y = ax
2
+ bx + c

Value of
Discriminant

No of
x-intercept
x

1.
2
2 y x x = +

2.
2
2 8 y x x = +

3.
2
12 4 y x x =

4.
2
3 2 2 y x x = +

5.
2
4 2 x y =

6.
2
(3 6 3) y x x = +

7.
2
) 1 2 ( = x y

8.
2
4( 1) 1 y x = +

Bonus question:
Try to sketch the graph of
2
4( 1) 1 y x = + .

2
4( 1) 1 y x = +

Page 10/41
Not for Sale

Graph of Quadratic Functions (4) Axis of symmetry
@_@@@@ (@] - @Q@

y ( x = ) y ( x = )

x =
2
b
a

a b
i) + +
ii)

x =
2
b
a

a b
i) +
ii) +

O
x
y
y = ax
2
+ bx + c
2
b
x
a
=

O
x
y
O x
y

y = ax
2
+ bx + c

a b

y
y
x
x
O
O
y = 5
x = 5
5
5
Page 11/41
Not for Sale
Graph of Quadratic Functions (5) Vertex
@_@@@@ (@] - @

a > 0 Min. pt. a < 0 Max. pt.

O
x
y

y = ax
2
+ bx + c
O
x
y

Max. pt.
( , )
2 4
b
a a

Max / Min pt. /

(completing square, )
y = ax
2
+ bx + c

y = a(x h)
2
+ k

= (h, k)
x = h
O
x
y

Min. pt.

Page 12/41
Not for Sale

Graph of Quadratic Functions (4), (5)
@_@@@@ (@] (@]

For the following quadratic graphs, write down
axis of symmetry, vertex and y-intercept.
, y

1.

2.

3.

4.

Marks: /12

12
10 11 -_-
< 10 Cheap!

axis of symmetry :
vertex :
y-intercept :

axis of symmetry :
vertex :
y-intercept :

axis of symmetry :
vertex :
y-intercept :

axis of symmetry :
vertex :
y-intercept :

Page 13/41
Not for Sale
2
2 8 6 x x + +

2
2( 4 ) 6 x x + +

2
2
2 2
2
2 8 6
2( 4 ) 6
2( 2) 2(2) 6
2( 2) 2
x x
x x
x
x
+ +
= + +
= + +
= +

Min value = 2
= 2

Completing Square Max. / Min. Value

@[@ - @] J @Q@

e.g.3 Find the minimum value of
2
2 8 6 x x + + by completing square.

2
2 8 6 x x + + .

x
2
2x
2x

2
+6
x
2
2x
2x (2)
2

2
+6
2(x + 2)
2
2(2)
2
+ 6
y = ax
2
+ bx + c y = a(x h)
2
+ k
@@ @@@Q,@@@@@

@@@@
@@@@@@
@@g@@
~@@@@
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
OK!
Page 14/41
Not for Sale

@[@ - @] J @Q@
Using the method of completing square, transform
following functions into the form k h x a y + =
2
) ( .
k h x a y + =
2
) ( .
1. 2 2
2
+ + = x x y

2. 5 2
2
+ = x x y

3. 8 6
2
+ + = x x y

4. 8 4
2
= x x y

Page 15/41
Not for Sale
@[@ - @] J @Q@
(Contd)
5. 7 4
2
+ + = x x y

6. 6 10
2
+ = x x y

7. 2 15 5
2
= x x y

8. 2 6 3
2
= x x y

Page 16/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Functions)
@@@ (@@]

1 [93 M.C.1]
If f(x) = 10
2x
, then f(4y) =
f(x) = 10
2x
f(4y) =

A. 10
4y

B. 10
2+4y

C. 10
8y

D. 40
y

E. 40
2y

2. [04 M.C.1]
If f(x) = x
2
+ 2x , then f(x 1) =
f(x) = x
2
+ 2x f(x 1) =

A. x
2

B. x
2
1
C. x
2
+ 2x 1
D. x
2
+ 2x 3
E. x
2
+ 4x 1

Page 17/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

3 [05 M.C.3]
If f (x) = 2x
2
3x + 4, then f (1) f (1) =
f (x) = 2x
2
3x + 4 f (1) f (1) =

A. 6
B. 2
C. 2
D. 6

4. [99 M.C.1]
If f(x) = x
2
1 , then f(a 1) =
f(x) = x
2
1 f(a 1) =

A. a
2
2a
B. a
2
3a
C. a
2
3a 2
D. a
2
1
E. a
2
2
Page 18/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

5. [04 M.C.3]
If f (x) = x
2
x + 1, then f (x + 1) f (x) =
f (x) = x
2
x + 1 f (x + 1) f (x) =

A. 0
B. 2
C. 2x
D. 4x

6. [07 M.C.8]
Let f (x) = x
2
ax + 2a, where a is a constant. If f (3) = 29, then a =
f (x) = x
2
ax + 2aa f (3) = 29, a =

A. 38
B. 20
C. 4
D. 4
Page 19/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

7. [02 M.C.2]
Let f(x) = x
2
x 3 . If f(k) = k, then k =
f(x) = x
2
x 3 f(k) = k k =

A. 1
B. 1 or 3
C. 3 or 1
D. 3 or 3

8. [00 M.C.4]
Let f(x) = 3x
2
+ ax 7 . If f(1) = 0 , find f(2).
f(x) = 3x
2
+ ax 7 f(1) = 0 f(2)

A. 27
B. 11
C. 3
D. 1
E. 13

Page 20/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

9. [97 M.C.27]
If f(x) = 3x
2
+ bx +1 and f(x) = f( x), then f(3) =
f(x) = 3x
2
+ bx +1 f(x) = f( x) f(3) =

A. 26
B. 0
C. 3
D. 25
E. 28

10. [03 M.C.1]
If f (x) = 2x
2
+ kx 1 and f (2) = f
2
1
, then k =
f (x) = 2x
2
+ kx 1 f (2) = f
2
1
k =

A.
3
17

B. 5
C. 3
D.
5
31

Page 21/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

11. [90 M.C.4]
If ) 1 (
2
1
) ( = n n n f , then = + ) ( ) 1 ( n f n f
) 1 (
2
1
) ( = n n n f = + ) ( ) 1 ( n f n f

A. f(1)
B. f(n)
C.
2
n

D. 1
E. n
Page 22/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

12. [91 M.C.35]
If f(x) = x
x
1
, then f(x) f(
x
1
) =
f(x) = x
x
1
f(x) f(
x
1
) =

A. 0
B. 2x
C.
x
2

D.

x
x
1
2
E.
x
x
1
2
Page 23/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

13. [95 M.C.35]
If f(x) =
x
x
1
, then f(
x
1
) f(x) =
f(x) =
x
x
1
f(
x
1
) f(x) =

A.
2
1

B. 1
C.
x
x
+
1
1

D.
2
1 x
x

E.
1
2
x
x

Page 24/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@]

14. [06 M.C.5]
If f (x) =
1
x
x +
, then f (3) f (
1
3
) =
f (x) =
1
x
x +
f (3) f (
1
3
) =

A.
16
3

B.
2
1

C.
4
3

D. 1

Page 25/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Graph of Quadratic Functions)
@@@ (@_@@@@@@]

15. [95 M.C.41]
Which of the following may represent the graph of y = x
2
+ 3x + 10?.
y = x
2
+ 3x + 10

A. B.

C. D.

E.

Page 26/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@_@@@@@@]

16. [99 M.C.9]
2
3x 18?
y = x
2
3x 18

A. B.

C. D.

E.

Page 27/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@_@@@@@@]

17. [00 M.C.39]
2
+2x 3?.
y = x
2
+2x 3

A. B.

C. D.

E.

Page 28/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@_@@@@@@]

18. [06 M.C.7]
The figure shows the graph of y = f(x). If f(x)
is a quadratic function, then f(x) =

y = f(x) f(x)
f(x) =

A.
1
( 1)( 4)
2
x x +
B. 2( 1)( 4) x x +
C.
1
( 1)( 4)
2
x x +
D. 2( 1)( 4) x x +

Page 29/41
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (x, y - intercepts)
@@@ (x, y @@@]

19. [02 M.C.5]
The figure shows the graph of y = x
2
+ bx + c .
Find b.

c bx x y + + =
2

b

A.
2
11

B. 5
C. 5
D.
2
11

20. [96 M.C.41]
The curve in the figure is the graph of y = x
2
+ bx + c .
Find the area of the rectangle OPQR.

y = x
2
+ bx + c
OPQR

A. bc
B. b
2

C. c
2

D. b
2
4c
E. b
2
+ 4c
Page 30/41
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (No. of x - intercepts)
@@@ (x @@@@@]

21. [99 M.C.5]
In the figure, the graph of y = x
2
6x + k
touches the x-axis. Find k.

y = x
2
6x + k
x k .

A. k 0
B. k 9
C. k = 9
D. k = 0
E. k = 9

22. [98 M.C.12]
If The figure shows the graph of y = ax
2
+ bx + c ,
which of the following is true?.

y = ax
2
+ bx + c

A. a > 0 , c > 0 and b
2
4ac > 0
B. a > 0 , c > 0 and b
2
4ac < 0
C. a > 0 , c < 0 and b
2
4ac < 0
D. a < 0 , c > 0 and b
2
4ac > 0
E. a < 0 , c < 0 and b
2
4ac > 0

Page 31/41
Not for Sale

Bonus Question (Direction of parabola)
@Q@@ (@@@@[Q]

23. Referring to the graphs of the functions
below, arrange the values represented by
the letters A to D in the functions in ascending
order.

A
D

A. A, B, C, D
B. D, C, B, A
C. C, D, A, B
D. B, A, D, C
Page 32/41
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Axis of symmetry)
@@@ (@Q@]

24. [03 M.C.42]
The figure shows the graph of y = x
2
+ ax + b .
Which of the following is true?

y = x
2
+ ax + b

A. a < 0 and b < 0
B. a < 0 and b > 0
C. a > 0 and b < 0
D. a > 0 and b > 0

25. [05 M.C.6]
The figures shows the graph of y = ax
2
+ x + b,
Which of the following is true?

y = ax
2
+ x + b

A. a > 0 and b < 0
B. a > 0 and b > 0
C. a < 0 and b < 0
D. a < 0 and b > 0
Page 33/41
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Vertex)
@@@ (@]

26. [04 M.C.5]
In the figure, the vertex of the graph
2
2 4 y x x c = + is (1, k). Find the value of k.

2
2 4 y x x c = + (1, k)
k

A. 5
B. 4
C. 3
D. 2

27. [97 M.C.34]
The figure shows the graph of a quadratic function.
If the vertex of the graph is (1, 3) , then y =

(1, 3) y =

A. 3 (x 1)
2
+ 3
B. 3 (x + 1)
2
+ 3
C. (x 1)
2
+ 3
D. (x + 1)
2
+ 3
E. 3 (x 1)
2
3
Page 34/41
Not for Sale

@@@ (x, y @@@]

28. [99 Q.7]

The graph of 6
2
= x x y cuts the x-axis at
A(a, 0), B(b, 0) and the y-axis at C(0, c) as shown
in Figure 3. Find a, b and c.

3 6
2
= x x y x
A(a, 0), B(b, 0) y
C(0, c) a, b c (4 marks)

Page 35/41
Not for Sale

@@@ (x, y @@@]

29. [04 Q.4]

In Figure 1, the graph of
2
10 25 y x x = +
touches the x-axis at A(a, 0) and cuts the y-axis
at B(b, 0). Find a and b.

1
2
10 25 y x x = +
x A(a, 0) y
B(b, 0) a b (3 marks)

Page 36/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question
@@@

30. [92 Q.9]
The figure shows the graph of 3 4 2
2
+ = x x y ,
where 0 x . P (a, b) is a point on the graph.
A rectangle OAPB is drawn with A and B lying
on the x- and y- axis respectively.
3 4 2
2
+ = x x y 0 x
P (a, b) OAPB
x y A B
O P

(a) Find the area of OAPB in terms of a.
a OAPB

(b) Find the two values of a for which OAPB is a square.
a OAPB (6 marks)

Page 37/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Axis of symmetry and Vertex)
@@@ (@Q@@@]

31. [09 Q.12]
In figure 3, R is the vertex of the graph of ( ) 23 11 2
2
+ = x y .
3 R ( ) 23 11 2
2
+ = x y

(a) Write down
(i) the equation of the axis of symmetry of the graph,

(ii) the coordinates of R.
R (2 marks)

(b) It is given that ( ) 5 , p P and ( ) 5 , q Q are two distinct points lying on the
graph. Find
( ) 5 , p P and ( ) 5 , q Q
(i) the distance () PQ ;
(ii) the area of the quadrilateral PRQS, where S is a point lying on
the x-axis.
PRQS S x
(7 marks)
R
O
x
y
Page 38/41
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@@]


In the figure, the curve y = x
2
+ px + q
cut the x-axis at the two points
A(, 0) and B(, 0). M(2, 0) is the
Mid-point of AB.

y = x
2
+ px + q
x A(, 0) B(, 0).
M(2, 0) AB .

(a) Express + in term of p . Hence find the value of p .
p + p

(b) If 26
2 2
= + , find the value of q .
26
2 2
= + q (6 marks)

Page 39/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

33. [95 Q.8]
In Figure k y = ) 0 ( > k cuts the curve
4 3
2
= x x y at A( ) k , and B( ) k , .
k y = ) 0 ( > k 4 3
2
= x x y
A( ) k , B( ) k ,

(a) (i) Find the value of + .
+
(ii) Express in terms of k .
k

(b) If the line AB cuts the y-axis at P and PA BP 2 = , find the value of k .
AB y P BP = 2 PAk
(6 marks)
Page 40/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@]

34. [94 Q.8]
In Figure 3, the curve c bx x y + + =
2
meets
the y-axis at C(0, 6) and the x-axis at A( ) 0 ,
and B( ) 0 , , where > .
3 c bx x y + + =
2
y
C (0, 6) x A( ) 0 , B( ) 0 ,
>

(a) Find c and hence find the value of .
c

(b) Express + in terms of b .
b +

(c) Using the results in (a) and (b), express ( )
2
in terms of b .
Hence find the area of ABC in terms of b .
(a) (b) b ( )
2

ABC b
(7 marks)
Chapter. 4+5 : Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
Page 2/31
Not for Sale
If x
2
= a, then x is a square root of a.
x
2
= a x a

(square root) ?
For example: 7
2
= 49 7 49 .
3
2
= 9 3 9 .
(3)
2
= 9

Note that both 3 and 3 are square roots of 9.
3 is the positive square root of 9;
3 is the negative square root of 9.

3 3 9
3 9 3 9

3 9 .
Radical and Rational Indices
@@@Q@@@

@@@@
Therefore
9 3 =
and
9 3 =

But
9 3
!!!
Page 3/31
Not for Sale
@@@Q@@@

More examples:
3
27
= 3
3
1
= 1
4
256
= 4

49
= 7
3
125
= (5) = 5
If x
n
= a, then x is an n th root of a.
x
n
= a x a n .
n th root of a
n
a

For example:
3
125 5, =
4
16 2, =
5
100 000 10, =
3
8 2 =
:
positive fourth root of 16
4
16
negative fourth root of 16
4
16
@@@@
Page 4/31
Not for Sale
1
2
2
( ) a
1
2
2
a

= a =

(square) a
1
3
3
( ) a
1
3
3
a

=
a =
1
2
a a =
1
3
3
a a =

1
n
n
a a =
n (integer)

(cube) a

1
2
a
1
3
a
@@@Q@@@

More examples:
1
2
36 6 =

1
3
125 5 =

1
3
( 125) 5 =

1
4
256 4 =

1
5
( 243) 3 =

4
5
( 243) 81 =
@@@@@@@@@@
Page 5/31
Not for Sale

Introduction to log
@@@j

@j Introduction
@@ ( Napier1550-1617
@@@@@@@]@@@@@@@@@@
@Q@@@Q@@@@Q@Q@@@@@@
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@Q"@@@@@@Q@@@@Q@@@@@
@@Q@~@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@@@@Q@@@@@@@@@@@

@@@@
If x = 10
y

then log x = y
1000 = 10
3

100 = 10
2

10 = 10
1

1 = 10
0

0.1 = 10
1

0.01 = 10
2

0.001 = 10
3

log 1000 = 3
log 100 = 2
log 10 = 1
log 1 = 0
log 0.1 = 1
log 0.01 = 2
log 0.001 = 3

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@@@@@@Q@@@@Q@@@@
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@pN @
Q@Q@@@@
Page 6/31
Not for Sale
log M
n
= n log M
10
a+b
= c
log 10
a+b
= log c
(a + b) log 10 = log c
a + b = log c
b = log c a
2
2
2
log log
10
log log
10
10
10
2
a
b
a
b
a
b
a b
=
=
=
=

Basic Properties of log
@@@@@@

e.g.1 If 10
a+b
= c , express b in term of a and c. [03 M.C.]
10
a+b
= ca c b.

e.g.2 Let a and b be positive numbers. If log 2log
10
a
b = ,
express a in terms of b. [06 M.C.]
a b log 2log
10
a
b = b a.

Take log
x = y
log x = log y
log
log x = log y
x = y

Page 7/31
Not for Sale
log 666
666
= 666 log 666
= 666 (2.823)
= 1880
666
666
= 10
1880

log (x a) = 3
x a = 10
3

x a = 1000
x = 1000 + a
@@@@@@

Q: log
A:

e.g.3 If log (x a) = 3 , express x in terms of a. [00 M.C.]
log (x a) = 3a x.

I.Q. Test: _@@@~@@@@

e.g.4 How many digits does 666
666
have?
666
666

666
666
1 000 000 000 000

666
666
has 1880 digits.
666
666
1880

log 666
666
= 1880

666
666
= 10
1880

17
log
666
666

1880 0

log x = y
x = 10
y

Page 8/31
Not for Sale
log ( M N ) = log M + log N
log ( M N ) = log M log N
log 24 = log ( 2 2 2 3 )
= log 2 + log 2 + log 2 + log 3
= a + a + a + b
= 3a + b
log 15 = log (3 5)
= log (3 10 2)
= log 3 + log 10 log 2
= b + 1 a
@@@@@@

e.g.5 If log 2 = a and log 3 = b, express log 24 in terms of a and b.
log 2 = a log 3 = b, a b log 24.

e.g.6 If log 2 = a and log 3 = b, express log 15 in terms of a and b.
log 2 = a log 3 = b, a b log 15. [98 M.C.]

e.g.7 Express log 60 in terms of log 2 and log 3.
log 2 log 3 log 60.

15 2 3

10, 100
2, 3
/

24 2 3
24 = 2 2 2 3
log
log 60 = log (2 3 10)
= log 2 + log 3 + log 10
= log 2 + log 3 + 1
Page 9/31
Not for Sale

Common Mistakes!!!
@Q@@

log 8 log 2 =
log8
log 2
=

log 3

2 log 9 log 3 = 2 log (93) = ..

log log log log

log 27
log9
=
log3
log1
=

log 27
log9
=
27
9
=

@
@!!
@!!!
2
1
3
log 8 log 2 = log (82)
= log 4
= log 2
2

= 2 log 2
2 log 9 log 3 = log 9
2
log 3
= log 81 log 3
= log (813)
= log 27
= log 3
3

= 3 log 3

3
2
log 27 log3
log9 log
3
2
3
log3
log3
3
2
=
=
=

@@ log M log N
log
log
M
N

@@
log
log
M M
N N

@@
log
1
log
N
N
=
(@@@@ log N ~@@Q
log (Function)

@@`@Q
@@@@
@@@@
@@@@
Page 10/31
Not for Sale
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
2
2
1
2
1
2
log log
log log
log log10
10
( ) (10 )
1
1
lo
0
1
0
g 0
y x
y x
y x
y x
y x
y x
= +
= +
=
=
=
=

2
2
2
2
2
2
log log3
log log3
log log30
log log30
30
30 0
30 or 0 (rej.)
3
1
l g10
0
o
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
x
= +
= +
=
=
=
=
=
=

Logarithmic Equation
@@[@

e.g.9 If
2
1
log y = 1 + log x , express y in terms of x. [99 M.C.]

2
1
log y = 1 + log x x y.

e.g.10 Solve log x
2
= log 3x + 1. [02 M.C.]
log x
2
= log 3x + 1.

log 10 = 1
1 log10

log 10 = 1
1 log10

x = 0
log x
2
log 3x
log 0 !!!!!!
(undefined)
reject x = 0
log x = log y x = y

Page 11/31
Not for Sale
A = P (1 + R)
T

Application: Compound Interest
@@@@ @@@

R T
Annual rate

Years

Rates

Times

Compounded yearly

r% p.a. n

r% n
Compounded half-yearly

r% p.a. n

2
r
% 2n
Compounded quarterly

r% p.a. n

4
r
% 4n
Compounded monthly

r% p.a. n

12
r
% 12n

e.g.11 Mr. Chung deposited $20 000 in a saving account with 6% p.a.,
compounded half-yearly. How many years will it take for the amount
in the account to exceed $40 000?
$20 000 6%
$40 000

A: Amount
P: Principal
R: Rates
T: Times /
Let it takes n years n
20 000 ( 1 +
6
2
%)
2n
> 40 000
(1.03)
2n
> 2
log (1.03)
2n
> log 2
2n log 1.03 > log 2
n >
log 2
2log1.03

n > 11.7
It needs 12 years 12
P (1 + R)
T
> 40 000
x = y log x = log y

Page 12/31
Not for Sale
log E = 4.8 + 1.5 R
(a) When R = 4, log E = 4.8 + 1.5 (4)
log E = 10.8
E = 10
10.8
E = 6.31 10
10
J

(b) When R = 7.8, log E = 4.8 + 1.5 (7.8)
log E = 16.5
E = 10
16.5
E = 3.16 10
16
J

16
10
3.16 10
6.31 10
= 501 000 times ()

Application: Richter Scale (Magnitude of Earthquake)
@@@@ @Q@ @@@@

Relation between Energy released and Richter Scale:

Scale R

Energy released E

4 6.31 10
10
J
6 6.31 10
13
J
8 6.31 10
16
J
10 6.31 10
19
J

e.g.12 (a) Calculate the energy released from an earthquake with R = 4.
4
(b) How many times does the energy released from earthquake
with R = 7.8 compare with earthquake with R = 4?
7.8 4

log x = y
x = 10
y

log x = y
x = 10
y

Page 13/31
Not for Sale
12
10log
10
I
L
=
Application: Decibel (Loudness of Sound)
@@@@ Q@ @@
Relation between Loudness of sound (dB) and Intensity of sound (W/m
2
):
() ( / )

e.g.13 The noise level of a running bus was 80 dB and the intensity of the
sound was 0.0001 W/m
2
.
80
0.0001 /
(a) If the intensity of the sound made by a running train is 20
times that of a running bus, find the loudness of sound of the
running train in dB.
20

(b) If the loudness of sound of a running lorry is 100 dB, what is
ratio of the sound intensities of a running bus and a lorry?
100
(Contd)
L : loudness of sound, measured in Decibel (dB)
I

: intensity of sound, measured in W/m
2

Page 14/31
Not for Sale

Application : Decibel (Loudness of Sound)
@@@@ Q@ @@

(Contd)

(b) When L = 100,
12
100 10log
10
I
=

12
10 log
10
I
=

10
12
10
10
I
=
I = 10
10
10
12
I = 10
2

I = 0.01

Ratio of loudness between bus and lorry

= 0.0001 : 0.01
= (0.0001 10000) : (0.01 10000)
= 1 : 100
log x = y
x = 10
y

y = log x
10
y
= x
(a) I = 0.0001 20
= 0.002 W/m
2

When I = 0.002,

12
0.002
10log
10
L
=
L = 10 log (0.002 10
12
)
L = 10 (9.3)
L = 93

Loudness of the running train is 93 dB
93 dB

1
x
x
a
a
=

1
x
a =

Page 15/31
Not for Sale

Logarithm with different bases and their graphs
@@@@@@@Q@

a

a a = 3

y = log
5
x
y = log x
y = log
3
x
1 = log 10
y = log x (10, 1)
x x x
a, log
a
1 = 0
y = log
a
x (1, 0)
x

x = a
y

log
a
x = y
27 = 3
3

9 = 3
2

3 = 3
1
1 = 3
0

log
3
27 = 3
log
3
9 = 2
log
3
3 = 1
log
3
1 = 0
()

( log )

Page 16/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Radical and Rational Indices)
@@@ @@@Q@@@

1. [95 M.C.4]
Simplify
3
2
12
6

b
a
.

A.
4
8
a
b

B.
9
18
a
b

C.
8
4
b
a

D.
18
9
b
a

E.
12 4
1
b a

2. [97 M.C.2]
If 64 8 2 =
x x
, then x =

A.
2
3

B.
4
3

C.
5
6

D. 2
E. 4

Page 17/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Radical and Rational Indices)
@@@ @@@Q@@@

3. [90 Q.2(a)]
Simplify
a
a
, expressing your answer in index form. (2 marks)

a
a

4. [96 Q.2]
Simplify
2
4 3
4
5
a
a a
(3 marks)

Page 18/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Basic Properties of log)
@@@ @@@@@@

5. [03 M.C.40]
If 10
a+b
= c , then b =
10
a+b
= cb =

A. log c a .
B. a log c .
C. a
c
10
.
D. c 10
a
.

6. [92 M.C.5]
If log
10
b = 1 +
2
1
log
10
a , then b =
log
10
b = 1 +
2
1
log
10
a , b =

A. 10 a
B. 10 + a
C. 5a
D.
2
a

E. 1 +
2
a

Page 19/31
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@@

7. [90 M.C.5]
If 2 = 10
p
, 3 = 10
q
, express log
6
1
in terms of p and q.
2 = 10
p
, 3 = 10
q
, p q log
6
1
.

A. p q
B.
pq
1

C.
q p +
1

D. pq
E. p + q

8. [98 M.C.40]
If log
10
2 = a and log
10
3 = b, express log
10
15 in terms of a and b.
log
10
2 = a log
10
3 = b, a b log 15.

A. a + b + 1
B. a + 10b
C. a + 2b
D. (a + b) b
E.
a
b 10

Page 20/31
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@@

9. [04 M.C.39]
If 5 = 10
a
and 7 = 10
b
, then log
7
50
=
5 = 10
a
7 = 10
b
, log
7
50
=

A. b a 1
B. b a + 1
C.
b
a

D.
1
b
a +

10. [94 M.C.34]
If log 2 = a and log 9 = b , then log 12 =
log 2 = a log 9 = b , log 12 =

A.
3
2
b
a +
B.
2
2
b
a +
C. b a
3
2
3
2
+
D.
2
1
2
b a +
E.
2
1
2
b a

Page 21/31
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@@

11. [95 M.C.38]
If 5
a
= 2
b
= 10
c
and a, b, c are non-zero, then
c c
a b
+ =
5
a
= 2
b
= 10
c
a, b, c ,
c c
a b
+ =

A.
10
7

B. 1
C. 7
D. log 7
E.
5 log
1
2 log
1
+

12. [05 M.C.39]
If a and b are positive integer, then log (a
b
b
a
) =
a b , log (a
b
b
a
) =

A. ab log (ab)
B. ab (log a) (log b)
C. (a + b) log (a + b)
D. b log a + a log b

Page 22/31
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@@

13. [06 M.C.38]
Let a and b be positive numbers. If log 2log
10
a
b = , express a in terms of b.
a b log 2log
10
a
b = b a.

A.
2
10b
B. 20b
C. b
2
+ 10
D. 2b + 10

14. [07 M.C.39]
Which of the following is the greatest?

A. 500
3000

B. 2000
2500

C. 2500
2000

D. 3000
500

Page 23/31
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@@

15. [95 Q.7 (b)]
Solve log x + 2 log 4 = log 48 without using a calculator.
log x + 2 log 4 = log 48. (3 marks)

16. [94 Q.7 (b)]
If log 2 = x and log 3 = y, express log 12 in terms of x and y.
log 2 = x log 3 = y, x y log 12 . (3 marks)

Page 24/31
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@@

17. [90 Q.2 (b)]
Simplify
2 4
2
log( ) log( )
log( )
a b
ab
+
, where a, b > 0. (3 marks)

18. [97 Q.3 (b)]
Simplify
log8 log 4
log16
+
. (3 marks)

Page 25/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Logarithm Equation)
@@@ @@[@

19. [00 M.C. modified]
If log (x 2)
3
= 6 , solve x.
log (x 2)
3
= 6 , x.

A. 0
B. 4
C. 14
D. 68
E. 102

20. [01 M.C.37]
If log x
2
= (log x)
2
, solve x.
log x
2
= (log x)
2
, x.

A. 1
B. 10
C. 100
D. 1 or 10
E. 1 or 100

Page 26/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Logarithm Equation)
@@@ @@[@

21. [03 Q.4]
Solve the equation 4
x+1
= 8.
4
x+1
= 8. (3 marks)

22. [99 Q.17 (a)]
The manager of a factory estimated that in the year 2000, the income of the
factory will drop by r% each month from $500 000 in January to $284 400 in
December. Find r correct to the nearest integer.
2000 r%
$500 000 $284 400r (3 marks)

Page 27/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Application of Logarithm)
@@@ @@@@

23. [93 Q.10 (c),(d)]
Consider the population problem in a certain country. At the end of 1
st
year its
population was 2 million. It is assumed that the population increases by 6%
each year.
2
6%

(a) Find the population of the country at the end of

(i) the 3
rd
year
(ii) the n
th
year n (2 marks)

(b) Starting from the end of the first year, find the minimum number of
years it will take for the population to be doubled.
(3 marks)

Page 28/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Application of Logarithm)
@@@ @@@@

24. [94 Q.15 (a),(b)]
Suppose the number of babies born in Hong Kong in 1994 is 70 000 and in
subsequent years, the number of babies born each year increases by 2% of that
of the pervious year.
1994 70 000
2%

(a) Find the number of babies born in Hong Kong
(i) in the first year after 1994.
(ii) in the n
th
year after 1994.

(i) 1994
(ii) 1994 n (2 marks)

(b) In which year will the number of babies born in Hong Kong first
exceed 90 000?
90 000 (3 marks)

Page 29/31
Not for Sale
Extra Question (Application of Logarithm)
@Q@@ @@@@

25. The energy E released from an earthquake with Richter Scale R is given by
R E

log E = 1.5R + C.

The energy released from an earthquake with R = 6 is
8 . 13
10 J.
6
8 . 13
10 J

(a) Find the value of C. C (2 marks)

(b) Find the magnitude of an earthquake if the energy released is
12
10 2 J.

12
10 2 J (3 marks)

(c) Find the energy released from an earthquake with R = 4.
4 (3 marks)

(d) What is the ratio of the energy released from two earthquakes with
R = 4 and R = 6 respectively? (3 marks)
4 6

Page 30/31
Not for Sale
Extra Question (Logarithm and graphs)
@Q@@ @@@Q@

26. Which of the following may be the graph of y = log (x 10) + 3?
y = log (x 10) + 3

A.

B.

C.

D.

27.

Which of the following may be the equation of the graph above?

A. y = log x + 3
B. y = log (10x) + 3
C. y = 3 log x
D. y = log (x + 10) + 2

Chapter. 6 : Equation of straight lines
Page 2/36
Not for Sale
Equation of Straight Lines : Slope-intercept from and Graph
@@[@ @@@Q@

m > 0 ( ~ ) m = 0 ( ~ ) m < 0 ( ~ )
e.g. y = 2x + 3

e.g. y = 0x + 3 e.g. y = 2x + 3

c > 0 ( y ~ ) c = 0 ( O ~ ) c < 0 ( y ~ )
e.g. y = 2x + 3

e.g. y = 2x + 0

e.g. y = 2x 3
m : slope ( )
c : y intercept ( y )
y = mx + c
x O
c
y
x
O
y
x
O
y
x
O
y
x
O
y
x
y
x
O
y
Slope
y intercept y
3
3
O
y = mx + c

Page 3/36
Not for Sale
Equation of Straight Lines : Standard form and its Graph
@@[@ @@@Q@

A
B
< 0 ( )
A
B
> 0 ( )

x =
A
B

A B
i) + +
ii)

x =
A
B

A B
i) +
ii) +

Ax + By + C = 0
Ax + By + C = 0
By = Ax C
y =
A
B
x
C
B

Slope =
A
B

y-intercept =
C
B

x O

y
y
C
B
C

Ax + By + C = 0
C
B

O
y
x

x
O
y

Page 4/36
Not for Sale

Find Equation of Straight Lines : Point - slope form
@@[@ @@

m (x
1
, y
1
)

e.g.1 A straight line passes through (1, 2) and (6, 10).
(1, 2) (6, 10).
(a) Find the equation of the straight line.

(b) Find the x-intercept and y-intercept.
x y

y y
1
= m(x x
1
)
(a) Slope
10 2 8
6 1 5
= =

The equation is
y 2 =
8
5
(x 1)
5y 10 = 8x 8
8x 5y + 2 = 0

(b) Sub y = 0 ( find x-intercept )
8x + 2 = 0
x =
1
4

Sub x = 0 ( find y-intercept )
5y + 2 = 0
y =
2
5

Step 1.

Step 2.

Step 3. , Perfect!

C
B

y -
Page 5/36
Not for Sale

Intersection of two Straight Lines
@@@@@@@

@@@@@@@@[qgy -

e.g.2 0 10 2 :
1
= + y x L and
2
: 3 2 25 0 L x y + = intersect at a point P.
0 10 2 :
1
= + y x L
2
: 3 2 25 0 L x y + = P .

(a) Find the coordinates of P.
P
(b) Find the equation of the straight line L
3
which pass through P
and perpendicular to L
1
.
P L
1
L
3

(a)
1
: 2 10 0 L x y + = .. (1)

2
: 3 2 25 0 L x y + = (2)
(1) 2 (2):
x = 5
Sub x = 5 into (1):
y = 20
The coordinates of P are (5, 20).

(b)
1
: 2 10 0 L x y + =
Slope of L
1
=
2
1
= 2
Slope of L
1
=
1
2

Equation of L
3
is
y 20 =
1
2
(x (5))
2y 40 = x + 5
x 2y + 45 = 0

Note:
Intersection ()

Page 6/36
Not for Sale

and also
OR
Coordinate Geometry Useful Formulas
@@@@Q - Q@@
1. Slope

2. Point of Division

1 2
m m =

1 2
1 m m =
Slope =
2 1
2 1
y y
x x

Mid-point ( ) :
1 2 1 2
( , )
2 2
x x y y + +

Point of division ( ):
1 2 1 2
( , )
sx rx sy ry
r s r s
+ +
+ +

(x
1
, y
1
)
(x
2
, y
2
)

r : s
Point of division
( )
x O

y
(x
2
, y
2
)
(x
1
, y
1
)

Slope = tan

Parallel ( )

Perpendicular ( ) = 1

y
x O
y = 5
5
y
x O
x = 5
5
= 0

~
Page 7/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Graphs of Straight Lines)
@@@ (@@[@@@]

1. [96 M.C.29]
If a, b and c are all positive, which of the following may represent the graph of
ax + by + c = 0?

a b c ax + by + c = 0 ?

A. B.
C. D.
E.
Page 8/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@@]

2. [02 M.C.4]
If a < 0 and b > 0 , which of the following may represent the graph of
y = ax + b ?

a < 0 b > 0 y = ax + b

A. B.
C. D.
Page 9/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@@]

3. [04 M.C.29]
If a > 0 , b > 0 and c < 0 , which of the following may represent the graph of
the straight line ax + by + c = 0 ?

a > 0 , b > 0 c < 0ax + by + c = 0

Page 10/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Equation of Straight Lines : Slope)
@@@ (@@[@]

4. [00 M.C.18]
Consider the three straight lines
L
1
: 6x + 4y 3 = 0 ,
L
2
: 4
2
3
+ = x y and
L
3
: 6x 4y + 3 = 0 .
Which of the following is / are true?
I. L
1
// L
2
II L
2
// L
3
III. L
1
L
3

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and III only
E. II and III only

5. [01 M.C.6]
If the straight lines 2x 3y + 1 = 0 and 5x + ky 1 = 0 are perpendicular to
each other, find k.
2x 3y + 1 = 0 5x + ky 1 = 0 k

A.
2
15

B.
3
10

C.
10
3

D.
3
10

E.
2
15

Page 11/36
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Find Equation of st. line : Point - slope form)
@@@ (@@[@@- @@]

6. [95 M.C.27]
In the figure, the equation of the straight line L is
L

A. x 3 = 0
B. x y 3 = 0
C. x y + 3 = 0
D. x + y 3 = 0
E. x + y + 3 = 0

7. [02 M.C.31]
In the figure, the equation of the straight line L is
L

A. x + y + 2 = 0
B. x + y 2 = 0
C. x y + 2 = 0
D. x y 2 = 0

Page 12/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@- @@]

8. [97 M.C.22]
Which of the following lines is perpendicular to the line ? 1
3 2
= +
y x

1
3 2
= +
y x

A. 3x + 2y = 1
B. 3x 2y = 1
C. 2x + 3y = 1
D. 2x 3y = 1
E. 1
3 2
=
y x

9. [96 M.C.31]
Find the equation of the straight line which passes through (3, 1)
and is perpendicular to 2x y + 1 = 0.
(3, 1) 2x y + 1 = 0
A. x + 2y 1 = 0
B. x + 2y + 1 = 0
C. x 2y 5 = 0
D. 2x + y 5 = 0
E. 2x y 7 = 0
Page 13/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Find Equation of st. : Point - slope form)
@@@ (@@[@@- @@]

10. [05 M.C.33]
If the equation of the straight line L is x 2y + 3 = 0, find the equation of a
straight line which passes through (2, 1) and perpendicular to L.
L x 2y + 3 = 0 (2, 1)L

A. x + 2y + 3 = 0
B. x + 2y 3 = 0
C. 2x + y + 3 = 0
D. 2x + y 3 = 0

11. [98 M.C.32]
Find the equation of the straight line passing through ( 1, 1) and
parallel to 5x + 4y = 0.
( 1, 1) 5x + 4y = 0

A. 4x 5y + 9 = 0
B. 4x + 5y + 1 = 0
C. 5x 4y + 9 = 0
D. 5x + 4y 1 = 0
E. 5x + 4y + 1 = 0

Page 14/36
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@[@@- @@]

12. [99 M.C.32]
In the figure , OABC is a parallelogram.
If the equation of OC is 2x y = 0 and
the length of CB is 3, find the equation of AB.

OABC OC
2x y = 0 CB 3
AB

A. x 2y 3 = 0
B. 2x y 3 = 0
C. 2x y + 3 = 0
D. 2x y 6 = 0
E. 2x y + 6 = 0

13. [03 M.C.29]
In the figure, the straight lines L
1
and L
2

intersect at (2, 4). Find the equation of L
1
.
L
1
L
2
(2, 4)
L
1

A. x + 2y = 10
B. x 2y = 6
C. 2x + y = 8
D. 2x y = 0

Page 15/36
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@[@@- @@]

14. [04 M.C.30]
In the figure, L
1
and L
2
are two straight line
intersect at a point on y-axis. If the equation
of L
1
is x + 2y 2 = 0, find the equation of L
2.

L
1
L
2
y
L
1
x + 2y 2 = 0
L
2

A. 2x y + 1 = 0
B. 2x y 2 = 0
C. 2x + y + 1 = 0
D. 2x + y 2 = 0

15. [02 M.C.32]
In the figure, the area of ABC is
ABC

A. 3
B. 8
C. 9
D. 18

Page 16/36
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Intersection of two Straight Lines)
@@@ (@@@@@@@]

16. [94 M.C.27]
In the figure, the shaded part is bounded by the
axes, the lines x = 3 and x + y = 5 . Find its area.

x = 3
x + y = 5

A. 10.5
B. 12
C. 15
D. 19.5
E. 21

17. [00 M.C.17]
In the figure, find the area of ABC.
ABC

A. 12
B. 15
C. 16
D. 20
E. 25
Page 17/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Intersection of two Straight Lines)
@@@ (@@@@@@@]

18. [03 M.C.30]
If the straight line 2x + y + k = 0 passes through the point of intersection
of the two straight lines x + y 3 = 0 and x y + 1 = 0 , find k.

2x + y + k = 0 x + y 3 = 0 x y + 1 = 0
k

A. 4
B. 2
C. 2
D. 4

19. [01 M.C.33]
If the straight lines x 2y + 5 = 0 and ax y + 1 = 0 intersect at (1, b) ,
find a and b .

x 2y + 5 = 0 ax y + 1 = 0 (1, b) a b

A. a = 4, b = 3
B. a = 1, b = 0
C. a = 1, b = 3
D. a = 2, b = 3
E. a = 2, b = 3
Page 18/36
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry)
@@@ (@@@@Q]

20. [97 M.C.21]
In the figure, find the area of ABC.
ABC

A. 6
B. 7.5
C. 14
D. 17.5
E. 28

21. [93 M.C.28]
A (0, 0) , B (5, 0) and C (2, 6) are the vertices of a triangle. P (9, 5) , Q (6, 6)
and R (2, 9 ) are three points. Which of the following triangles has / have
area(s) greater than the area of ABC?

A (0, 0) B (5, 0) C (2, 6) P (9, 5) Q (6, 6) R
(2, 9 ) ABC

I. ABP II. ABQ III. ABR

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and II only
E. II and III only

Page 19/36
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry: Slope)
@@@ (@@@@Q]

22. [95 M.C.28]
In the figure, OA = AB . If the slope of AB is m ,
find the slope of OA.

OA = AB AB m
OA

A. 1
B.
m
1

C.
m
1

D. m
E. m

23. [98 M.C.33]
In the figure, PQRS is a parallelogram.
Find the slope of PR.

PQRS
PR

A.
15
13

B.
13
15

C.
11
9

D.
9
11

E. 5
Page 20/36
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry : Slope)
@@@ (@@@@Q]

24. [05 M.C.32]
In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram.
Find the coordinates of B.

ABCD
B

A. (3, 2)
B. (3, 5)
C. (4, 5)
D. (4, 6)

25. [91 M.C.28]
PQRS is a parallelogram with vertices P = (0, 0) , Q = (a, b) and
S = (b, a ) . Find R.

PQRS P = (0, 0)Q = (a, b)S = (b, a )R

A. (a, b)
B. (a, b)
C. (a b, a b)
D. (a b, a + b)
E. (a + b, a + b)
Page 21/36
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry: Distance)
@@@ (@@@@Q@@]

26. [01 M.C.34]
In the figure, A, B and C are points on a rectangular coordinate plane. AC and
BC are parallel to the x-axis and y-axis respectively. If the coordinates of C are
(2, 1) and the equation of the straight line AB is y = 2x + 3 , find the distance
between A and B.

AB C AC BC x
y C (2, 1) AB y = 2x + 3 A B

A. 5
B.
2
5 3

C. 37
D. 3 5
E. 65

27. [02 M.C.30]
If the length of the line segment joining the points (2, 3) and (k, 1 k) is 4 ,
then k =

(2, 3) (k, 1 k) 4 k =

A. 2
B. 4
C. 0 or 4
D. 2 or 2
Page 22/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry: Mid - point ?)
@@@ (@@@@Q@Q]

28. [04 M.C.31]
If (2, 3) is the mid-point of (a, 1) and (4, b), then b =
(2, 3) (a, 1) (4, b) , b =

A. 7
B. 7
C. 8
D. 8

29. [99 M.C.31]
A(4, 2) and B(1, 3) are two points. C is a point on the y-axis such that
AC = CB. Find the coordinates of C.

A(4, 2) B(1, 3) C y AC = CB C

A. (
2
3
,
2
1
)
B. (1, 0)
C. (1, 0)
D. (0, 1)
E. (0, 1)

Page 23/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry : Mid - point ?)
@@@ (@@@@Q@Q]

30. [03 M.C.31]
P (10 , 8) and Q (4 , 6) are two points. If R is a point on the x-axis
such that PR = RQ , then the coordinates of R are

P (10 , 8) Q (4 , 6) R x PR = RQ R

A. (4 , 0)
B. (3 , 1)
C. (3 , 0)
D. (2 , 0)

31. [05 M.C.31]
A (2 , 5) and B (6 , 3) are two points. If P is a point on the line x = y
such that AP = PB , then the coordinates of P are

A (2 , 5) B (6 , 3) P x = y AP = PB
P

A. (2 , 2)
B. (2 , 4)
C. (1 , 1)
D. (4 , 1)
Page 24/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry: Point of Division)
@@@ (@@@@QQ@]

32. [98 M.C.54]
A(7, 14) and B(1, 2) are two points. C is a point on AB produced such that
AB : BC = 2: 1. Find the coordinates of C.

A(7, 14) B(1, 2) C AB AB : BC = 2 : 1 C

A. (5, 10)
B. (2, 4)
C. (3, 6)
D. (5, 10)
E. (10, 20)

33. [00 M.C.50]
A(1, 4) and B (3, 4) are two points. The line x y = 0 cuts AB at P so that
AP : PB = r : 1. Find r.

A(1, 4) B (3, 4) x y = 0 AB P AP : PB = r : 1
r

A. 3
B. 2
C. 1
D.
2
1

E.
3
1

Page 25/36
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Coordinate Geometry: Point of Division)
@@@ (@@@@QQ@]

34. [97 M.C.47]
In the figure, AEB and ADC are straight lines.
ED // BC and ED : BC = 2 : 3 . If the coordinates
of A and B are (4, 7) and (0, 1) respectively, find
the coordinates of E.

AEB ADC ED // BC
ED : BC = 2 : 3 A B (4, 7)
(0, 1) E

A.
3 ,
3
4

B.
5 ,
3
8

C.
17
5
,
5
8

D.
5
23
,
5
12

E.
7
19
,
7
8

Page 26/36
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Applications of Equation of st. lines)
@@@ (@@[@@@]

35. [00 Q.9]

Let L be the straight line passing through (4, 4) and (6, 0).
L (4, 4) (6, 0)

(a) Find the slope of L.
L

(b) Find the equation of L.
L

(c) If L intersects the y-axis at C, find the coordinates of C.
L y C C (5 marks)

Page 27/36
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@[@@@]

36. [02 Q.8]

In Figure 3, the straight line 0 8 2 : = + y x L
cuts the coordinate axes at A and B.

3 0 8 2 : = + y x L
A B

(a) Find the coordinates of A and B.
A B

(b) Find the coordinates of the mid-point of AB.
AB (4 marks)

Page 28/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@@]

37. [99 Q.10]

In Figure 5, A(8, 8) and B(16, 4) are two points. The perpendicular bisector
l of the line segment AB cuts AB at M and the x-axis at P.
5 A(8, 8) B(16, 4) AB l AB
Mx P

(a) Find the equation of l. l (4 mark)

(Contd)
Page 29/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@@]

(Contd)
(b) Find the length of BP. BP (2 marks)

(c) If N is the mid-point of AP, find the length of MN.
N AP MN (2 marks)

Page 30/36
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@[@@@]

38. [03 Q.12]

In Figure 3, AP is an altitude of the triangle ABC. It cuts the y-axis at H.
3 AP ABC y H

(a) Find the slope of BC.
BC (1 mark)

(b) Find the equation of AP.
AP (3 marks)

(Contd)
Page 31/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@@]

(Contd)
(c) (i) Find the coordinates of H.
H

(ii) Prove that the three altitudes of the triangle ABC pass through
the same point.
ABC (5 marks)

Page 32/36
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@[@@@]

39. [04 Q.13]

In Figure 5, ABCD is a rhombus, the diagonals AC and BD cuts at E.
5 ABCDAC BDE

(a) (i) Find the coordinates of E.
E

(ii) Find the equation of BD.
BD (4 marks)

(Contd)
Page 33/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@@]

(Contd)
(b) It is given that the equation of AD is x + 7y 65 = 0
ADx + 7y 65 = 0

(i) Find the equation of BC.
BC

(ii) Find the length of AB.
AB (5 marks)

Page 34/36
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@[@@@]

40. [05 Q.13]

In Figure 5, the straight line L
1
: 2x y + 4 = 0 cuts the x-axis and the y-axis at
A and B respectively. The straight line L
2
, passing through B and
perpendicular to L
1
, cuts the x-axis at C. From the origin O, a straight line
perpendicular to L
2
is drawn to meet L
2
at D.

5 L
1
: 2x y + 4 = 0 x y A B
L
2
BL
1
x CO
L
2
L
2
D

(a) Write down the coordinates of A and B.
A B (2 marks)

(Contd)
Page 35/36
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@[@@@]

(Contd)
(b) Find the equation of L
2
.
L
2
(3 marks)

(c) Find the ratio of the area ODC to the area of the quadrilateral OABD.
ODC OABD (4 marks)

Chapter. 7 : More about Polynomials
Page 2/31
Not for Sale
3
7 23
21
2

Division Alogrithm of Polynomials
@@@@@@

@@QQQ@Q@@@@Q@@@Q @Q3 @,,,

23 7 = 3 2

23 = 7 3 + 2

(Division Algorithm of Polynomials)

dividend

divisor

quotient

remainder

dividend

divisor

quotient

remainder

( ) ( ) ( ) P x x a Q x R = +

Dividend

Divisor

Quotient

Remainder

(2x
2
+ 3x 4) (x 2)

|.8. |.8. |.8. |.8. J_ J_ J_ J_ __ __ __ __
Page 3/31
Not for Sale
Division Alogrithm of Polynomials
@@@@@@

1. When a polynomial is divided by 1 2 x , the quotient is 1 3
2
+ + x x , find the
polynomial.
1 2 x 1 3
2
+ + x x

2. When P(x) is divided by 2 + x , the quotient is 2
2
+ x x and the remainder is 6,
find P(x).
P(x) 2 + x 2
2
+ x x 6P(x)

Page 4/31
Not for Sale

Long / Synthetic Division of Polynomials
@@@@ @@@

e.g.1 Find the quotient and remainder of (2x
2
+ 3x 4) (x 2).
(2x
2
+ 3x 4) (x 2) .

2
2 2 3 4 x x x +

2
2
2
2 2 3 4
2
x
x x x
x
+

2
2
2
2 2 3 4
2 4
x
x x x
x x
+

2
2
2
2 2 3 4
2 4
7 4
x
x x x
x x
x
+

Step1
Step2
Step3
Step1-3

The quotient is 2x + 7, the remainder is 10.
2x + 7, 10.

Ready
GO!
Long Division ()
2
2
2 7
2 2 3 4
2 4
7 4
7 14
10
x
x x x
x x
x
x
+
+

2 2 3 4
2
+ +

2 2 3 4
4
2
+ +
+
2 2 3 4
4
2 7
+ +
+
+

2 2 3 4
4 14
2 7
+ +
+ +
+

2 2 3 4
4 14
2 7 10
+ +
+ +
+ +

Synthetic Division ()
x 2 2x
2
+ 3x 4
Ready
GO!
Step2
Step1
VS
Step12

Page 5/31
Not for Sale
@@@@\@@@
Long / Synthetic Division of Polynomials
@@@@ @@@

1. Find the quotient and remainder of (4x
3
x
2
7x) (x 2).
(4x
3
x
2
7x) (x 2) .

2. Find the quotient and remainder of (x
3
+ 6x + 5) (x + 2).
(x
3
+ 6x + 5) (x + 2) .

3. Find the quotient and remainder of (10x
2
+ x 8x
3
3) (2x + 3).
(10x
2
+ x 8x
3
3) (2x + 3) .

Page 6/31
Not for Sale

Reminder Theorem
@@@@

TIPS: Q@@@@~@@@@@@@Q@@@@@
@@@@@Q@@-

e.g.2 Let P(x) = 2x
3
6x + 1. Find the remainder when P(x) is divided
by x + 2.
P(x) = 2x
3
6x + 1. P(x) x + 2 .

When a polynomial P(x) is divided by x a, the remainder is equal to P(a).
P(x) x a P(a).
When P(x) is divided by x + 2,
P(x) = ( 2) ( ) x Q x R + +
Put x = 2
P(2) = ( 2 2) ( 2) Q R + +
P(2) = 0 ( 2) Q R +
P(2) = R

Remainder = P(2)
= 2(2)
3
6(2) + 1
= 2(8) + 12 + 1
= 3

x = 2
x = 2 :
P(2) = ( 2 2) ( 2) Q R + +

( ) ( ) ( ) P x x a Q x R = +

Dividend

Divisor

Quotient

Remainder

R
Page 7/31
Not for Sale

Reminder Theorem
@@@@

e.g.3 [HKMO Type]
(a) Find the remainder when x
2006
+ 7 is divided by x + 1.
x
2006
+ 7 x + 1 .
(b) What is the remainder when 2006
2006
is divided by 2007?
2006
2006
2007

(a) Let P(x) = x
2006
+ 7
P(x) = ( 1) ( ) x Q x R + +
Put x = 1
P(1) = ( 1 1) ( 1) Q R + +
P(1) = 0 ( 1) Q R +
P(1) = R

Remainder = P(1)
= (1)
2006
+ 7
= 1 + 7
= 8

(b) Put x = 2006
P(2006) = (2006 1) (2006) 8 Q + +
2006
2006
+ 7 = 2007 (2006) 8 Q +
2006
2006
= 2007 (2006) 8 Q + 7
2006
2006
= 2007 (2006) 1 Q +

When 2006
2006
is divided by 2007,
the remainder is 1.
P(x) =( 1) ( ) x Q x R + +

1 !!!
x = 1 :
P(1) = ( 1 1) ( 1) Q R + +

R
Page 8/31
Not for Sale
Reminder Theorem
@@@@

e.g.4 Suppose P(x) = b x ax x + + 4
2 3
. When P(x) is divided by (x + 1), the
remainder is 2. When P(x) is divided by (x 2), the remainder is 17.
Find the values of a and b.

P(x) = b x ax x + + 4
2 3
P(x) (x + 1) 2
P(x) (x 2) 17 a b

P(x) = ( 1) ( ) 2 x Q x + +
Put x = 1
P(1) = ( 1 1) ( 1) 2 Q + +
P(1) = 2

3 2
( 1) ( 1) 4( 1) 2
( 1) 4 2
7
a b
a b
a b
+ + =
+ =
+ =

When P(x) is divided by x 2,
P(x) = ( 2) ( ) 17 x q x +
Put x = 2
P(2) = (2 2) (2) 17 q +
P(2) = 17
3 2
(2) (2) 4(2) 17
8 4 8 17
4 1
a b
a b
a b
+ + =
+ + =
+ =

a + b = 7 (1)
4a + b = 1 (2)

On solving, a = 2, b = 9.

()

x = 2
P(2) = 17

x = 1
P(1) = 2
Page 9/31
Not for Sale
Reminder Theorem
@@@@

1. Find the value of k such that when 3 2
2 3
+ + x x kx is divided by 1 2 x ,
the remainder is 0.
3 2
2 3
+ + x x kx 1 2 x 0k

2. Find the value of k such that when 2 4 6
2 3
+ x kx x is divided by 2 3 + x ,
the remainder is 2.
2 4 6
2 3
+ x kx x 2 3 + x 0k

3. When
3 2
8 2 7 x kx x + + is divided by 1 2 x or 2 x , it gives the same
remainder. Find the value of k.

3 2
8 2 7 x kx x + + 1 2 x 2 x k
Page 10/31
Not for Sale
Factor Theorem
@@@@

e.g.5 Let P(x) = 2x
3
9x
2
+ 27. Show that 2x + 3 is a factor of P(x).
P(x) = 2x
3
9x
2
+ 27 2x + 3 P(x) .

P(x) is a polynomial and P(a) = 0 x a is a factor of P(x).
P(x) P(a) = 0 x a P(x) .

P(x) is divisible
by (x a)

Remainder
= 0
P(a) = 0

(x a) is a
factor of P(x)

divisible - factor -
fq(r ([rq
@@@
When P(x) is divided by 2x + 3,
P(x) = (2 3) ( ) x Q x R + +
Put x =
3
2

P(
3
2
) =
3 3
[2( ) 3] ( )
2 2
Q R + +
P(
3
2
) = R
Remainder = P(
3
2
)
= 2(
3
2
)
3
9(
3
2
)
2
+ 27
= 2(
27
8
) 9(
9
4
) + 27
= 0
2x + 3 is a factor of P(x).
Remainder = 0

2x + 3 ~

P(x) =( ) ( ) x a Q x R +

Page 11/31
Not for Sale
Factor Theorem
@@@@

e.g.6 If P(x) = x
3
+ 4x
2
x + k is divisible by x + 2
P(x) = x
3
+ 4x
2
x + k x + 2
(a) Find the value of k.
k
(b) Hence solve P(x) = 0. (Leave the answer in surd form.)
P(x) = 0. (.)

(a) When P(x) is divided by x + 2,
P(x) = ( 2) ( ) x Q x +
Put x = 2
P(2) = ( 2 2) ( 2) Q +
P(2) = 0

(2)
3
+ 4(2)
2
(2) + k = 0
(8) + 4(4) + 2 + k = 0
10 + k = 0
k = 10

(b) P(x) = 0
x
3
+ 4x
2
x 10 = 0
(x + 2)(x
2
+ 2x 5) = 0

x + 2 = 0 or x
2
+ 2x 5 = 0
x = 2 or x =
2
(2) (2) 4(1)( 5)
2(1)

x = 2 or x =
2 24
2

x = 2 or 1 6

@@@
2
3 2
3 2
2
2
2 5
2 4 10
2
2
2 4
5 10
5 10
x x
x x x x
x x
x x
x x
x
x
+
+ +
+
+

@@@
2 1 4 1 10
2 4 10
1 2 5 0
+
+
+ +

Page 12/31
Not for Sale
Factor Theorem
@@@@

1. Consider 8 2 25 6 ) (
2 3
+ + = x x x x P .
(a) Show that 1 2 x is a factor of ) (x P .
1 2 x ) (x P
(b) Factorize ) (x P completely.
) (x P
(c) Hence solve 0 ) ( = x P .
0 ) ( = x P
Page 13/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Reminder Theorem)
@@@ (@@@@]

1. [96 M.C.5]
Find the remainder when x
3
x
2
+ 1 is divided by 2x +1.
x
3
x
2
+ 1 2x +1 .

A. 11
B.
8
5

C.
8
7

D.
8
9

E. 5

2. [03 M.C.2]
Let f(x) = x
3
+ 2x
2
+ k, where k is a constant. If f(1) = 0, find the remainder
when f(x) is divided by x 1.
f(x) = x
3
+ 2x
2
+ kk f(1) = 0f(x) x 1 .

A. 1
B. 0
C. 2
D. 6

Page 14/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

3. [05 M.C.40]
Let k be a positive integer. When x
2k+1
+ kx + k is divided by x + 1, the
remainder is
k x
2k+1
+ kx + k x + 1

A. 1
B. 1
C. 2k 1
D. 2k + 1

4. [06 M.C.40]
Let k be a non-zero constant. When k kx kx x 3 2
2 3
+ + + is divided by
x + k , the remainder is k. Find k.
k k kx kx x 3 2
2 3
+ + + x + k
kk

A. 1
B. 1
C. 2
D. 2

Page 15/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

5. [01 Q.2]
Let f(x) = 1
2 3
+ x x x . Find the remainder when f(x) is divided by x 2.
f(x) = 1
2 3
+ x x x . f (x) x 2 . (3 marks)

6. [00 Q.6]
Let f(x) 7 2 6 2
2 3
+ = x x x . Find the remainder when f (x) is divided by
x + 3.
f(x) 7 2 6 2
2 3
+ = x x x . f (x) x + 3 . (3 marks)

Page 16/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

7. [94 Q.3]
When (x + 3)(x 2) + 2 is divided by x k , the remainder is k
2
. Find the
value(s) of k.
(x + 3)(x 2) + 2 x k k
2
k . (3 marks)

Page 17/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

8. [90 Q.7]
(a) Find the remainder when x
1000
+ 6 is divided by x + 1.
x
1000
+ 6 x + 1 . (2 marks)

(b) (i) Using (a), or otherwise, find the remainder when 8
1000
+ 6 is
divided by 9.
(a) 8
1000
+ 6 9 .
(ii) What is the remainder when 8
1000
is divided by 9?
8
1000
9 (4 marks)

Page 18/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

9. [99 M.C.38]
It is given that F(x) = x
3
4x
2
+ ax + b. F(x) is divisible by x 1 . When it is
divided by x + 1, the remainder is 12. Find a and b.
F(x) = x
3
4x
2
+ ax + bF(x) x 1 x + 1
12 a b.

A. a = 5 , b = 10
B. a = 1 , b = 2
C. a = 3 , b = 6
D. a = 4 , b = 7
E. a = 7 , b = 10

10. [02 M.C.38]
The remainder when x
2
+ ax + b is divided by x + 2 is 4 . The remainder
when ax
2
+ bx + 1 is divided by x 2 is 9. The value of a is
x
2
+ ax + b x + 2 4 ax
2
+ bx + 1 x 2
9 a

A. 3
B. 1
C. 1
D. 3

Page 19/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Factor Theorem)
@@@ (@@@@]

11. [95 M.C.3]
If f(x) = x
99
+ 99x + k is divisible by x + 1 , then k =
f(x) = x
99
+ 99x + k x + 1 k =

A. 100
B. 98
C. 98
D. 100
E. 198

12. [93 M.C.9]
The expression x
2
2x + k is divisible by (x + 1) . Find the remainder when it
is divided by (x + 3).
x
2
2x + k (x + 1) (x + 3) .

A. 1
B. 4
C. 12
D. 16
E. 18
Page 20/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

13. [97 M.C.6]
If 2x
2
+ x + m is divisible by x 2 , then it is also divisible by
2x
2
+ x + m x 2

A. x + 3
B. 2x 3
C. 2x + 3
D. 2x 5
E. 2x + 5

14. [91 M.C.3]
Which one of the following is a factor of 6 4
2 3
+ + x x x ?
6 4
2 3
+ + x x x

A. ) 2 ( ) 1 ( + x x
B. ) 2 ( ) 1 ( + + x x
C. ) 2 ( ) 1 ( + x x
D. ) 3 ( ) 1 ( x x
E. ) 3 ( ) 1 ( + x x
Page 21/31
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Factor Theorem / Division of Polynomial)
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

15. [98 M.C.6]
Let f(x) = 2x
3
x
2
7x + 6 . It is known that f(2) = 0 and f(1) = 0. f(x) can be
factorized as
f(x) = 2x
3
x
2
7x + 6 f(2) = 0 f(1) = 0 f(x)

A. (x + 1) (x + 2) (2x 3)
B. (x + 1) (x 2) (2x + 3)
C. (x 1) (x + 2) (2x + 3)
D. (x 1) (x + 2) (2x 3)
E. (x 1) (x 2) (2x + 3)

16. [01 M.C.48]
Let f(x) = x
3
+ 2x
2
+ ax + b. If f(x) is divisible by x + 1 and x 2 , f(x) can be
factorized as
f(x) = x
3
+ 2x
2
+ ax + b f(x) x + 1 x 2 f(x)

A. (x 1) (x + 1) (x 2)
B. (x + 1)
2
(x 2)
C. (x 3) (x + 1) (x 2)
D. (x + 3) (x + 1) (x 2)
E. x (x + 1) (x 2)
Page 22/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

17. [00 M.C.9]
Let f(x) = x
3
2x
2
5x + 6 . It is known that f(1) = 0 . f(x) can be factorized as
f(x) = x
3
2x
2
5x + 6 f(1) = 0f(x)

A. (x 1)
2
(x + 6)
B. (x 1) (x + 1) (x + 6)
C. (x 1) (x 2) (x + 3)
D. (x 1) (x + 2) (x 3 )
E. (x + 1) (x 2) (x 3)

18. [04 M.C.40]
If f(x) = x
3
7x + 6 is divisible by x
2
3x + k , then k =
f(x) = x
3
7x + 6 x
2
3x + k k =

A. 2
B. 2
C. 3
D. 3
Page 23/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

19. [94 M.C.37]
P(x) is a polynomial. When P(x) is divided by (5x 2) , the remainder is R . If
P(x) is divided by (2 5x), then the remainder is
P(x) P(x) (5x 2) R P(x) (2 - 5x)

A. R
B. R
C.
5
2
R
D.
5
2

E.
5
2

20. [92 M.C.41]
If a polynomial f(x) is divisible by x 1 , then f(x 1) is divisible by
f(x) x 1 f(x 1)

A. x 2
B. x + 2
C. x 1
D. x + 1
E. x
Page 24/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@]

21. [07 M.C.40]
Let f(x) be a polynomial. If f(x) is divisible by x 1 , which of the following
must be a factor of f(2x + 1)?
f(x) f(x) x 1
f(2x + 1)?

A. x
B. x 3
C. 2x 1
D. 2x + 1

Page 25/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

22. [96 Q.4]
Show that x + 1 is a factor of x
3
x
2
3x 1.
Hence solve x
3
x
2
3x 1 = 0. (Leave your answers in surd form.)

x + 1 x
3
x
2
3x 1 .
x
3
x
2
3x 1 = 0. (.) (5 marks)

Page 26/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

23. [98 Q.9]
Let f(x) = 6 5 2
2 3
+ x x x .
f(x) = 6 5 2
2 3
+ x x x .
(a) Show that x 2 is a factor of f(x).
x 2 f(x) .

(b) Factorize f(x).
f(x). (5 marks)

Page 27/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

24. [02 Q.4]
Let f(x) = 18 9 2
2 3
+ x x x .
f(x) = 18 9 2
2 3
+ x x x .
(a) Find f(2). f(2).

(b) Factorize f(x). f(x). (3 marks)

Page 28/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

25. [07 Q.14(a)]
Let
3 2
( ) 4 243 f x x kx = + , where k is a constant. It is given that x + 3 is a
factor of f(x).
3 2
( ) 4 243 f x x kx = + k x + 3 f(x)
(a) Find the value of k. k

(b) Factorize f(x). f(x) (5 marks)

Page 29/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

26. [99 Q.15 (b)]

The Water Supply Department is planning to replace an old service reservoir
X with a new service reservoir Y.
Service reservoir Y is at first empty. Three water pipes A, B and C with
constant filling rates can be used to fill this reservoir completely. If the pipes
are used individually, using pipe A to fill up the reservoir takes 3 days more
than pipe B while using pipe C takes 2 days less than pipe B. If the three pipes
are used simultaneously, filling up the reservoir takes 4 days. Suppose pipe B
alone take x days to fill up this reservoir.

Y X
Y A, B C
AB 3
C B 2
4 B
x

(Contd)
()
Page 30/31
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)

(i) Show that 0 24 14 11
2 3
= + x x x .
0 24 14 11
2 3
= + x x x .

(ii) Hence find x by factorizing 24 14 11
2 3
+ x x x .
24 14 11
2 3
+ x x x x. (7 marks)

Chapter. 8 : More about Polynomials II
Page 2/23
Not for Sale

Highest Common Factor and Lowest Common Multiple
@]@@@@@Q@@

H.C.F L.C.M. ,

e.g.1 12, 18, 24 30 H.C.F L.C.M.

12 = (2
2
) 3 12 = (2
2
) 3
18 = 2 (3
2
) 18 = 2 (3
2
)
24 = (2
3
) 3 24 = (2
3
) 3
30 = 2 3 5 30 = 2 3 5

H.C.F. = 2 3 L.C.M. = (2
3
) (3
2
) 5
= 6 = 360

e.g.2 12p
2
qr, 36 pq
5
r 24r
2
H.C.F L.C.M.

2 3 2 3 2
5 2 2 5
2 3 2
12 3 ( ) ( ) (2 )
36 (2 ) (3 ) ( )
24 (2 ) 3 ( )
p q r p q r
pq r p q r
r r
=
=
=

H.C.F. = (2
2
) 3

r
= 12 r

2 3 2 3 2
5 2 2 5
2 3 2
12 3 ( ) ( ) (2 )
36 (2 ) (3 ) ( )
24 (2 ) 3 ( )
p q r p q r
pq r p q r
r r
=
=
=

L.C.M. = (2
3
) (3
2
) (p
2
) (q
5
) (r
2
)
= 72 p
2
q
5
r
2

H.C.F. L.C.M.

Page 3/23
Not for Sale

Highest Common Factor and Lowest Common Multiple
@]@@@@@Q@@

L.C.M. H.C.F.

: (x 1)(x
2
+ x + 1)
: x
3
1

(Factorize)

e.g.3 (x 1)
2
, x
2
1 x
3
1 H.C.F L.C.M.

2
1 ( 1)( 1) x x x = + ,
3 2
1 ( 1)( 1) x x x x = + +

(x 1)
2
= (x 1)
2

x
2
1 = (x 1) (x + 1)
x
3
1 = (x 1) (x
2
+ x + 1)

H.C.F. = x 1
L.C.M. = (x 1)
2
(x + 1) (x
2
+ x + 1)

(Useful identities for factorization):

1.
2 2 2
2 ( ) a ab b a b + + = + [ Prefect Square +]
2.
2 2 2
2 ( ) a ab b a b + = [ Prefect Square ]
3.
2 2
( )( ) a b a b a b = + [ Difference of two Squares]
4.
3 3 2 2
( )( ) a b a b a ab b + = + + [ Sum of two Cubes]
5.
3 3 2 2
( )( ) a b a b a ab b = + + [ Difference of two Cubes]

H.C.F.
L.C.M.
Page 4/23
Not for Sale

Manipulation of Rational Functions
Q@@@@@

(Rational Function) (
1
2
( )
( )
f x
f x
)

1
2x
,
1
x
x
,
2
3
2 3
1
x x
x
+ +
+
,

:

II. (Simplify the Rational Functions)

e.g.1
2
25 ( 5)( 5) 5
6 30 6( 5) 6
x x x x
x x
+
= =
+ +

e.g.2
2 2 2
2 2
4 4 ( 2 ) 2
3 12 3( 2 )( 2 ) 3( 2 )
x xy y x y x y
x y x y x y x y
+
= =
+ +

II. / (Multiplication / Division of Rational Functions)

2
8 2 3 21
8 56 16
2(4 ) 3( 7)
8( 7) ( 4)( 4)
2( 4) 3( 7)
8( 7) ( 4)( 4)
2 3
8 ( 4)
3
4( 4)
x x
x x
x x
x x x
x x
x x x
x
x
+
+
+
=
+ +
+
=
+ +
=
+
=
+

TECHNIQUE !!!

5 2 = (2 5)
a b = (b a)

~

(Factorization) !!!
Page 5/23
Not for Sale
Manipulation of Rational Functions
Q@@@@@

III. / (Addition / Subtraction of Rational Functions)

LEVEL 1
1 1
4 6
1 3 1 2
4 3 6 2
3 2
12 12
5
12
+

= +

= +
=

LEVEL 2

2 2
2
2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
2
2 2
1 1
4 6
1 3 1 2
4 3 6 2
3 2
12 12
3 2
12
a b b
b a
a b b b a
b a
a b a b
b a
a b
+
= +
= +
+
=

LEVEL 3
2 2
1 1
4 2
1 1
( 2)( 2) ( 1)( 2)
1 ( 1) 1 ( 2)
( 2)( 2) ( 1) ( 1)( 2) ( 2)
( 1) ( 2)
( 2)( 2)( 1)
1
( 2)( 2)( 1)
x x x
x x x x
x x
x x x x x x
x x
x x x
x x x

=
+ +
+ +
=
+ + + +
+ +
=
+ +
=
+ +

(Factorize)
~
4a
2
b 6b
2

L.C.M.12a
2
b
2
12a
2
b
2

4 6 L.C.M.
12
12

Page 6/23
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (H.C.F and L.C.M. )
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

1. [91 M.C.6]
The L.C.M. of x, 2x
2
, 3x
3
, 4x
4
, 5x
5
is
x, 2x
2
, 3x
3
, 4x
4
, 5x
5
L.C.M.

A. x .
B. 5x
5
.
C. 60x
5
.
D. 120x
5
.
E. 120x
15
.

2. [86 M.C.31]
The L.C.M. of 12a
2
b and 18ab
3
c is
12a
2
b 18ab
3
c L.C.M.

A. 6ab .
B. 6a
2
b
3
c .
C. 36ab .
D. 36a
2
b
3
c .
E. 216a
3
b
4
c .

Page 7/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

3. [96 M.C.3]
Find the L.C.M. of yz x
2
4 and
3
6xy .
yz x
2
4
3
6xy L.C.M.

A. xy 2
B.
3 2
12 y x
C. z y x
3 2
12
D. z y x
3 2
24
E. z y x
4 3
24

4. [03 M.C.38]
The L.C.M. of 210xy
2
and 30x
2
yz is
210xy
2
30x
2
yz L.C.M.

A. 30xy .
B. 70xyz .
C. 210x
2
y
2
z .
D. 630x
3
y
3
z.

Page 8/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

5. [93 M.C.11]
Find the H.C.F. and L.C.M. of ab
2
c and abc
3

ab
2
c abc
3
H.C.F. L.C.M.

H.C.F. L.C.M.
A. a a
2
b
3
c
4

B. abc ab
2
c
3

C. abc a
2
b
3
c
4

D. ab
2
c
3
abc
E. a
2
b
3
c
4
abc

6. [05 M.C.38]
The H.C.F. of ( )( ) 2 1
2
+ + x x x and ( )
3
1 + x x is
( )( ) 2 1
2
+ + x x x ( )
3
1 + x x H.C.F.

A. ( ) 1 + x x
B. ( )( ) 2 1 + + x x x
C. ( )
3 2
1 + x x
D. ( ) ( ) 2 1
3 2
+ + x x x

Page 9/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

7. [83 M.C.5]
The H.C.F. of a
3
1 and a
4
1 is
a
3
1 a
4
1 H.C.F.

A. 1
B. a + 1
C. a 1
D. a
2
+ 1
E. a
2
1

8. [95 M.C.6]
The L.C.M. of x x
3
and 1
4
x is
x x
3
1
4
x L.C.M.

A. 1 x
B. ) 1 )( 1 ( + x x
C. ) 1 )( 1 )( 1 (
2
+ + x x x x
D. ) 1 )( 1 )( 1 )( 1 (
2 2
+ + + + x x x x x
E. ) 1 ( ) 1 ( ) 1 (
2 2 2
+ + x x x x

Page 10/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

9. [04 M.C.38]
The L.C.M. of 2 b , 4 b
2
and 8 b
3
is
2 b , 4 b
2
8 b
3
L.C.M.

A. (2 b) (2 + b) (4 4b + b
2
)
B. (2 b) (2 + b) (4 + 4b + b
2
)
C. (2 b) (2 + b) (4 2b + b
2
)
D. (2 b) (2 + b) (4 + 2b + b
2
)

10. [93 M.C.9]
The L.C.M. of (x 1)
2
, x
2
1 and x
3
1 is
(x 1)
2
, x
2
1 x
3
1 L.C.M.

A. x 1 .
B. (x 1)
4
(x + 1)(x
2
+ x + 1) .
C. (x 1)
2
(x + 1)(x
2
+ x + 1) .
D. (x 1)
2
(x + 1)(x
2
x + 1) .
E. (x 1)(x + 1)(x
2
+ x + 1) .
Page 11/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

11. [85 M.C.6]
The L.C.M. of 2a
2
2b
2
and a
3
2a
2
b + ab
2
is
2a
2
2b
2
a
3
2a
2
b + ab
2
L.C.M.

A. a b
B. (a b) (a + b)
C. 2a(a b) (a + b)
D. 2a(a b)
2
(a + b)
E. 2a(a b)
3
(a + b)

12 [87 M.C.40]
Find the H.C.F. of (2x 1)(x
2
6x + 9) and (x
2
3x)(4x
2
1).
(2x 1)(x
2
6x + 9) (x
2
3x)(4x
2
1) H.C.F.

A. (x 3)
B. (2x 1)
C. (x 3) (2x 1)
D. x(x 3)
2
(2x 1) (2x + 1)
E. There is no H.C.F.
Page 12/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

13. [90 M.C.37]
The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of three expressions are xyz
2
and x
3
y
5
z
4
respectively.
If two of the expressions are x
2
y
3
z
3
and x
3
yz
2
, find the third expression.
H.C.F. L.C.M. xyz
2
x
3
y
5
z
4

x
2
y
3
z
3
x
3
yz
2

A. x
2
y
3
z
3

B. x
2
y
5
z
3

C. xy
3
z
3

D. xy
5
z
4

E. xy
3
z
4

14. [81 M.C.33]
The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of three expressions are a
2
b
2
c and a
4
b
6
c
4
respectively.
Two of the expressions are a
2
b
3
c
4
and a
3
b
2
c
2
. The third expression is
H.C.F. L.C.M. a
2
b
2
c a
4
b
6
c
4
a
2
b
3
c
4
a
3
b
2
c
2

A. a
3
b
3
c
B. a
3
b
6
c
4

C. a
4
b
2
c
D. a
4
b
6
c
E. a
4
b
6
c
2

Page 13/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (@]@@@@@Q@@]

15. [92 M.C.40]
The L.C.M. of P and Q is 12ab
3
c
2
. The L.C.M. of X, Y and Z is 30a
2
b
3
c.
What is the L.C.M. of P, Q, X, Y and Z?
P Q L.C.M. 12ab
3
c
2
X, Y Z L.C.M. 30a
2
b
3
c P, Q, X,
Y Z L.C.M.

A. 360a
3
b
6
c
3

B. 60a
2
b
3
c
2

C. 60ab
3
c
2

D. 6a
2
b
3
c
E. 6ab
3
c

Page 14/23
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Manipulation of Rational Functions)
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

16. [88 M.C.3]

6
15 2
25
2
2
2
3
2
+

x x
x x
x x
x x
=

A.
5
1
x

B.
) 5 )( 2 (
2
+
x x
x

C.
5
1
+ x

D.
x
1

E.
) 5 )( 3 (
3
+
x x
x

17. [91 M.C.2]
2
1
1
x

2
) 1 (
1
x +
=

A.
) 1 )( 1 (
2
2 2
x x +

B.
) 1 )( 1 (
2
2 2
2
x x
x
+

C.
2 2
2
) 1 )( 1 (
2
x x
x
+

D.
2
) 1 )( 1 (
2
x x +

E.
2
) 1 )( 1 (
2
x x
x
+

Page 15/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

18. [88 M.C.6]

2
2
1
x x
+
6
1
2
+ x x
=

A.
) 3 )( 2 (
3
+ x x x

B.
) 3 )( 2 (
3
+
x x x

C.
) 3 )( 2 )( 2 (
6
+
x x x x
x

D.
) 3 )( 2 )( 2 (
6
+
x x x x
x

E.
) 3 )( 2 (
3 2
+
+
x x x
x

19. [91 M.C.2]
2
1
1
x

2
) 1 (
1
x +
=

A.
) 1 )( 1 (
2
2 2
x x +

B.
) 1 )( 1 (
2
2 2
2
x x
x
+

C.
2 2
2
) 1 )( 1 (
2
x x
x
+

D.
2
) 1 )( 1 (
2
x x +

E.
2
) 1 )( 1 (
2
x x
x
+

Page 16/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

20. [84 M.C.1]

) 1 )( 2 (
4
+ x x

1
3
2
x
=

A.
) 1 ( ) 1 (
1
2
+ x x

B.
) 1 )( 1 )( 2 (
2
+
+
x x x
x

C.
) 1 )( 1 )( 2 (
10
+
+
x x x
x

D.
) 1 )( 1 )( 2 (
10
+
x x x
x

E.
2
2
) 1 )( 1 )( 2 (
10 3
+

x x x
x x

21. [83 M.C.1]
9
6
2
x

6
5
2
+ x x

A.
) 3 )( 2 (
1
x x

B.
) 3 )( 2 (
1
+ + x x

C.
) 3 )( 2 (
1
+ x x

D.
) 3 )( 2 (
1
+ x x

E.
) 3 )( 3 )( 2 (
27
+
x x x
x

Page 17/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

22. [98 M.C.39]
2
3
1
2
2 2

x x x
=

A.
) 2 )( 1 (
1

x x

B.
) 2 )( 1 (
1
+
x x

C.
) 2 )( 1 (
1
+ +
x x

D.
) 2 )( 1 )( 1 (
1
+
x x x

E.
) 2 )( 1 )( 1 (
7
+

x x x
x

23. [97 M.C.28]
Simplify
2
3
4
4
2 2

x x x
.

A.
) 2 )( 1 (
1
+ + x x

B.
) 2 )( 1 (
1
+ x x

C.
) 2 )( 1 (
1
x x

D.
) 2 )( 2 )( 1 (
10
+ +
+
x x x
x

E.
) 2 )( 2 )( 1 (
10
+
x x x
x

Page 18/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

24. [99 M.C.40]
=

3 2
1
1
2
2 2
x x
x
x

A.
) 3 )( 1 )( 1 (
5 2
2
+ +
+ +
x x x
x x

B.
) 3 )( 1 )( 1 (
7 2
2
+ +
+ +
x x x
x x

C.
) 1 )( 1 )( 3 (
5
2
+

x x x
x

D.
) 1 )( 1 )( 3 (
5
2
+
x x x
x

E.
) 1 )( 1 )( 3 (
7 4
2
+
+
x x x
x x

25. [85 M.C.1]

x + 1
2

x 1
2

1
4
2
x
x
=

A.
x 1
1

B.
x + 1
1

C.
1
7 1
2
x
x

D.
2
1
7 1
x
x

E.
2
1
1 3
x
x
+

Page 19/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

26. [96 M.C.36]
Simplify
2
1
1 3
1
1
1
1
x
x
x x
+
+
+
.

A.
x 1
1

B.
x + 1
1

C.
x +
1
1

D.
2
1
1 3
x
x
+

E.
2
1
5 1
x
x

27. [01 M.C.47]
=
+
+
+
1
1
5 4
1
2
x
x
x x
x

A.
) 5 )( 1 (
6 3
2
+ +
+
x x
x x

B.
) 5 )( 1 (
4 5
2
+ +
+
x x
x x

C.
) 5 )( 1 (
) 1 )( 4 (
+ +
+
x x
x x

D.
) 5 )( 1 (
) 4 )( 1 (
+

x x
x x

E.
) 5 )( 1 (
) 6 )( 1 (
+

x x
x x

Page 20/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

28. [82 M.C.1]
2 2
4
2
b a
a
+
a b 2
1
=

A.
b a 2
1
+

B.
) 2 )( 2 (
1 2
b a b a
a
+

C.
) 2 )( 2 (
1 2
b a b a
a
+
+

D.
) 2 )( 2 (
2 3
b a b a
b a
+
+

E.
) 2 )( 2 (
2
b a b a
b a
+
+

29. [00 M.C.37]
Simplify
2 2
2
b a
ab
a b
b
b a
a
+
+
.

A.
b a
b a
+

B.
b a
b a
+

C.
2 2
2 2
4
b a
ab b a
+ +

D.
2 2
2 2
b a
b a
+

E. 1

Page 21/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

30. [96 M.C.8]
If
1 1 1
2
2
+
+
x
b
x
a
x
, find () a and b.

A. a = 2, b = 1
B. a = 1, b = 2
C. a = 1, b = 1
D. a = 1, b = 1
E. a = 1, b = 1

31. [86 M.C.5]
Given the identity
1
2
x
+
2
) 1 (
1
+
x
x
+
2
) 1 ( x
a
=
2
) 1 (
2
x
bx
, find the values of
the constants a and b.

1
2
x
+
2
) 1 (
1
+
x
x
+
2
) 1 ( x
a
=
2
) 1 (
2
x
bx
, a b .

A. a = 1, b = 3
B. a = 3, b = 1
C. a = 1, b = 3
D. a = 3, b = 1
E. a = 1, b = 3

Page 22/23
Not for Sale
@@@ (Q@@@@@]

32. [92 Q.4]

(a) Factorize
(i) x x 2
2
,
(ii) 8 6
2
+ x x .

(b) Simplify
8 6
1
2
1
2 2
+
+
x x x x
. (5 marks)

Chapter. 9 : Quadratic Simultaneous Equations
Page 2/18
Not for Sale

Quadratic Simultaneous Equations
_@@[@

~@_@@ ~@_@@ ~@_@@ ~@_@@ [rgg Qr [rgg Qr [rgg Qr [rgg Qr @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
e.g.2 Solve
2
(1)
(2)
1 ...................
2 3 .........
y x
y x x
=
= +

Sub (1) into (2),

2
2
2 3 1
2 0
1 or 2
x x x
x x
x
+ =
+ =
=

Sub x = 1 into (1),
y = (1) 1
y = 0
Sub x = 2 into (1),
y = (2) 1
y = 3

1
0
x
y
=
=
or
2
3
x
y
=
=

e.g.3 Solve
2 2
(1)
(2)
2 1 ...................
3 4 0 ..........
x y
x y
+ =
+ =

From (1),

(3)
2 1
1 2 ......
x y
x y
+ =
=

Sub (3) into (2),

2 2
2
(1 2 ) 3 4 0
4 5 0
y y
y y
+ =
+ =

For the above equation,
2
( 4) 4(1)(5)
4
=
=

No real solutions.
Technique: Technique: Technique: Technique:

x y
x
(1) (2) y

Technique:

No real solutions
~
Page 3/18
Not for Sale
Quadratic Simultaneous Equations
_@@[@

Discriminant
= b
2
4ac
Type of Intersection Graph
Case I > 0
Intersecting ()
each other at 2 points

Case II = 0
Touch () each
other at 1 point

Case III < 0
No intersection
()

e.g.3 If the line y = 3x + p touches the parabola y = x
2
+ 11x + 7 at one
point only, find the value of p.
y = 3x + p y = x
2
+ 11x + 7 , p .

2
(1)
(2)
3 .....................
11 7 ..........
y x p
y x x
= +
= + +

Sub (1) into (2)

2
2
11 7 3
8 (7 ) 0
x x x p
x x p
+ + = +
+ + =

Number of point of intersection is 1,

2
0
(8) 4( 1)(7 ) 0
4 92
23
p
p
p
=
=
=
=

Technique:

, 0

Page 4/18
Not for Sale
For y = 3x + 5
x 0 1 2
y 5 2 1

From the graph,

1
2
x
y
=
=
or
2.5
12.6
x
y
=
=

Graphical Method of Quadratic Simultaneous Equations
_@@[@@Q@

@@@ @@ @@@@@@@

e.g.4 Solve
2
2
3 5
y x
y x
=
= +
graphically.

For y = 2x
2

x 2 1 0 1 2
y 8 2 0 2 8

Step1:

Step2: Graph
Step3:
(1, 2)
(2.5, 12.6)
Page 5/18
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Quadratic Simultaneous Equations)
@@@ (_@@[@

1. [99 M.C.8]
If
+ =
+ =
3
2 3
2
x y
x x y
, then

+ =
+ =
3
2 3
2
x y
x x y
, .

A. x = 1
B. x = 1 or 5
C. x = 2 or 1
D. x = 5 or 1
E. x = 5 or 8

2. [03 M.C.7]
If
+ =
+ =
4 3
4
2
x y
x y
, then y =

+ =
+ =
4 3
4
2
x y
x y
, y =

A. 0.
B. 13.
C. 0 or 3 .
D. 4 or 13.
Page 6/18
Not for Sale
@@@ (_@@[@

3. [05 M.C.7]
If
2
3
4 3

=
, then =

2
3
4 3

=
, =

A. 4
B. 13
C. 0 or 4
D. 3 or 13

4. [01 M.C.12]
If
+ =
=
4 2
44 4
2
x y
x x y
, then y =

+ =
=
4 2
44 4
2
x y
x x y
, y =

A. 32 or 52
B. 12 or 16
C. 12 or 96
D. 8 or 20
E. 12 or 24
Page 7/18
Not for Sale
@@@ (_@@[@

5. [00 M.C.5]
If
=
=
2 2
1
2
x y
x y
, then y =

=
=
2 2
1
2
x y
x y
, y =

A. 4
B. 0
C. 1
D. 0 or 8

6. [96 M.C.10]
Solve
= +
= +
1
13
2 2
y x
y x
.

A.
=
=
3
2
y
x

B.
=
=
7
6
y
x

C.
=
=
1
2
y
x
or
=
=
4
3
y
x

D.
=
=
3
2
y
x
or
=
=
2
3
y
x

E.
=
=
7
6
y
x
or
=
=
6
7
y
x

Page 8/18
Not for Sale
@@@ (_@@[@

7. [93 M.C.13]
If the simultaneous equations
=
=
x y
k x y
2
have only one solution, find k.

=
=
x y
k x y
2
, k.

A. 1
B.
4
1

C. 4
D.
4
1

E. 1

8. If 5 9 4
2 2
= y x and 10 3 2 = y x , find the value of
2
3y
x .
5 9 4
2 2
= y x 10 3 2 = y x
2
3y
x

A. 2
B.
2
1

C.
4
1

D. 4
Page 9/18
Not for Sale
D
A B
C
x
y

A B
C D

@@@ (_@@[@

9. [93 M.C. 38]
In the figure, the rectangle has perimeter 16 cm and
area 15 cm
2
. Find the length of its diagonal AC.
16 cm 15 cm
2

AC

A. 32 cm
B. 34 cm
C. 7 cm
D. 226 cm
E. 241 cm

In the figure, ABCD is rectangular field of length p m
and width q m. The path around the field is of width
2 m. Find the area of the path.
ABCDp m q m
2 m

A. (4p + 4q) m
2

B. (2p + 2q + 4) m
2

C. (2p + 2q + 16) m
2

D. (4p + 4q + 16) m
2

E. (pq + 4p + 4q + 16) m
2

Page 10/18
Not for Sale

-1
y
x
0 1 2 3 4
y = cx + d
y = ax
2
+ bx

HKCEE Question (Graphical Method of Quad. Simultaneous Equ.)
@@@ (_@@[@@Q@

11. [93 Q.7]
The diagram shows the graphs of y = ax
2
+ bx
and y = cx + d. The solutions of the equation
ax
2
+ bx = cx + d are
of y = ax
2
+ bx y = cx + d
ax
2
+ bx = cx + d

A. 1 , 1
B. 1 , 2
C. 0 , 1
D. 0 , 3
E. 1 , 3

12. [97 Q.31]
In the figure, find the coordinates of the mid-point
of AB.
AB

A. |
\
|
2
35
,
2
7

B. |
\
|
4
25
,
2
5

C. |
\
|
2
37
,
2
5

D. |
\
|
2
13
,
2
5

E. |
\
|
2
35
,
2
7

Page 11/18
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Graphical Method of Quad. Simultaneous Equ.)
@@@ (_@@[@@Q@

13. [91 Q.6]
The curve 5 6
2
+ = x x y meets the y-axis at A and the x-axis at B and C as
shown in Figure 2:
2 5 6
2
+ = x x y y A x B C

(a) Find the coordinates of A , B and C.
A , B C

(b) The line 5 + = x y passes through A and meets the curve again at D .
Find the coordinates of D .
5 + = x y A D D
(6 marks)
Page 12/18
Not for Sale
Extra Question (Quadratic Simultaneous Equations)
@Q@@ (_@@[@

14. The line k x y + = touches the parabola 3 5
2
+ = x x y at one point P only.
k x y + = 3 5
2
+ = x x y P

k

(b) Find the coordinates of P.
P

Page 13/18
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (_@@[@

15. The straight line x k y 2 = meets the parabola 7 3 2
2
+ = x x y at points
A(-2, 5) and B.
x k y 2 = 7 3 2
2
+ = x x y A(2, 5) B

k

(b) Find the coordinates of B.
B

Page 14/18
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (_@@[@

16. The graph c x x y + + = 4
2
passes through the x-axis at A and B and it has a y-
intercept of 12. A straight line L : k x y + =
2
1
cuts the parabola at A and C.
P: c x x y + + = 4
2
x A B y
12 L : k x y + =
2
1
P A C

(a) Find the coordinates of A and B. A B

(b) Find the value of k. k

(c) Find the coordinates of C. C

Page 15/18
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (_@@[@

17. A wire bent into a rectangle with width 18 cm and length 6 cm is cut into two
parts (perimeters of x cm and y cm where x < y) to form two squares.
Suppose the sum of the areas of the two squares is 74 cm
2
.
6 cm 18 cm
x cm
y cm x < y 74 cm
2

(a) Set up two equations relating x and y.
x y

(b) Find the values of x and y.
x y
Page 16/18
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (_@@[@

18. A piece of wire is bent to form a L-shape figure with a perimeter of 56 cm and
an area of 142 cm
2
.
L 56 cm 142 cm
2

(a) Express y in terms of x. x y

(b) Find the area of the figure in terms of x and y.
x y

(c) Find the values of x and y.
x y

Page 17/18
Not for Sale
Extra Question (Graphical Method of Quad. Simultaneous Equ.)
@Q@@ (_@@[@@Q@
19. The figure shows the graph of
2
x y = for 5 5 x . Using the graph, solve the
simultaneous equations.

2
x y = 5 5 x

(a)
=
=
2
2
x y
x y

(b)
+ =
=
3 2
2
x y
x y

(c)
+ =
=
9 3
2
x y
x y

Chapter. 10 : Trigonometric Functions
Page 2/41
Not for Sale

in

os

Graphs of Trigonometric Functions
@Q@@@@

@j Introduction

@@@j@@@@@Q @@@@Q~@Q@@@@@@Q@@
Q@@Q@@q@@@@Q@@@ gi g (q @@~@@
@

an
t

+
+
y
x
sin x
cos x
tan x
= ?
8"_
_]_
0"_
__
-{-
Page 3/41
Not for Sale
1
@Q@@@@

x
y
OO

x
y
OO

O

sin x
x ( ) 60 120 225 300
sin x ( ) 0.87 0.87 -0.71 -0.87
cos x ( ) 0.50 -0.5 -0.71 0.50

x

x = 60
x = 120
x = 225
x = 300
sin cos
0 360 ?!

sin120
cos 300 !!

Page 4/41
Not for Sale
1
@Q@@@@

y = sin x

x
y
OO

x
y
OO

O

sin x
x 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360
sin x

x

1
sin x =

sin x =
(sin x) (x)
sin x 0 360
!
Page 5/41
Not for Sale
@Q@@@@

y = sin x
y = cos x
y = tan x
1. 360

2. = 1, = 1
1 sin x 1

1. 360

2. = 1, = 1
1 cos x 1
1. 180

2.
( x = 90, 270
tan x )
Page 6/41
Not for Sale
Trigonometric Ratios on 0 360
@Q@ (Q QQQ

Trigonometric Ratio of Special Angles ( )

30 45 60
sin
1
2

2
2

3
2

cos
3
2

2
2

1
2

tan
1
3

1
3

0 90 180 270 360
sin 0 1 0 1 0
cos 1 0 1 0 1
tan 0 undefined 0 undefined 0

1
1
1
3
2
2
45
45
30
60

0
1
0 0
1

y = sin x
1
0 0
1
1
y = cos x

y = tan x
0 0 0
? ?
Page 7/41
Not for Sale
@Q@ (Q QQQ

C
A
T
S

0 90 90 180 180 270 270 360
sin + ++ + + ++ +
tan + ++ + + ++ +
cos + ++ + + ++ +

y = sin x y = tan x
y = cos x
+ ++ + + ++ +

+ ++ + + ++ +

+ ++ + + ++ +
I
All + ++ +
II
Sin + ++ +
III
tan + ++ +
IV
Cos + ++ +
0 180
90
270
CAST
Page 8/41
Not for Sale

C
A S
T

sin(180 ) sin =

cos(180 ) cos =

tan(180 ) tan =

sin(90 ) cos =

cos(90 ) sin =

1
tan(90 )
tan
=

sin(180 ) sin + =

cos(180 ) cos + =

tan(180 ) tan + =

sin(360 ) sin =

cos(360 ) cos =

tan(360 ) tan =

@Q@ (Q QQQ

CAST

1.
2 2
sin cos 1 + =

2.
sin
tan
cos
=

2 2
2
2
2
1 sin (90 ) 1 cos
tan(360 ) tan
sin
tan
sin tan
cos
sin
sin
sin cos

=

=
=
=
=

e.g.1 Simplify
2
1 sin (90 )
tan(360 )

.
Tips
tan

0
90
180
270
Page 9/41
Not for Sale
C
A S
T

Examples:

cos(90 + )

cos(360 )

sin(90 ) cos + =

cos(90 ) sin + =

1
tan(90 )
tan
+ =

sin(180 ) sin =

cos(180 ) cos =

tan(180 ) tan =

sin(90 ) cos =

cos(90 ) sin =

1
tan(90 )
tan
=

sin(180 ) sin + =

cos(180 ) cos + =

tan(180 ) tan + =

sin(270 ) cos =

cos(270 ) sin =

1
tan(270 )
tan
=

sin(270 ) cos + =

cos(270 ) sin + =

1
tan(270 )
tan
+ =

sin(360 ) sin =

cos(360 ) cos =

tan(360 ) tan =

@Q@ (Q QQQ

@Q@@@@@@@

0

270
180
90
@@@@@@@@@,
90 ( ) cos sin
360 ( ) cos
II ve
IV +ve

???

sin

+
???
+
cos

Page 10/41
Not for Sale

@Q@ (Q QQQ

e.g. Find the values of cos 150 without using calculator.
cos 150

Soln

Examples (do not use calculator this time !) :

1. sin120 =
sin135 =
sin150 =

2. cos 210 =
cos 225 =
cos 240 =

3. tan300 =
tan315 =
tan330 =
cos 150
= cos (180 30)
= cos 30
=
3
2

cos 150
= cos (90 + 60)
= sin 60
=
3
2

1 2
Page 11/41
Not for Sale
@Q@ (Q QQQ
More examples:
1. Suppose h =
o
20 sin . Find the values of the following expressions in terms of h.
(a) sin 160
o

(b) sin 200
o

(c) sin 340
o

2. Without using a calculator, find the values of the following expressions. (Leave
the answer in surd form)
(a) 120 sin (b) 300 tan (c) 150 cos

(d) 240 tan (e) 210 cos (f) 330 sin

Page 12/41
Not for Sale

Trigonometric Ratios on arbitrary angles
@Q@@@Q@

I. I. I. I. < 0

II. II. II. II. > 360

Examples (also do not use calculator !) :
1. sin 420 =
cos900 =
tan3660 =

2. sin( 60 ) =
cos( 120) =
tan( 330 ) =
sin () = sin (360 ) = sin
cos () = cos (360 ) = cos
tan () = tan (360 ) = tan
sin (360n + ) = sin
cos (360n + ) = cos
tan (180n + ) = tan
where n is positive integer
e.g. sin (135)
= sin135
=
2
2

e.g. sin 390
= sin(360 + 30)
= sin 30
=
1
2

Page 13/41
Not for Sale
A
S
S
T C
Trigonometric Equations
@Q[@

e.g.2 Solve 2cos 3 A = for 0 360 A .

e.g.3 Solve 2cos 1 B = for 0 360 B .

II
180

I

III
180 +

IV
360

2cos 3
3
cos
2
30 , 360 30
30 , 330
A
A
A
A
=
=
=
=

2cos 1
1
cos
2
180 30 , 180 30
150 , 210
B
B
B
B
=
=
= +
=

0
270
90
180
I IV
II III

(fx-3650 )
SHIFT cos ( 3 2)
cos A
I II I IV IV IV IV
( !!!)
SHIFT cos (1 2)
cos B
I II II II I III III III III
1. /

sin = k
cos = k
tan = k
2.
( !!!)
3.

Q@Q[@@@@
Page 14/41
Not for Sale
Trigonometric Equations
@Q[@
Solve each of the following equations, where < 360 0 . (Give the answer correct
to 3 significant figures.)
1. 5 . 0 sin = 2.
3
2
cos =

3.
3
4
tan = 4. 28 . 0 cos =

5. 0 5 cos 8 = 6. 0 4 tan 5 = +
Page 15/41
Not for Sale

@@-
Trigonometric Equations x Identities
@Q[@ @@

e.g.4 Solve cos + sin = 0 for 0 180 .

e.g.5 Solve
2
sin cos 1 0 + = for 0 360 .

2
2
2
2
sin cos 1 0
(1 cos ) cos 1 0
cos cos 2 0
cos cos 2 0
(cos 1)(cos 2) 0

+ =
+ =
+ =
+ =
+ =

cos 1
0 , 360
=
=

cos 2
no solution
=

0 , 360 =
cos sin 0
cos sin 0
cos cos cos
1 tan 0
tan 1
180 45
135

+ =
+ =
+ =
=
=
=

cos
x 0 180
I II II II I

sin
2
cos
2

1 cos x 1
cos 2 =
or
or
1.
2 2
sin cos 1 + =

2.
sin
tan
cos
=

Page 16/41
Not for Sale
Trigonometric Equations x Identities
@Q[@ @@
Solve each of the following equations, where < 360 0 . (Give the answer correct
to 3 significant figures.)
1. cos 5 sin 6 = 2. cos 2 sin =

3. 0 sin 2 cos sin 3 = + 4. 0 sin 3 sin 5
2
=

5. 0 1 sin cos
2
= + +
Page 17/41
Not for Sale
Maximum / Minimum values
@] J @Q@

e.g.6 Find the greatest and least values of
1
cos 2 +
.

1
cos 2 +
.
`

y = sin x
y = cos x
1. 360

2. = 1, = 1
1 sin x 1

1. 360

2. = 1, = 1
1 cos x 1
1 cos 1
1 cos 2 3
1 1
1
cos 2 3

+

+

Greatest value = 1
Least value =
1
3

(
)

Page 18/41
Not for Sale
Maximum / Minimum values
@] J @Q@
Determine the maximum and minimum values of the following functions.
(a) cos 5 (b) sin 3

(c) sin 2 + (d) cos 7

(e)
2
sin (f)
2
cos 2 +

(g)
sin 2
1
(h)
2
sin 3
4

(i)
cos 4 7
3

(j)
2
) sin 2 (
2

Page 19/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Trigonometric Indetities)
@@@ (@Q@@


sin(90 )
tan(180 )

=
+

A. cos
B. cos
C.
sin
cos
2

D.
sin
cos
2

E.
sin
1

2. [94 M.C.18]

) 90 cos(
) 180 sin(

+
=

A. tan
B. tan
C.
tan
1

D. 1
E. 1
Page 20/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Trigonometric Indetities)
@@@ (@Q@@

3. [97 M.C.40]

( ) ( )
( ) A
A A

360 tan
180 sin 90 cos
=

A. sin A cos A
B. sin A cos A
C. cos
2
A
D. cos
2
A
E. sin
2
A


cos(90 ) cos(360 )
sin(360 )
A A
A

=

A. cos A
B. cos A
C. sin A
D.
A
A
sin
cos
2

E.
A
A
sin
cos
2

Page 21/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Trigonometric Identities)
@@@ (@Q@@

5. [02 M.C.47]
[1 cos(180 )][1 cos(180 )] + + =

A. sin
2

B. (1 cos )
2

C. (1 + cos )
2

D. (1 cos ) (1 sin )

6. [03 M.C.46]

( )
( )

90 cos
180 tan
=

A.
cos
1

B.
cos
1

C.
2
cos
sin

D.
2
cos
sin

Page 22/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

7. [05 M.C.45]
sin(90 x) + cos(x + 180) =

A. 0
B. 2cos x
C. sin x + cos x
D. sin x cos x

8. [92 M.C.21]
If A + B + C = 180 , then 1 + cos A cos (B + C) =

A. 0
B. sin
2
A
C. 1 + cos
2
A
D. 1 + sin A cos A
E. 1 sin A cos A

Page 23/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

9. [04 M.C.47]
If A + B = 180, which of the following must be true?
I. sin A = sin B
II. cos A = sin B
III. cos A = cos B

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and III only
D. II and III only

10. [02 M.C.46]
If
5
3
sin = and lies in first quadrant (), then
= + + ) 180 sin( ) 90 sin(

A.
5
1

B.
5
1

C.
5
7

D.
5
7

Page 24/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

11. [91 M.C.47]
cos 90 + cos180 + cos 270 + cos 360 + + cos 3600 =

A. 0
B. 1
C. 1
D. 10
E. 10

12. [05 M.C.46]

2
sin 1 +
2
sin 3 +
2
sin 5 + +
2
sin 87 +
2
sin 89 =

A. 22
B. 22.5
C. 44.5
D. 45
Page 25/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

13. [93 M.C.20]
cos
4
sin
4
+ 2sin
2
=

A. 0
B. 1
C. (1 sin
2
)
2

D. (1 cos
2
)
2

E. (cos
2
sin
2
)
2

14. [91 M.C.16]
( ) =
sin 1 tan
cos
1

A. sin
B. cos
C. cos
2

D. 1 + sin
E. sin tan

Page 26/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

15. [93 M.C.19]

sin
cos 1
sin 1
cos
2
2
=

A. sin
B. cos
C. tan
D.
sin
1

E.
cos
1

16. [94 M.C.16]
=
+ 1 sin
cos
1 sin
cos

A.
cos
2

B.
cos
2

C. 0
D. 2tan
E. 2tan

Page 27/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

17. [95 M.C.16]
=
+
1
sin 1
cos
2

A. sin
B. sin
C. sin 2
D.

sin 1
) sin 1 ( sin
+

E.

sin 1
) sin 1 ( sin
+

18. [96 M.C.20]
=
2
tan
cos
cos
1

A. sin
B. cos
C. cos
2

D.
cos
1

E.
tan
1

Page 28/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

19. [98 M.C.44]
=
+
+
+
sin 1
cos
cos
sin 1

A. 1
B. 2 (1 + sin )
C.
cos
2

D.
) sin 1 ( cos
2
+

E.
) sin 1 ( cos
cos sin 1

+
+ +

20. [04 M.C.46]

1
cos
cos
sin
=

A. tan
B. tan
C.
3
sin
cos

D.
cos 1
sin cos

Page 29/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Trigonometric Equations)
@@@ (@Q[@

21. [95 M.C.17]
If 0 360 x < < , solve sin x =
3
1
correct to 3 significant figures.
0 360 x < < , sin x =
3
1
3 .

A. 18.7 or 161
B. 18.7 or 199
C. 19.5 or 160
D. 19.5 or 199
E. 19.5 or 340

22. [96 M.C.19]
If 360 0 , solve 3 sin 2 = .
360 0 , 3 sin 2 = .

A. 120 or 240
B. 120 or 300
C. 150 or 330
D. 210 or 330
E. 240 or 300

Page 30/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q[@

23. [99 M.C.47]
If 0 360 , solve (cos 3 ) (3 sin 2 ) = 0 correct to 3 significant
figures.
0 360 , (cos 3 ) (3 sin 2 ) = 0 3 .

A. 41.8 or 70.5
B. 41.8 or 138
C. 41.8 or 222
D. 41.8 or 356
E. 42.1 or 138

24. [93 M.C.45]
Solve tan
4
+ 2tan
2
3 = 0 for < 360 0 .
0 360 < , tan
4
+ 2tan
2
3 = 0.

A. 45 , 135 only
B. 45 , 225 only
C. 45 , 60 , 225 , 240
D. 45 , 120 , 225 , 300
E. 45 , 135 , 225 , 315
Page 31/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q[@

25. [96 M.C.22]
If 0 180 x , solve 2 sin x + 3 cos x = 0 correct to 3 significant figures.
0 180 x , 2 sin x + 3 cos x = 0 3 .

A. 33.7
B. 56.3
C. 124
D. 146
E. No solution

26. [92 M.C.20]
In which two quadrants will the solution(s) of sin cos < 0 lie?
sin cos < 0

A. In quadrants and II only
B. In quadrants and III only
C. In quadrants II and III only
D. In quadrants II and IV only
E. In quadrants III and IV only
Page 32/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q[@

27. [92 M.C.23]
Which of the following equations has / have solutions?

I. 2 cos
2
sin
2
= 1
II. 2 cos
2
sin
2
= 2
III. 2 cos
2
sin
2
= 3

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and II only
E. II and III only

28. [94 M.C.47]
For 360 0 x ,how many roots does the equation sin x (cos x + 2) = 0 have?
360 0 x , sin x (cos x + 2) = 0

A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
E. 4
Page 33/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q[@

29. [91 M.C.18]
For 0 360 < , how many roots does the equation tan + 2sin = 0 have?
0 360 < , tan + 2sin = 0

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
E. 5

30. [97 M.C.43]
For 0 360 ,how many roots does the equation tan (tan 2) = 0 have?
0 360 , tan (tan 2) = 0

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
E. 5
Page 34/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q[@

31. [05 M.C.44]
For 360 0 , how many distinct roots does the equation
cos (sin 1) 0 x x = have?
360 0 x , cos (sin 1) 0 x x =

A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5

32. [01 M.C.42]
For 360 0 x , how many roots does the equation cos
3
x = cos x have?
360 0 x , cos
3
x = cos x

A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
E. 6
Page 35/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q[@

33. [02 M.C.48]
For 360 0 x , how many roots does the equation tan x = 2 sin x have?
360 0 x , tan x = 2 sin x

A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5

34. [98 M.C.47]
For 360 0 x , how many roots does the equation 3 sin
2
x + 2sin x 1 = 0
have?
360 0 x , 3 sin
2
x + 2sin x 1 = 0

A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
E. 4
Page 36/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q[@

35. [03 M.C.45]
For 360 0 , how many roots does the equation 0 4 sin 5 cos 2
2
=
have?
360 0 x , 0 4 sin 5 cos 2
2
=

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

Page 37/41
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Maximum / Minimum values)
@@@ (@] J @Q@

36. [92 M.C.18]
The greatest value of 1 2sin is
1 2sin

A. 5
B. 3
C. 1
D. 0
E. 1

37. [93 M.C.22]
The largest value of 3 sin
2
+ 2cos
2
1 is
3 sin
2
+ 2cos
2
1

A. 1
B.
2
3

C. 2
D. 3
E. 4

Page 38/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@] J @Q@

38. [94 M.C.48]
The largest value of (3cos2 1)
2
+ 1 is
(3cos2 1)
2
+ 1

A. 2
B. 5
C. 17
D. 26
E. 50

39. [95 M.C.18]
The greatest value of
x sin 1
2
1
is

x sin 1
2
1

A.
2
1

B.
4
1

C. 1
D. 2
E. 4
Page 39/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@] J @Q@

40. [02 M.C.21]
For 90 0 , find the maximum value of
2
sin 3
2
+
.
90 0 ,
2
sin 3
2
+
.

A.
5
2

B.
2
1

C.
3
2

D. 1

41. [04 M.C.20]
For 90 0 , find the least value of
4
2 cos
.
90 0 ,
4
2 cos
.

A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. 4
Page 40/41
Not for Sale
@@@ (@] J @Q@

42. [05 M.C.20]
For 90 0 , find the greatest value of
5 sin
4 sin
+
.
90 0 ,
5 sin
4 sin
+
.

A.
4
5

B. 1
C.
5
4

D. 2

Chapter. 11 : 2-D Trigonometry
Page 2/32
Not for Sale

1
Area sin
2
A c b =

Area of Triangle
@Q@@

Q@@@@Q@@@@Q

e.g.1 The figure shows a sector with radius 12 cm
and AOB = 50.Find the area of shaded region.
(Give the answer correct to 3 significant figures.)

12 cm AOB = 50.
().

Area of OAB

Area of Sector OAB

Shaded area

a
b
c
A
B
C
2
1
(12)(12) sin50
2
55.16 cm
=
=

2
2
50
12
360
62.83 cm
=

2
62.83 55.16
7.68 cm
=
=

Min ( ANS Shift
STO A)
MR ( ALPHA A)
=
2
360
r

[(((i!
@@~@@@@@~@@Q@@@@@
@@@Q@Q @@@@@@@Q@@@!
@ @@ @ @ @@ @

Page 3/32
Not for Sale
Area ( )( )( ) s s a s b s c =

where
1
( )
2
s a b c = + +

1
(18 21 25)
2
32
s = + +
=

2
Area 32(32 18)(32 21)(32 25)
186 cm
=
=

Herons Formula (Area of Triangle)
Q@@@ (@Q@@

@@@Q@@@@@@@@@@@@Q
[r'g frqQ|q @@Q@@@

e.g.2 In ABC, a = 18 cm, b = 21 cm and c = 25 cm.
Find the area of ABC.
(Give the answer correct to 3 significant figures.)

ABC , a = 18 cm, b = 21 cm and c = 25 cm.
ABC ().

s ss s = 2
a
b
c
A
B
C
s ( 2)
Casio fx 3650P
[FLMA] [3]
a,b,c
OK~
[(((i! @Q@@@
Casio fx 50FH
FMLA 03
(Herons Formula)
Page 4/32
Not for Sale
sin sin sin A B C
a b c
= =

ACB = 65 (alt s, AD // BC)

7.6
sin 70 sin 65
7.6sin 70
sin 65
7.9 cm
AC
AC
AC
=

=

Sine Formula
@@@@

@@@QQ . @@@@~@Q@Q@@@
. ~@@@@@Q@@@
@@@Q

(
sin sin sin
a b c
A B C
= = )

e.g.3 The figure shows a parallelogram with
AB = 7.6 cm, ABC = 70 and CAD = 65.
Find AC correct to 1 decimal place.

, AB = 7.6 cm,
ABC = 70 and CAD = 65. AC
.

a
b
c
A
B
C

Tips:

Page 5/32
Not for Sale

sin sin32
20 12
A
=

sin A = 0.8832
A = 62.0 or 118

For A = 62.0,
B = 180 32 62.0 = 86.0

sin86.0 sin32
12
12sin86.0
sin32
22.6 cm
b
b
b

=
=

For A = 118,
B = 180 32 118 = 30.0

sin30.0 sin32
12
12sin30.0
sin32
11.3 cm
b
b
b

=
=

Sine Formula (Tricky Question)
@@@@ (@@@@

e.g.4 In ABC , if AB = 12 cm, BC = 20 cm and C = 32
find all the unknown sides and angles of ABC.

ABC , AB = 12 cm, BC = 20 cm C = 32
ABC .

Part I :

Part II :

A
B
C
20 cm
12 cm
32
b

b

C
A
T
S
Pay Attention:
sin I II
II

62
118
Page 6/32
Not for Sale

y = 7.00 cm
2 2 2
12 14 (12)(14) 2 cos30 y = +

:

ABC = 75

2 2 2
20 18 2(20)(18) cos 75
23.2 cm
AC
AC
= +
=

Cosine Formula
@@@@

@@@QQ @@@@Q@Q@@@
@@@Q

@@[gi frqQ|q

e.g.5 In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram.
AB = 20 cm, BC = 18 cm and ADC =
75. Find the length of AC.

, ABCD. AB = 20 cm,
BC = 18 cm ADC = 75.AC .

2 2 2
2 cos b a c bc A = +

Casio fx 50-F
[FLMA] [2]
b,c A
OK~
Casio fx 50FH
FMLA 02
(Cosine Formula)
Page 7/32
Not for Sale

2 2 2
cos
2
5 7
(5)(7)
.1
9
0
x
+
=
=

x = 95.7

In ABC,
2 2 2
15 12 12
cos
2(15)(12)
cos 0.625
51.3
B
B
B
+
=
=
=

In ABD,
2 2 2
15 6 2(15)(6) cos51.3
12.2 cm
AD
AD
= +
=

:

Cosine Formula
@@@@

@@@QQ@@@@@@
@@@Q

Q@[gi frqQ|q

e.g.6 In the figure, AB = 15 cm, AC = 12 cm,
CD = BD = 6 cm, find AD.
, AB = 15 cm, AC = 12 cm, CD = BD
= 6 cm, AD.

2 2 2
cos
2
b c
A
b
a
c
+
=

AD,
B (D) .
,
AD ~
Page 8/32
Not for Sale
Applications of Trigonometry
@QQ@@

Compass / Reduced Bearing

When using compass / reduced bearing, all angles are
measured from North (N) or South (S). For example:

The compass bearing of A from O ( O A) is N30 E.
The compass bearing of B from O ( O B) is S40 W.

True / Whole Circle Bearing

When using true / whole circle bearing, all angles are
measured clockwise from the North.

The true bearing of A from O ( O A) is 030 .
The true bearing of B from O ( O B) is 220 .
Angles of elevation and depression

Angle of elevation ()
Angle of depression ()

Page 9/32
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Area of Triangle)
@@@ (@Q@@

1. [00 M.C.13]

In the figure, the areas of the two triangles are equal. Find .
, . .

A. 2 . 7 (correct to the nearest 1 . 0 )
B. 5 . 7 (correct to the nearest 1 . 0 )
C. 5 . 14 (correct to the nearest 1 . 0 )
D. 15
E. 30

2. [05 M.C. 23]
In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. If BED is
a straight line, then the area of ABE is
, ABCD . BED ,
ABE

A.
6
3
cm
2

B.
2
3
cm
2

C.
3
3 2
cm
2

D. 3 cm
2

Page 10/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@@

3. [02 M.C.18]
The figure shows a parallelogram ABCD with its
diagonals meeting at E. If AE = 3 cm and BE = 2 cm ,
find the area of the parallelogram correct to the nearest
0.1 cm
2
.
ABCD E.
AE = 3 cm BE = 2 cm ,
0.1 cm
2
.

A. 2.3 cm
2

B. 7.7 cm
2

C. 9.2 cm
2

D. 18.3 cm
2

4. [92 M.C. 16]
In the figure, the equilateral triangle ACE of side
4 cm is inscribed in the circle. Find the area of the
inscribed regular hexagon ABCDEF.
, 4 cm ACE
. ABCDEF .

A. 8 3 cm
2

B. 8 2 cm
2

C. 4 3 cm
2

D. 4 2 cm
2

E. 16 cm
2

Page 11/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@@

5. [05 M.C.16]
In the figure, ABCD is a rhombus and CDE is
an equilateral triangle. If ADE is a straight line,
then the area of the quadrilateral ABCE is
, ABCD CDE
. ADE , ABCE

A. 2 3 cm
2

B. 3 3 cm
2

C. 4 3 cm
2

D. 6 3 cm
2

6. [99 M.C.25]
In the figure, ABCD is a semicircle. Find
the area of the shaded region correct to the
nearest 0.01 cm
2
.
, ABCD .
0.1 cm
2
.

A. 5.33 cm
2

B. 2.87 cm
2

C. 2.67 cm
2

D. 1.33 cm
2

E. 0.67 cm
2

Page 12/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@@

7. [99 Q.9]
Figure 4 shows a sector. 4 .
(a) Find r . r.
(b) Find the area of the shaded region.
. (5 marks)

8. [05 Q.9]
In Figure 2, OABC is a sector with 10 =
ABC cm.
2 , OABC 10 =
ABC cm.
(a) Find OA. OA.
(b) Find the area of segment ABC.
ABC . (5 marks)
Page 13/32
Not for Sale

Extra Question (Herons Formula)
@Q@@ (Q@@@

9. In the figure, find the area of ABC
, ABC .

A. 9.52 cm
2

B. 9.54 cm
2

C. 9.56 cm
2

D. 12 cm
2

10. In ABC, a = 5k, b = 6k, c = 7k, where k 0. The area of ABC = 50 cm
2
.
Find the length of BC correct to 3 significant figures.

ABC a = 5kb = 6kc = 7k k 0ABC
50 cm
2
BC

A. 9.22 cm
B. 9.23 cm
C. 11.1 cm
D. 12.9 cm
Page 14/32
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Sine Formula)
@@@ (@@@@

11. [05 M.C.21]
In the figure, is and acute angle. Find
correct to the nearest degree.
, . .

A. 35
B. 50
C. 56
D. 57

12. [02 M.C.16]
In the figure, AC =
, AC =

A.
48 sin
77 sin x

B.
48 sin
55 sin x

C.
77 sin
48 sin x

D.
55 sin
77 sin x

Page 15/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

13. [99 M.C.18]
In the figure, =
AB
AC

, =
AB
AC

A.
3
4

B.
4
5

C.
2
2

D.
2
6

E.
3
6

14. [00 M.C.26]
In the figure, find the area of the triangle correct
to the nearest 0.1 cm
2
.
, 0.1 cm
2
.

A. 7.3 cm
2

B. 10.7 cm
2

C. 12.7 cm
2

D. 15.0 cm
2

E. 19.1 cm
2

Page 16/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

15. [92 M.C.46]
In the figure, find tan .
, tan .

A.
3
1

B.
8
1

C.
8
3

D.
7
2

E.
2
1

16. [94 M.C.49]
In the figure, sin A : sin B : sin C = 4 : 5 : 6 .
If AB = 8 , find AC .
, sin A : sin B : sin C = 4 : 5 : 6 .
AB = 8 , AC .

A.
3
1
5
B.
3
2
6
C.
5
3
9
D. 10
E. 12

Page 17/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

17. [96 M.C.48]

In the figure, the bearings of two ships A and B
from a lighthouse L are 020 and 080 respectively.
B is 400 m and at a bearing of 130 from A . Find
the distance of B from L.

, L A B
020 080 . B A 130
400m, L B .

A. 400 m
B.
60 sin
400
m
C.
60 sin
50 sin 400
m
D.
60 sin
70 sin 400
m
E.
80 sin
70 sin 400
m

Page 18/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

18. [98 M.C.27]
In the figure, PQ and RS are two vertical
poles standing on the horizontal ground.
The angle of elevation of R from P is 20
and the angle of depression of S from P is
40 . If RS = 5 m , then PR =

PQ RS
P R 20
P S 40 RS = 5 m PR =

A.
70 sin
40 sin 5
m
B.
60 sin
50 sin 5
m
C.
50 sin
60 sin 5
m
D.
40 sin
70 sin 5
m
E.
60 sin 50 sin
5
m

Page 19/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

19. [91 M.C.19]

In the figure, XPY and YQZ are semi-circles with areas A
1
and A
2
respectively.
YXZ = 60 and YZX = 45 . The ratio A
1
: A
2
=

, XPY YQZ A
1
A
2
. YXZ = 60 YZX =
45 . A
1
: A
2
=

A. 3 : 2
B. 3 : 2
C. 2 : 3
D. 3 : 2
E. 2 : 3

Page 20/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

20. [92 M.C.49]

In ABC , A = 30 , c = 6 . If it is possible to draw two distinct triangles as
shown in the figure, find the range of values of a.

ABC , A = 30 , c = 6.
(), a .

A. 0 < a < 3
B. 0 < a < 6
C. 3 < a < 6
D. a > 3
E. a > 6

Page 21/32
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Cosine Formula)
@@@ (@@@@

21. [95 M.C.19]
According to the figure, which of the following
must be true?
,

A. a
2
= b
2
+ c
2
3 bc
B. a
2
= b
2
+ c
2
bc
C. a
2
= b
2
+ c
2
+
2
3
bc
D. a
2
= b
2
+ c
2
+ bc
E. a
2
= b
2
+ c
2
+ 3 bc

22. [96 M.C.24]
In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant figures.
, x 3 .

A. 2.71
B. 2.98
C. 3.31
D. 3.88
E. 4.14

Page 22/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

23. [01 M.C.7]
, x 3 .

A. 2.65
B. 2.79
C. 3.16
D. 4.00
E. 4.36

24. [04 M.C.21]
In the figure, find AC correct to 2 decimal places.
, AC 2 .

A. 5.04
B. 9.17
C. 11.14
D. 15.62
Page 23/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

25. [92 M.C.19]
In the figure, find cos .
, cos .

A.
4
1

B.
16
11

C.
4
3

D.
8
7

E.
9
77

26. [97 M.C.13]
In the figure, find correct to the nearest degree.
, .

A. 78
B. 91
C. 102
D. 114
E. 125
Page 24/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

27. [03 M.C.24]
In the figure, cos =
, cos =

A.
16
15

B.
20
13

C.
52
25

D.
65
23

28. [05 M.C.22]
In the figure, = cos
, cos =

A.
8
1

B.
4
1

C.
8
7

D.
4
7

Page 25/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

29. [98 M.C.25]
, x 3 .

A. 48.2
B. 55.1
C. 58.4
D. 67.5
E. 73.4

30. [99 M.C.20]
In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. Find
ABC correct to the nearest degree.
, ABCD. ABC
.

A. 83
B. 97
C. 104
D. 124
E. 139

Page 26/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

31. [93 M.C.21]
In the figure, cos A =
5
4
. Find a .
, cos A =
5
4
. a .

A. 153
B. 137
C. 89
D. 41
E. 25

32. [02 M.C.23]
, x 3 .

A. 0.963
B. 1.05
C. 1.10
D. 1.57

Page 27/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@

33. [00 M.C.27]
, x 3 .

A. 63.8
B. 78.5
C. 84.5
D. 87.3
E. 89.1

Page 28/32
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Sine & Cosine Formula)
@@@ (@@@@@@@

34. [97 M.C.42]
In the figure, CD =
, CD =

A.

sin sin
sin r

B.

sin cos
sin r

C.

sin
sin sin r

D.

sin
sin cos r

E.
sin
sin r

35. [91 M.C.50]
In the figure, find the length of AB ,
correct to the nearest cm.
, AB
cm.

A. 14 cm
B. 15 cm
C. 16 cm
D. 17 cm
E. 18 cm
Page 29/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@@@@

36. [97 Q.5]
In Figure 1, ABC is a right-angled triangle,
AB = 3, BC = 4, CD = 6, = 90 ABC and
= 60 ACD . Find
1 , ABC , AB = 3, BC = 4,
CD = 6, = 90 ABC = 60 ACD .

(a) AC

(b) AD

(c) the area of ACD. (5 marks)

Page 30/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@@@@

37. [00 Q.13]
ABCDE is a regular pentagon and
CDFG is a square. BG produced
meets AE at P.
6 ABCDE
CDFG BG
AE P

(a) Find BCG, ABP and APB. (5 marks)

(b) Using the fact that
APB
AB
ABP
AP
=
sin sin
, or otherwise, determine which
line segment, AP or PE, is longer.

APB
AB
ABP
AP
=
sin sin
AP PE
(3 marks)
Page 31/32
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@@@@

38. [95 M.C.21 Modified]

(a) In the figure, BDC is a straight line. Arrange AD, BD and DC in
ascending order of magnitude.
, BDC . AD, BD DC .

(b) Which triangle, ABD or ADC , has a larger area? Explain your
answer.
, ABD or ADC ,

Chapter. 12 : Variation
Pages 2/39
Not for Sale

@j Introduction
@@@@@@@@Q@@Q@Q@@@

$S h
S = 12h
( )
Direct variation (proportion)

$12

( )
Inverse variation (proportion)

$3000

$S N
S =
1
3000
N

Partial variation

$3000
$500

$S n
S = 3000 500n +
Pages 3/39
Not for Sale
Introduction @j
Examples Symbols Equations
Direct
Variation
( )
y varies directly as x
y x
y x
y k x =
Inverse
Variation
( )
y varies inversely as x
y x
1
y
x

1
y k
x
=
Joint
Variation
( )
P varies jointly as x and y
P x y
P x y P k x y =
F varies directly as v
2
and
inversely as r
F v
2
r
2
1
F v
r

2
1
F k v
r
=
Partial
Variation
( )
z is partly constant and
partly varies directly as x
z x

1 2
z k k x = +
z partly varies directly as x
2
and
partly varies inversely as x
z x
2
, x

2
1 2
1
z k x k
x
= +
where k, k
1
, k
2
are called variation constant ().

Note:

y partly varies directly as x and partly directly as x
2

2
1 2
y k x k x = +

2
y x x + or
2
1 2
y k x k x +
( Tips: )

Pages 4/39
Not for Sale
Direct Variation
@@

Express each of the following statements as equation.

Statements Equations

1. y
2
x y = kx
2

2. y varies directly as x
3
. y = kx
3

y x
3

3. y varies directly as the square root of x.
y x _________________________

4. y is directly proportional to x
2
.
y x
2
_________________________

5. y is directly proportional to the cube of x.
y x _________________________

6. x varies directly as y .
x y _________________________

7. x is directly proportional to z
2
.
x z
2
_________________________

8. z varies directly as the square of x.
z x _________________________

9. z varies directly as the square root of y.
z y _________________________

10. z is directly proportional to
3
y .
z
3
y _________________________

Pages 5/39
Not for Sale
Inverse Variation
@



1.
x
y
1

1
y k
x
=

2. p varies inversely as q
2
.
p q
2

2
1
p k
q
=

3. z varies inversely as the square of x.
z x _________________________

4. y varies inversely as the square root of x.
y x _________________________

5. z is inversely proportional to the square root of y.
z y _________________________

6. x is inversely proportional to y
2
.
x y
2
_________________________

7. x is inversely proportional to z .
x z _________________________

8. y is inversely proportional to the cube of x.
y x _________________________

9. p varies inversely as
2
1
q .
p
2
1
q _________________________

10. z varies inversely as
3
2
y .
z
3
2
y _________________________
Pages 6/39
Not for Sale

Joint Variation
@@

e.g.1 Suppose P varies jointly as y and the square of x. When x = 6 and
y = 8, P = 144.
P y x x = 6 y = 8 , P = 144.

(a) Express P in terms of x and y.
x y P.
(b) Find the value of y when P = 75 and x = 5.
P = 75 x = 5 y .

(a) Let P = kx
2
y

Sub x = 6, y = 8 and P = 144,
144 = k (6)
2
(8)
144 = 288 k
k = 0.5

P = 0.5 x
2
y

(b) Sub P = 75 and x = 5,
75 = 0.5 (5)
2
y
y = 6

square square root
cube constant
increase decrease

Joint Variation
k

( )
k

Pages 7/39
Not for Sale
Joint Variation
@@



1. z varies jointly as x and y.
z x y z = kxy

2. z varies jointly as the square of x and y.
z x y _________________________

3. z varies jointly as x and y
2
.
z x y
2
_________________________

4. P varies jointly as x and the cube of y.
P x y _________________________

5. P varies inversely as y and directly as x.
P y x _________________________

6. z varies directly as the square of x and
inversely as the cube of y.
z x y _________________________

7. z varies directly as the square root of x and
inversely as the square of y.
z x y _________________________

8. Suppose z varies directly as the square of x and inversely as y. When x = 6 and
y = 3, z = 48. Express z in terms of x and y.
z x y x = 6 y = 3 z = 48
x y z

Pages 8/39
Not for Sale

Partial Variation
@@

e.g.2 Suppose P partly varies directly as x and partly varies inversely as y.
P = 16 when x = 2 and y = 3; P = 9 when x = 1 and y = 4.
P x y x = 2 y = 3
P = 16 x = 1 y = 4 P = 9.

(a) Set up an equation for the variation.
.
(b) Find the value of P when x = 4 and y = 2.
x = 4 y = 2 P .

(a) Let
1 2
1
P k x k
y
= +
Sub P = 16, x = 2 and y = 3,

1 2
1 2
(1)
1
16 (2)
(3)
48 6 ......
k k
k k
= +
= +

Sub P = 9, x = 1 and y = 4,

1 2
1 2
(2)
1
9 (1)
(4)
36 4 ......
k k
k k
= +
= +

(1) (2): 2k
1
= 12
k
1
= 6
Sub k
1
= 6 into (2):
36 = 4(6) + k
2
k
2
= 12

12
6 P x
y
= +

(b) Sub x = 4 and y = 2,

12
6(4)
(2)
P = +
P = 30
Partial Variation
k

( k
1
k
2
)
sub

( )
Pages 9/39
Not for Sale
Partial Variation
@@



1. z partly varies as x and partly varies as y.
z x y
1 2
z k x k y = +

2. z is partly constant and partly varies directly as x.
z x _________________________

3. z is partly constant and partly varies directly as y
2

z y
2
_________________________

4. z partly varies directly as the square of x and
partly varies directly as the square of y.
z x y
_________________________

5. z partly varies inversely as x and partly varies
directly as y.
z x y _________________________

6. P partly varies directly as the square of x and
partly varies inversely as y.
P x y _________________________

7. P partly varies directly as the square root of x
and partly varies directly as the cube of y.
P x y
_________________________

8. P is partly constant and partly varies inversely
as the square root of y.
P y _________________________

9. P partly varies directly as the square of x and
partly varies inversely as the square root of y.
P x y
_________________________
Pages 10/39
Not for Sale
Partial Variation
@@

1. Suppose P partly varies inversely as the square root of x and partly varies
directly as the square of y. When x = 1 and y = 2, P = 19; when x = 9 and
y =
3
1
, P =
9
2
. Express P in terms of x and y.
P x y
x = 1 y = 2 P = 19; x = 9 y =
3
1
P =
9
2

x y P

2. Suppose P partly varies directly as the square root of x and partly varies
inversely as the square of y. When x = 64 and y =
2
1
, P = 2; when x = 36 and
y = 1, P =
2
3
. Express P in terms of x and y.
P x y
x = 64 y =
2
1
P = 2; x = 36 y = 1 P =
2
3

x y P

Pages 11/39
Not for Sale
Let
2
1
z k x
y
=
Let the new values be x, y and z .
x, y z .
x' = (1 15%)x = 0.85x
y' = (1 + 20%)y = 1.2y

2
2
2
1
' ( ')
( ')
1
(0.85 )
(1.2 )
0.85 1
1.44
0.5903
z k x
y
k x
y
k x
y
z
=
=
=
=

Percentage change of z
z
=
' z z
z
100%
=
0.5903z z
z
100%
=
0.5903 1
1
100%
= 41.0%
z is decreased by 41.0%
z 41.0%
Variation x Percentage
@Q @Q@

e.g.3 Suppose z varies directly as x and inversely as the square of y. If x
decreases by 15% and y increases by 20%, find the percentage change
of z.
z x y x 15% y 20%,
z .

Joint Variation
k
0.85 1.44 = 0.5903

2
1
z k x
y
=

= 100%

z

Pages 12/39
Not for Sale

Variation x Percentage
@Q @Q@

How to find the percentage change faster ? (for MC)
@Q@Q@@@@Q@gQ @[ @

e.g.3 Suppose z varies directly as x and inversely as the square of y. If x
decreases by 15% and y increases by 20%, find the percentage change
of z.
z x y x 15% y 20%,
z .

A. increased by 59.0%
B. increased by 41.0%
C. decreased by 5%
D. decreased by 41.0%

2
1
z k x
y
= k = 1, x = 1, y = 1

x 15% x = (1 15%) = 0.85
y 20% y = (1 + 20%) = 1.2

2
1
' (1) (0.85) 0.5903
(1.2)
z = =
= ( 1) 100%
= (0.5903 1) 100%
= 41.0%
again!

x, y ,k 1

30 M.C.
Pages 13/39
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Joint / Partial Variation)
@@@ (@@ J@@]

1. [97 M.C.39]
Suppose x varies directly as y and inversely as z . When y = 2 and z = 3 , x = 7.
When y = 6 and z = 7, x =
x y z y = 2 z = 3 , x = 7 y = 6 z = 7
x =
A. 1
B.
9
49

C. 9
D.
4
49

E. 49

2. [00 M.C.35]
y varies directly as x
2
and inversely as z . If y = 1 when x = 2 and z = 9,
find y when x =1 and z = 4.
y x
2
z x = 2 z = 9 y = 1 x = 1
z = 4 y.

A.
3
2

B.
3
8

C.
6
1

D.
8
3

E.
26
9

Pages 14/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@]

3. [01 M.C.29]
Suppose y is partly constant and partly varies inversely as x When x =1,
y = 7 and when x = 3, y = 3. Find y when x = 2.
y x x =1 y = 7 x = 3
y = 3 x = 2 y.

A. 2.5
B. 3.5
C. 4
D. 5
E. 6.5

4. [04 M.C.16]
It is known that y varies partly as x and partly as x . When x = 1, y = 4 and
when x = 4, y = 10. Find y when x = 16.
y x x x = 1 y = 4 x = 4 y = 10.
x = 16 y.

A. 28
B. 52
C. 80
D. 256
Pages 15/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@]

5. [91 M.C.9]
Let y vary partly as
x
1
and partly as x. When x = 1, y = 5 and when x = 4,
y =
2
25
. Find y when x = 2.

y
x
1
x x = 1 y = 5 x = 4
y =
2
25
x = 2 y.

A.
2
5

B. 4
C.
4
25

D. 7
E.
2
17

6. [07 M.C.14]
It is known that y is partly constant and partly varies directly as x. When x =
2, y = 17 and when x = 4, y = 11. Find the value of x when y = 5.
y x x = 2 y = 17 x =
4 y = 11. y = 5 x .

A. 3
B. 6
C. 8
D. 112

Pages 16/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@]

7. [93 M.C.14]
The price of a cylindrical cake of radius r and height h
varies directly as the volume. If r = 5 cm and h = 4 cm ,
the price is $30. Find the price when r = 4 cm and h = 6 cm.

r h r = 5 cm
h = 4 cm $30 r = 4 cm h = 6 cm .
A. $25
B. $28.80
C. $31.50
D. $36
E. $54

8. [95 M.C.11]
x and y are two variables. The table below shows some values of x and their
corresponding values of y.
x y x y .
x 2 3 6 12
y 36 16 4 1
Which of the following may be a relation between x and y ?
x y

A. y x
B. y x
C.
y
x
1

D.
y
x
1

Pages 17/39
Not for Sale
E.
2
1
y
x
@@@ (@@ J@@]

9. [05 M.C.14]
If z varies directly as y
2
and inversely as x , which of the following must be
constant?
z y
2
x

A.
2
xy z
B.
2
y z
x

C.
2
xz
y

D.
2
z
xy

10. [98 M.C.17]
If x varies inversely as y and directly as z
2
, then
x y z
2

A.
2
yz
x
is a constant .
B.
2
z
xy
is a constant .
C.
y
xz
2
is a constant .
D.
y
z
2
is a constant .
E.
2
1
z
y
+ is a constant .

Pages 18/39
Not for Sale

Pages 19/39
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Variation x Percentage)
@@@ (@Q @Q@]

11. [94 M.C.43]
Let x vary inversely as y . If y is increased by 69% , then x will be
x y y 69% x

A. increased by 23.1% (3 sig. fig.)
B. increased by 30%
C. decreased by 23.1% (3 sig. fig.)
D. decreased by 30%
E. decreased by 76.9% (3 sig. fig.)

12. [99 M.C.45]
It is given that y varies inversely as x
3
. If x is increased by 100% , then y is
y x
3
x 100% y

A. increased by 800%
B. increased by 700%
C. decreased by 300%
D. decreased by 87.5%
E. decreased by 12.5%
Pages 20/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q @Q@]

13. [02 M.C.15]
It is given that y varies inversely as x . If x is increased by 50% , then y is
decreased by
y x x 50% y

A. %
3
1
33
B. 50%
C. %
3
2
66
D. 100%

14. [92 M.C.11]
Suppose x varies directly as y
2
and inversely as z . Find the percentage increase
of x when y is increased by 20% and z is decreased by 20%.

x y
2
z y 20% z 20% x
.

A. 15.2%
B. 20%
C. 50%
D. 72.8%
E. 80%
Pages 21/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q @Q@]

15. [06 M.C.14]
It is given that x varies directly as y and inversely as z
2
. If y is decreased by
10% , and z is increased by 20%, then x is decreased by
x y z
2
y 10% z 20% x

A. 10%
B. 23.6%
C. 25%
D. 37.5%
Pages 22/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@]

16. [94 Q.4]
Suppose x varies directly as y
2
and inversely as z. When y = 3 and z = 10,
x = 54.
x y
2
z y = 3 z = 10 x = 54.

(a) Express x in terms of y and z. y z x.
(b) Find x when y = 5, z = 12. y = 5, z = 12 x.
(3 marks)

17. [99 Q.6]
y varies partly as x and partly as
2
x . When x = 2, y = 20 and when x = 3,
y = 39. Express y in terms of x.
y x
2
x x = 2 y = 20 x = 3 y = 39.
x y. (4 marks)
Pages 23/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@]

It is known that y is the sum of two parts, one part varies as x and the other
part varies as the square of x. When x = 3, y =3 and when x = 4, y = 12.
y x x
x = 3 y = 3 x = 4 y = 12

(a) Express y in terms of x.
x y. (4 marks)

(b) If x is an integer and y = 42, find the value(s) of x.
x y = 42x . (4 marks)

Pages 24/39
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Joint / Partial Variation: Application)
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

The speed of a solar-powered toy car is V cm/s and the length of its solar panel
is L cm, where 25 5 L . V is a function of L. It is known that V is the sum
of two parts, one part varies as L and the other part varies as the square of L.
When L = 10, V = 30 and when L = 15, V = 75.
V cm
L cm 25 5 L V L V L
L L = 10 V = 30 L = 15 V = 75

(a) Express V in terms of L.
V L. (3 marks)

(b) Find the values of L when V = 30.
V = 30 L . (4 marks)
Pages 25/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@]

20. [01 Q.13]
S is the sum of two parts. One part varies as t and the other part varies as the
square of t. The table below shows certain pairs of the values of S and t.
S _ t _ t _
_ S t __]j

S 0 33 56 69 72 65 48 21
t 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(a) Express S in terms of t.
t S. (3 marks)

(b) Find the value(s) of t when S = 40.
S = 40 [ t j (2 marks)

(Contd)
Pages 26/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@]

(Contd)
(c) Using the data given in the table, plot the graph of S against t for
7 0 t in Figure 8.
]]__8 _ S _ t _[ 7 0 t _

Read from the graph the value of t when the value of S is greatest.
___S j__[ t j (3 marks)

Pages 27/39
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Joint / Partial Variation : Application)
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

21. [98 Q.12]
The monthly service charge $S of mobile phone network A is partly constant
and partly varies directly as the connection time t minutes. The monthly
service charges are $230 and $284 when the connection times are 100 minutes
and 130 minutes respectively.
A $S t
100 130 $230 $284.

(a) Express S in terms of t.
t S. (4 marks)

(Contd)
Pages 28/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

(Contd)
(b) The service charge of mobile phone network B only varies directly as
the connection time. The charge is $2.2 per minute. A man use about
110 minutes connection time every month. Should he join network A
or B in order to save money? Explain your answer.
B $2.2
110 A B
(3 marks)

Pages 29/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

22. [02 Q.11]
The area of a paper bookmark is A cm
2
and its perimeter is P cm. A is a
function of P. It is known that A is the sum of two parts, one part varies as P
and the other part varies as the square of P. When P = 24, A = 36 and when
P = 18, A = 9.
A cm
2
P cmA P A
P P P = 24
A = 36 P = 18 A = 9

(a) Express A in terms of P.
P A. (3 marks)

(Contd)
Pages 30/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

(Contd)
(b) (i) The best-selling paper bookmark has an area of 54 cm
2
. Find
the perimeter of this bookmark.
54 cm
2
.
(ii) The manufacturer of the bookmarks wants to produce a gold
miniature similar in shape to the best-selling paper bookmarks.
If the gold miniature has an area of 8 cm
2
, find its perimeter.

8 cm
2
.
(5 marks)

Pages 31/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

23. [05 Q.10]
It is known that f(x) is the sum of two parts, one part varies as x
3
and the
other part varies as x. Suppose f(2) = 6 and f(3) = 6.
f(x) x
3
x
f(2) = 6 f(3) = 6.

(a) Find f(x).
f(x). (4 marks)

(Contd)
Pages 32/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

(Contd)
(b) Let g(x) = f(x) 6
(i) Prove that x 3 is a factor of g(x).
x 3 g(x) .
(ii) Factorize g(x).
g(x). (4 marks)

Pages 33/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

24. [07 Q.14]
(a) Let
3 2
( ) 4 243 f x x kx = + , where k is a constant. It is given that x + 3
is a factor of f(x).

3 2
( ) 4 243 f x x kx = + k x + 3 f(x)
(i) Find the value of k. k
(ii) Factorize f(x). f(x) (5 marks)

(Contd)
Pages 34/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

(Contd)
(b) Let $C be the cost of making a cubcial handicraft with a side of length
x cm. It is given that C is the sum of two parts, one part varies as x
3

and the other part varies as x
2
. When x = 5.5, C = 7381 and when x = 6,
C = 9072.

$C x cm
C x
3
x
2

x = 5.5 C = 7381 ; x = 6 C = 9072

(i) Express C in terms of x. x C
(ii) If the cost of making a cubical handicraft is $972, find the
length of a side of the handicraft.
$972
(6 marks)
Pages 35/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

25. [06 Q.15]
The cost of a souvenir of surface area A cm
2
is $C . It is given that C is the sum
of two parts, one part varies directly as A while the other part varies directly as
2
A and inversely as n , where n is the number of souvenirs produced. When A =
50 and 500 = n , C = 350 ; when A = 20 and 400 = n , C = 100 .

A cm
2
$C C
A
2
A n n
A = 50 500 = n C = 350 ; A = 20 400 = n C =
100

(a) Express C in terms of A and n . A n C (3 marks)

(b) The selling price of a souvenir of surface area A cm
2
is $ 8A and the profit
in selling the souvenir is $ P.
A cm
2
$ 8A
$ P
(i) Express P in terms of A and n . A n P

(Contd)
Pages 36/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

(Contd)
(ii) Suppose : 5: 32 P n = . Find n A: .
: 5: 32 P n = n A:

(iii) Suppose 500 = n . Can a profit of $100 be made in selling souvenir?
Explain your answer.
500 = n $100?

(iv) Suppose 400 = n . Using the method of completing the square, find the
greatest profit in selling a souvenir.
400 = n
(8 marks)
Pages 37/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

26. [96 Q.13]

When other conditions remain the same, the quality of a cup of a particular
kind of Chinese tea depends on the amount of time, t seconds, the tea leaves
are soaked in water and the temperature, x C, of the water. It is proposed that
the quality of a cup of this kind of tea can be measured by the indicator Q as
follows:
t
x C Q

Q = 20 000 + F

where F consists of two parts with one part varying jointly as x and t, and the
other part varying as the square of t. The greater the value of Q, the better is
the quality of the tea.
F x t t
Q

It is known that Q = 30 600 when t = 40, x = 85; and Q = 28 100 when t = 60,
x = 75.
t = 40, x = 85 Q = 30 600t = 60, x = 75 Q = 28 100.

(a) Show that Q = 20 000 + 5xt 4t
2
.
Q = 20 000 + 5xt 4t
2
. (5 marks)

(Contd)
Pages 38/39
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@ J@@ -@@]

(Contd)
(b) (i) Find the value of Q when the tea leaves are soaked in water for
45 seconds at a temperature of 82C.
82C 45 Q

(ii) When the temperature of water is 78C, is it possible to achieve
the same value of Q in (b)(i) by changing the amount of time
that the tea leaves are soaked in water? Explain your answer
briefly.
78C(b)(i)
Q (4 marks)

(c) Suppose the temperature of water is 80C. Using the method of
completing the square, find the amount of time the tea leaves need to
be soaked in the water in order to achieve the best quality of the tea.
80C
(3 marks)

Chapter. 1 : Quadratic Equations (II)
Page 2/24
Not for Sale

Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations
@@@_@[@@

@@@@@@@@

Q@@_@j@@@Q@@Q@Q@~@@@@@~@@Q
@@@ Lets Try !!

Original equation

Substitution

Change

New equation

e.g.
4 2
5 6 0 x x = Sub
2
y x =

2
5 6 0 y y =
e.g.
3 5 2 0 x x + = Sub y x =
2
3 5 2 0 y y + =
e.g.
2
2 3(2 ) 4 0
x x
+ = Sub 2
x
y =
2
3 4 0 y y + =
1.
4 2
7 8 0 x x =
2.
6 3
9 8 0 x x + + =
3.
4 5 1 0 x x + =

4.
2
3 7(3 ) 18 0
x x
=
5.
2
3(5 ) 26(5 ) 9 0
x x
+ =
6. 4 2 20 0
x x
=
7.
2 2 2
( 2 ) 14( 2 ) 15 0 x x x x =
8.
2
(log ) 3log 2 0 x x + =
@
@@
Page 3/24
Not for Sale

Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations 3 major types
@@@_@[@@ @]@@

~@_@@]@@

e.g.

2
5 6 0 y y =
y = 6 or 1
Equation w/degree >2:
2
e.g.
4 2
5 6 0 x x =
Equation w/surd form:

e.g. 5 6 0 x x =
Exponential Equation:
:
e.g.
2
2 5(2 ) 6 0
x x
=
Sub
2
y x = ,
2
( ) 5( ) 6 0 x x =

Sub y x = ,
2
(2 ) 5(2 ) 6 0
x x
=

Sub 2
x
y = ,
2 2 2
( ) 5( ) 6 0 x x =

2
6 or 1 (rej.)
6
x
x
=
=

2
6 or 1 (rej.)
6
36
x
x
x
=
=
=

2 6 or 1 (rej.)
log 2 log6
log2 log6
log6
log 2
2.58
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
=

Page 4/24
Not for Sale
@@@_@[@@ @]@@
More examples:

Solve the following equations:

1.
2 2 2
( 2 ) 14( 2 ) 15 0 x x x x =

2. 4 5 1 0 x x + =

3. 4 2 20 0
x x
=

Page 5/24
Not for Sale
@@@_@[@@ @]@@

4. (a) If 6 2 =
x
find x
(b) Hence solve 0 12 2 2
3 2
= +
+ x x

5. (a) Solve 0 10 3
2
= u u
(b) Hence solve 3 13 3
2 2
= + x x x x

Page 6/24
Not for Sale

Equations Reducible to Quadratic Eq. Eq. with square root
@@@_@[@@ Q@@@@[@

e.g. Solve 3 1 x x + = .

( )
2
2
2
2
3 1
3 1
3 ( 1)
3 2 1
2 0
2 or 1
x x
x x
x x
x x x
x x
x
+ =
+ = +
+ = +
+ = + +
+ =
=

CHECKING!!
When x = 2

3 2 3 ( 2)
3
1
x x + = +
=

reject x = 2

When x = 1

3 1 3 1
1
x x + = +
=

x = 1 only

@@Q@@/@@@QQ@@@@@@
{z1pq)@Q@Q
(Squaring both sides of

the equation)

REJECT!!
@~@@ CHECK ??

3 x =
(logically)

2
9 x = 3 = 3 (!!)

9 3 x = = (!!) ~
Page 7/24
Not for Sale
Equations Reducible to Quadratic Eq. Eq. with square root
@@@_@[@@ Q@@@@[@
More examples:

1. Solve 2 10 x x + + =

2. Solve 5 5 6 6 x x + =
Page 8/24
Not for Sale
Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations Fractional eq.
@@@_@[@@ Q@[@

e.g.1. Solve
12
2
4
x
x
= .

2
2
2
12
2
4
12 4
2
4 4
48
2
4
48 8
8 48 0
4 or 12
x
x
x x
x x
x
x
x x
x x
x
=
=
=
=
+ =
=

e.g.2. Solve
2
4 1
1
4 2 x x
=

2
2
2
4 1
1
4 2
4 1
1
( 2)( 2) 2
4 1 ( 2)
1
( 2)( 2) ( 2) ( 2)
4 ( 2)
1
( 2)( 2)
2 4
6 0
( 2)( 3) 0
3 or 2 (rej.)
x x
x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
=

=
+
+
=
+ +
+
=
+
+ =
+ =
+ =
=
@@Q@@@@@Q@@/@ {frt1p1
qt1p) |
4 x L.C.M.
4x
4x

(Factorize)
~
x = 2
x
2
4
x 2
0 !!!!!!
reject x = 2
Page 9/24
Not for Sale
Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations Fractional eq.
@@@_@[@@ Q@[@
More examples:

1. Solve 2
1
6
=
+
x
x

2. Solve 3
3
8
2
12
=
+
x x

Page 10/24
Not for Sale
2
2
2
2
2
2
log log3
log log3
log log30
log log30
30
30 0
30 or 0 (rej.)
3
1
l g10
0
o
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
x
= +
= +
=
=
=
=
=
=

log M + log N = log ( M N )
log M log N = log ( M N )
n log M = log M
n

Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations Log. equation
@@@_@[@@ @@[@

e.g. Solve log x
2
= log 3x + 1. [02 M.C.]
log x
2
= log 3x + 1.

log 10 = 1
1 log10

x = 0
log x
2
log 3x
log 0 !!!!!!
(undefined)
reject x = 0
@@/@ {(qr1t1 qt1p) Q@@Q@
@-\\@Q@@ {0rprt1s t (qr1t)
log x = log y x = y

Page 11/24
Not for Sale
Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations Log eq.
@@@_@[@@ @@[@
More examples:

1. Solve log ( 1) log ( 3) log 2 l x x + + + =

2. Solve x x
2 2
log 1 14 log + = +

Page 12/24
Not for Sale
Extra Question (Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations)
@Q@@ (@@@_@[@@]

1. If ) 1 9 )( 3 2 ( ) 1 9 ( 2
2 2
= x x x x , then x =
) 1 9 )( 3 2 ( ) 1 9 ( 2
2 2
= x x x x x =

A.
5
2
only.
B.
3
1
only.
C. 2 or
3
1
.
D.
5
2
or
3
1
.

2. If 0 105 8
2 4
= y y , then y =
0 105 8
2 4
= y y y =

A. 7 or 15 .
B. 2 or 10 .
C. 7 .
D. 15 .

Page 13/24
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (@@@_@[@@]

3. How many different real root(s) has the equation ( ) ( ) 0 20 4 4
2
2
2
= x x x x ?
( ) ( ) 0 20 4 4
2
2
2
= x x x x

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

4. Solve 2
2
3
=
+
+
x
x .
2
2
3
=
+
+
x
x

A. 0 = x
B. 1 = x
C. 0 = x or 1 = x
D. 1 = x

Page 14/24
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (@@@_@[@@]

5. If
4
2 3
2
3 2
=
+
x
x
x
x
, then x =

4
2 3
2
3 2
=
+
x
x
x
x
x =

A. 1 or 16.
B. 1 or 16.
C. 1 or 16.
D. 1 or 16.

6. Solve the equation y y = + 1 5 .
y y = + 1 5

A. 8
B. 3
C. 8 or 3
D. 3 or 8

Page 15/24
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (@@@_@[@@]

7. If ( )
x x
3 10 9 3
2
= + , then x =
( )
x x
3 10 9 3
2
= + x =

A. 2.
B. 0 or 2.
C. 1 or 3.
D. 0 or 3.

8. Solve the equation 0 1 ) 4 ( 5 4
1 2
= +
+ x x
.
0 1 ) 4 ( 5 4
1 2
= +
+ x x

A. 1
B. 1 or 0
C.
4
1
or 1
D. 1 or 3
Page 16/24
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Equations Reducible to Quadratic Equations)
@@@ (@@@_@[@@]

9. [00 M.C. modified]
If log (x
2
6)
3
= 3 , solve x.
log (x
2
6)
3
= 3 , x.

A. 3
B. 3 or 3
C. 4
D. 4 or 4

10. [01 M.C.37]
If log x
2
= (log x)
2
, solve x.
log x
2
= (log x)
2
, x.

A. 1
B. 10
C. 100
D. 1 or 10
E. 1 or 100

Page 17/24
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (@@@_@[@@]

11. The length of a rectangle is 4 cm longer than twice its width. If its area is 70 cm
2
,
find the length.
4 cm70 cm
2

A. 5 cm
B. 7 cm
C. 9 cm
D. 14 cm

12. In a two digit number, the sum of the units digit and the tens digit is 9 and the
square of the tens digit is 3 less than twice the units digit. Find the number.
9
3

A. 18
B. 27
C. 36
D. 45

Page 18/24
Not for Sale
@Q@@ (@@@_@[@@]

13. There are 13 coins in a purse. Some are $5 coins and the rest are $2 coins. The
product of the numbers of these two types of coins is 42. Find the total value of
coins in the purse.
13 $5 $2
42

A. $30
B. $42
C. $30 or $42
D. $44 or $ 47

14. Dannys father is 2 years older than Dannys mother, and Dannys age is exactly
the square root of his fathers age. If the difference between Dannys and his
mothers ages is 28, how old is Danny now?
2
28

A. 3
B. 6
C. 8
D. 10
Page 19/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@_@[@@]


Let x be the smaller one of two consecutive integers. If the sum of the squares
of the two integers is less than three times the product of the two integers by 1,
find the value of x.

x
3 1x
Page 20/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@_@[@@]


If the price of an orange rises by $1, then 5 fewer oranges could be bought for
$100 . Find the original price $x of an orange.

$1 $100 5
$x .

Page 21/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@_@[@@]


John goes to school and returns home at speeds x km/h and (x + 1) km/h
respectively. The school is 2 km from Johns home and the total time for the
two journeys is 54 minutes. Find x .

x km/h (x+1) km/h
2 km 54 x

Page 22/24
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@_@[@@]


In the figure, ABCD is a square of side 10 cm. If AE = AF and the area of
CEF is 20 cm
2
, find x. (Give the answer in surd form)

, ABCD 10 cm AE = AF CEF
20 cm
2
, x. ()

Page 23/24
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@_@[@@]


As shown in Figure 7, a piece of square paper ABCD of side x cm is folded
along a line segment PQ so that the vertex A coincides with the mid-point of
the side BC. Let the new positions of A and D be A and D respectively, and
denote by R the intersection of AD and CD.

7 x cm
ABCD PQ A
BC A D
A D AD
CD R

(a) If AP = 10 cm, by considering the triangle PBA, find x.
AP 10 cm PBA x (3 marks)

(b) Given triangles PBA and ACR are similar, find the length of AR.
PBA ACR AR (2 marks)

Page 24/24
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@_@[@@]

20. [00 Q.10]

(a) Solve 0 22 9 10
2
= + x x .
0 22 9 10
2
= + x x . (2 marks)

(b) Mr. Tung deposited $10 000 in a bank on his 25
th
birthday and $ 9 000
on his 26
th
birthday. The interest was compounded yearly at r% p.a. ,
and the total amount he received on his 27
th
birthday was $ 22 000.
Find r.
25 $ 10 000 26
$ 9 000 r% 27
$ 22 000 r (4 marks)

Chapter. 2 : Basic Properties of Circles
Page 2/51

Not for Sale
@QQ@@@

Page 3/51

Not for Sale

Q@@Q@
@@@`
Page 4/51

Not for Sale

Basic Terms of a Circle
@@@@@

Q@Q@@@@@Q\@@@@@@
Q@\

AD: @@ (Diameter)
M
BC: @ (Chord)
OE: q@ (Radius)
O: @@ (Centre)
@ (Sector) AOE @@@
@ (Segment) BMC @@@@@
BMC: Q@ (Minor Arc)
AED: ] ]] ]@ (Major Arc)
Page 5/51

Not for Sale
FINISH!
START !
equal _____, equal _____ [, arc, chord] (Graphical Proof)
____@____ [Q J @ J @] (@Q@@

!

Page 6/51

Not for Sale
equal _____, equal _____ [, arc, chord]
____@____ [Q J @ J @]

Find the values of the following unknown variables.
1. 2. 3.
a = ____________ b = ____________ c = ____________

4. 5.
d = ____________ e = ____________

6. In the figure, AB = CD and = 70 AOB . Find x.

Page 7/51

Not for Sale

START !
FINISH!
line from center to chord bisects chord (Graphical Proof)
@@@@@@@Q@ (@Q@@

AB OM,
AM = MB.
GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!

AB OM (Given)

Page 8/51

Not for Sale
START !
FINISH !
equal chord, equidistance from center (Graphical Proof)
@@@@@ (@Q@@

CN = ND = AM = MB,
OM = ON.
GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!

Page 9/51

Not for Sale
equal chord, equidistance from center
@@@@@
1. 2. 3.
a = ____________ b = ____________ c = ____________

4. 5. 6.
d = ____________ e = ____________ f = ____________

7. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. AP BC and BAP = 20.
(a) Show that ACP ABP .
(b) Find the values of x and y.
Page 10/51

Not for Sale

START !
FINISH!
arc prop. to s at center (or circumference) (Graphical Proof)
@@Q (@@Q @@@@ (@Q@@

O ,

CD y
x
AB
= ;
GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!

Let r be the radius,

CD q
p
AB
= .

Page 11/51

Not for Sale
arc prop. to s at center (or circumference)
@@Q (@@Q @@@@
1. 2.
e = ____________ f = ____________

3. In the figure, : 3 : 2 = and = 75 DPC .
Find ADP .

4. In the figure, AC is a diameter of the circle.
= 40 OBC . Find the ratio : .

Page 12/51

Not for Sale

x = a + b
START!
FINISH!

at center twice at circumference (Graphical Proof)
@@Q@@@Q (@Q@@

O ,
AOB = 2 APB .
GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!

Let APO = a, BPO = b.
Page 13/51

Not for Sale
at center twice at circumference
@@Q@@@Q
Find the values of following unknown variables.
1. 2.
a = ____________ b = ____________

3. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. If BOC = 100, find x.

4. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. OCA = 20 and OBA = 30. Find x
and y.

Page 14/51

Not for Sale
FINISH !
START !

in semicircle (Graphical Proof)
q@_@@@Q (@Q@@

AB ,
APB = 90 .
GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!

A
180
Page 15/51

Not for Sale
in semicircle
q@_@@@Q
1. 2. 3.
a = ____________ b = ___________ c = ____________

4. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. If ABC = 30, find : .

5. The figure shows a semicircle. If : = 2 : 3, find BAC.

Page 16/51

Not for Sale
START!
FINISH!
s in same segment (Graphical Proof)
@@g@@@Q (@Q@@

APB = AQB .

GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!
Page 17/51

Not for Sale
s in same segment
@@g@@@Q
1. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Match the following
statements with a suitable reason.

(a) BCD = 90 (i) s in the same segment
(b) a = 2b (ii) in semicircle
(c) b = c (iii) at centre twice at
circumference
2. 3. 4.
a = ____________ b = ____________ c = ____________

5. In the figure, ABP = 32 and PDC = 48. Find APD.
Page 18/51

Not for Sale
START!
FINISH!
opp. s, cyclic quad. (Graphical Proof)
@g@@@@Q (@Q@@

ABCD
(Cyclic Quadrilateral)

BAD + BCD = 180 .
GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!

Let BAD = a, BCD = b.

2a + 2b = 360
a + b = 180

180
Page 19/51

Not for Sale
opp. s, cyclic quad.
@g@@@@Q
1. 2. 3.
a = ____________ b = ____________ c = ____________

4. 5. 6.
d = ____________ e = ____________ f = ____________

7. In the figure, AC = AB and ADC = 110. Find x.
Page 20/51

Not for Sale

ext. s, cyclic quad. (Graphical Proof)
@g@@@QQ (@Q@@
a + b = 180
c + b = 180
a = c
ABCD (Cyclic Quadrilateral),
BAD = DCE .

GO!! GO!! GO!! GO!!

E
Page 21/51

Not for Sale
ext. s, cyclic quad.
@g@@@QQ
1. 2. 3.
a = ____________ b = ____________ c = ____________

4. 5. 6.
d = ____________ e = ____________ f = ____________

7. In the figure, AB // CE. CAB = 2a 40 and ABD = a + 30. Find the value of
a.
Page 22/51

Not for Sale

Tests for Concyclic Points
j@@@@

@@@QA @@@@Q\@Q~@@@@@@@

If x = y, then A, B, C, D are
concyclic ( ).
If a + b = 180 , then A, B, C,
D are concyclic ( ).
If a = c, then A, B, C, D are
concyclic ( ).
converse of s in same segment :
()
opp. s supp : ()
ext. = int. opp. :
()
Page 23/51

Not for Sale
Tests for Concyclic Points
j@@@@
1. In the figure, BAP = 40, PCD = 35 and
APD = 75. Show that A, B, C and D are
concyclic.

2. In the figure, BAD = ADC = x. Show that A, B,
C and D are concyclic.

3. In the figure, BAD = 70 + a and BCD = 110 a.
Show that A, B, C and D are concyclic.

Page 24/51

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Properties of Circles)
@@@ (@@@@

1. [02 M.C.28]
In the figure, O is the centre of the semicircle
ABCD and BC // AD . If COD = 42 , find x.

OABCDBC // AD.
COD = 42 , x.

A. 48
B. 63
C. 84
D. 90

2. [00 M.C.20]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle.
EAOB and EDC are straight lines. Find x.

O EAOB EDC
x.

A. 40
B. 46
C. 57
D. 66
E. 68
Page 25/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

3. [91 M.C.21]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find a + c.
Oa + c.

A. b
B. 2b
C. 180 b
D. 360 b
E. 360 2b

4. [99 M.C.26]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find x.
Ox.

A. 12
B. 20
C. 24
D. 40
E. 60

Page 26/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

5. [96 M.C.25]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find x.
Ox.

A. 20
B. 27.5
C. 35
D. 37.5
E. 40

6. [92 M.C.24]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find .
O .

A. 42
B. 26
C. 24
D. 21
E. 18

Page 27/51

Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@)

7. [04 M.C.24]
In the figure, O is the center circle ABC. Find x.
Ox.

A. 17.5
B. 27.5
C. 35
D. 55

8. [06 M.C.46]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle ABC. If
= 50 OBC and = 20 ACO , then = BOA
O = 50 OBC = 20 ACO
= BOA

A. 50
B. 60
C. 70
D. 80
Page 28/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

9. [04 M.C.23]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle ABCD.
If EAB and EDOC are straight lines and EA = AO,
find AEO.
OEAB EDOC
EA = AO AEO.

A. 18
B. 24
C. 27
D. 36

10. [05 M.C.24]
In the figure, ABCD is a circle. AB produced and
DC produced meet at E. If AC and BD intersect at F,
then ABD =
ABCDAB DC
EAC BDF ABD =

A. 41
B. 52
C. 56
D. 60

Page 29/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

11. [01 M.C.18]
In the figure, AEC is a diameter and DEB is a straight
line. Find x.
AEC DEB x.

A. 54
B. 70
C. 74
D. 92
E. 94

12. [09 M.C.49]
In the figure, ABCD is a circle. If AB = AC, AB //
DC and = 40 ABD , then = CBD
ABCD AB = AC AB // DC
= 40 ABD = CBD

A. 10
B. 20
C. 30
D. 40

Page 30/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

13. [98 M.C.28]
In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle and
ABD is a straight line. CBD =
AB ABDCBD =

A. 2
B. 4
C. + 90
D. 180
E. 2 180

14. [05 M.C.25]
In the figure, ABCD is a circle. If AC is a diameter
of the circle and AB = BD, then CAD =
ABCDAC
AB = BD CAD =

A. 18
B. 21
C. 27
D. 36

Page 31/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

15. [99 M.C.27]
In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle. Find x.
AB x.

A. 20
B. 28
C. 35
D. 38
E. 40

16. [94 M.C.51]
In the figure, ABCD is a semi-circle, CDE and BAE are straight lines.
If CBD = 30 and DEA = 22 , find x .

, ABCD CDE BAE CBD = 30
DEA = 22 x.

A. 38
B. 41
C. 44
D. 52
E. 60

Page 32/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

17. [95 M.C.22]
In the figure, ABCD is a semicircle. FindCAD.
, ABCD CAD.

A. 20
B. 40
C. 45
D. 50
E. 65

18. [93 M.C.26]
In the figure, AB is a diameter. Find ADC.
AB ADC.

A. 100
B. 110
C. 120
D. 135
E. 140

Page 33/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

19. [08 M.C.50]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle ABCD.
If
84 = ADC and
38 = CBO , then = AOB

O ABCD

84 = ADC

38 = CBO = AOB

A. 64
B. 88
C. 104
D. 168

20. [07 M.C.48]
A. 60
B. 85
C. 95
D. 120
In the figure, A , B , C and D are points lying on
circle. If AB = 5 , AD = 3 and BD = 7, then = BCD
ABC D AB = 5
AD = 3 BD = 7 = BCD

Page 34/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

21. [02 M.C.29]
In the figure,
AED= 1 and
CFD = 4.
If ABC = 100 , then ABD =

AED= 1
CFD = 4.
ABC = 100 , ABD =

A. 18
B. 20
C. 24
D. 25

22. [97 M.C.51]
In the figure,
AB = 2 ,
BC =3 ,
CD= 4 and
DA= 6.
Find BCD .

AB = 2 ,
BC =3 ,
CD= 4
DA= 6.
BCD.

A. 72
B. 84
C. 90
D. 96
E. 144

Page 35/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

23. [98 M.C.29]
In the figure, AD is a diameter of the circle.
If
AB :
BC :
CD = 3 : 5 : 7, then ADC =

AD
AB :
BC :
CD = 3 : 5 : 7
ADC =

A. 36
B. 45
C. 48
D. 49
E. 72

24. [00 M.C.46]
In the figure,
AB :
BC :
CD = 2 : 1 : 3.
Find ADC.

AB :
BC :
CD = 2 : 1 : 3. ADC.

A. 56
B. 60
C. 63
D. 72
E. 84
Page 36/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

25. [91 M.C.52]
In the figure,
AB :
BC :
CD:
DE :
EA= 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5. Find .

AB :
BC :
CD:
DE :
EA= 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5.
.

A. 30
B. 36
C. 60
D. 72
E. 120

26. [05 M.C.51]
In the figure, ABCD is a circle. If 3 : 3 : 2 : 1 : : : =

DA CD BC AB and E
is a point lying on BD, then = CAE

ABCD : : : AB BC CD DA

= 1 : 2 : 3 : 3 E BD = CAE

A. 45
B. 50
C. 55
D. 60
Page 37/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

27. [03 M.C.50]
The figure shows a circle with diameter AD.
If AB = BC = CD , find x + y + z.

AD
AB = BC = CD , x + y + z.

A. 315
B. 324
C. 330
D. 360

28. [94 M.C.52]
In the figure, OABCD is a sector of a circle.
If
AB =
BC =
CD , then x =

AB =
BC =
CD
x =

A. 105
B. 120
C. 135
D. 144
E. 150

Page 38/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

29. [01 M.C.46]
In the figure,
AB =
BC =
CD
2
1
. Find ABC .

AB =
BC =
CD
2
1
. Find ABC.

A. 100
B. 105
C. 112.5
D. 130
E. 150

30. [04 M.C.50]
In the figure, CD
= 2 DA
= 2 AB
= 2 BC
. then x =

CD
= 2 DA
= 2 AB
= 2 BC
. x =

A. 108
B. 112
C. 120
D. 144

Page 39/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

31. [04 M.C.26]
In the figure, ABC is a circle. If ABC = 30and
4 =
AC , then the circumference of the circle is

ABC ABC = 30
4 =
AC

A. 24
B. 48
C. 8
D. 16

32. [03 M.C.25]
In the figure, ABC is a semicircle with
BC =7 and = 55 ACB . Find
AB .
ABC
BC =7 = 55 ACB .
AB .

A. 9
B. 10
C. 11
D. 14

Page 40/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

33. [01 M.C.32]
In the figure, ABCD is a semicircle, AB : BD = 4 : 3.
Find AB correct to the nearest 0.1 cm.

ABCDAB : BD = 4 : 3
AB 0.1 cm.

A. 5.7 cm
B. 7.6 cm
C. 10.7 cm
D. 13.0 cm
E. 14.3 cm

34. [97 M.C.50]
In the figure, AC is the angle bisector of BAD .
Which of the following statements must be true?
AC BAD
?

. BCE ~ ADE
. ABC ~ AED
. ABC ~ BDA

A. only
B. andonly
C. andonly
D. andonly
E. ,and
Page 41/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

35. [04 M.C.25]
In the figure, ABCD is a circle. AC and BD meet at E.
If AD = 4 , AE = 2 , EC = 5 and BE = 4, then BC =

ABCD AC BD E.
AD = 4 , AE = 2 , EC = 5 BE = 4, BC =

A. 6
B. 7
C. 8
D. 10

36. [03 M.C.51]
In the figure, XAB and XDC are straight lines.
If DX = 5 , AX = 6 and AB = 4 , find CD .

XAB XDC DX = 5 , AX = 6
AB = 4 CD.

A. 5
B. 7
C.
3
10

D.
5
24

Page 42/51

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Concyclic)
@@@ (j@)

37. [93 M.C.24]
In the figure, points A , B , C and D
are concyclic. Find x.

, A , B , C D , x.

A. 20
B. 22.5
C. 25
D. 27.5
E. 30

38. [95 M.C.24]
In the figure, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
If DAB = 110 and BC = BD , find DAC.

, ABCD .
DAB = 110 BC = BD , DAC.

A. 20
B. 35
C. 40
D. 55
E. 70
Page 43/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

39. [01 Q.5]
In Figure 3, AC is a diameter of the circle.
Find DAC .

3 AC DAC.
(4 marks)

40. [99 Q.5]
In Figure 2, A, B, C, D are points on a circle
and AC is a diameter. Find x and y.

2 , A, B, C, D AC
x y. (4 marks)

Page 44/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

41. [02 Q.9]
In Figure 4, BD is a diameter of the circle ABCD.
AB = AC and = 40 BDC . Find . ABD

4 , BD ABCD AB = AC
= 40 BDC . ABD (5 marks)

42. [00 Q.7]
In Figure 4, AD and BC are two parallel
chords of the circle. AC and BD interest
at E. Find x and y.

4 AD BC
AC BD E x y (4 marks)

Page 45/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@)

45. [97 Q.9]
In Figure 3, AC is a diameter of the circle.
AC = 4 cm and BAC = 30. Find

3 AC AC = 4 cm
BAC = 30

(a) BDC and ADB (2 marks)

(b) AB
: BC
(2 marks)

(c) AB : BC. (2 marks)

Page 46/51

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Properties of Circles / Proof)
@@@ (@@@@ / @@@)

44. [96 Q.6]
In Figure 1, A, B, C and D are points on a
circle. CB and DA are produced to meet
at point P. If AB // DC, prove that AP = BP.

1 A, B, C D CB
DA P AB // DC
AP = BP.
(5 marks)

Page 47/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@ / @@@)

45. [98 Q.14]
In Figure 7, O is the centre of the semicircle
ABCD and AB = BC. Prove that BO // CD.

7 O ABCD
AB = BC BO // CD.

(5 marks)

Page 48/51

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@ / @@@)

46. [98 Q.6]
In Figure 4, A, B, C, D are points on
a circle. AC and BD meet at E.
4 ABCD
AC BD E

(a) Which triangle is similar to ECD?
Prove your assertion.
ECD

(b) Find y.
(4 marks)
Page 49/51

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Concyclic / Converse of Theorems)
@@@ (j@ / @@@)

47. [99 Q.16 (a)]
In Figure 9.1, ABC is a triangle right-angled
at B. D is a point on AB. A circle is drawn
with DB as a diameter. The line through D
and parallel to AC cuts the circle at E.
CE is produced to cut the circle at F.

9.1 ABC DB
DAC
E CE F

(i) Prove that A, F, B and C are concyclic.
A, F, B C .

(ii) If M is the mid-point of AC, explain why MB = MF.
MAC MB = MF. (5 marks)

Page 50/51

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Properties of Circles / Similar Triangles)
@@@ (@@@@ / @Q@Q)

48. [02 Q.16 (a)]
In Figure 10, AB is a diameter of the circle ABEG with
centre C. The perpendicular from G to AB cuts AB at O.
AE cuts OG at D. BE and OG are produced to meet at F.

10 AB ABEG C
G AB AB O AE OG
D BE OG F

(i) Prove that FOB AOD ~ .
FOB AOD ~ .

(ii) Prove that GOB AOG ~ .
GOB AOG ~ .

(iii) Using (i) and (ii), prove that
2
OG OF OD = .
(a)(i) (a)(ii)
2
OG OF OD = . (7 marks)

Page 51/51

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Properties of Circles / Similar Triangles)
@@@ (@@@@ / @Q@Q)

49. [05 Q.17 (a)]
In Figure 7(a), MN is a diameter of the circle MNOR.
The chord RO is perpendicular to the straight line
POQ. RNQ and RMP are straight lines.

7(a)MN MNOR .
RO POQRNQ
RMP .

(i) By consider triangles OQR and ORP, prove that
2
OR OP OQ = .
OQR ORP,
2
OR OP OQ = .

(ii) Prove that ~ MON POR .
~ MON POR . (5 marks)

Chapter. 3 : Tangents to Circles
Page 3/29

Not for Sale

Tangent Tangent Tangent Tangent
One intersecting point only One intersecting point only One intersecting point only One intersecting point only

Tangent

Tangents
g@

@j Introduction
@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

Page 4/29

Not for Sale
START !
FINISH !

tangent radius (Graphical Proof)
g@@@q@ (@Q@@

Page 5/29

Not for Sale
tangent radius (Graphical Proof)
g@@@q@ (@Q@@
In each of the following figures, PQ is a tangent to the circle. Find the values of the
following unknown variables.
1.

2.

3.
a = ____________ b = ____________ c = ____________
4. 5.
d = ____________ e = ____________
6. In the figure, PQ is a tangent to the circle at A. AQ = 15 cm,
and BQ = 9 cm, find the radius of the circle.

Let r be the radius of the circle.
Page 6/29

Not for Sale

START !
FINISH !
tangent properties (Graphical Proof)
g@@@ (@Q@@

Page 7/29

Not for Sale
tangent properties (Graphical Proof)
g@@@ (@Q@@
In the following figures, TA and TB are tangents to the circle. Find the values of the
unknown variables.
1. 2.
a = ____________ b = ____________
3. 4.
c = ____________ d = ____________
5. In the figure, AP and AQ are two tangents to the circle
where AP = AQ.
(a) Show that APQ ABC ~ .
(b) Hence deduce that BC // PQ.
Page 8/29

Not for Sale

2x + 2(90 y) = 180
2x 2y + 180 = 180
2x 2y = 0
x = y
START!
FINISH!
in alt. segment (Graphical Proof)
@@@@@@Q (@Q@@

Page 9/29

Not for Sale
in alt. segment (Graphical Proof)
@@@@@@Q (@Q@@
In each of the following figures, TA is a tangent to the circle. Find the values of the
unknown variables.
1.

2.

3
a = ____________ b = ____________ c = ____________
4.

5.
a = ____________ b = ____________

6. In the figure, TA and TB are tangents to the circle.
If ACB = 65, find ATB.

Page 10/29

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Properties of Circles 2)
@@@ (@@@@_

1. [94 M.C.22]
In the figure, PA is tangent to the circle at A ,
CAP = 28 and BA = BC . Find x.

, PA A , CAP = 28
BA = BC, x.

A. 28
B. 48
C. 56
D. 62
E. 76

2. [98 M.C.49]
In In the figure, CE is tangent to the circle
at C. Find DCE.

, CE C , DCE.

A. 40
B. 42
C. 49
D. 54
E. 78
Page 11/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@_

3. [97 M.C.20]
In the figure, EC is the tangent to the circle at C.
Find CBD.

, EC C , CBD.

A. 40
B. 50
C. 65
D. 70
E. 75

4. [00 M.C.45]
In the figure, AB is tangent to the circle at B.
Find DCE.

, AB A , DCE.

A. 70
B. 75
C. 90
D. 95
E. 105

Page 12/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@_

5. [96 M.C.26]
PA is the tangent to the circle at A and
CB // PA . Find x.

, O, PA A
CB // PA . x.

A. 21
B. 24
C. 42
D. 45
E. 48

6. [95 M.C.23]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle,
POQR is a straight line. TR is the tangent
to the circle at T. PRT =

, O, POQR , TR
T . PRT =

A. 20
B. 35
C. 45
D. 50
E. 70

Page 13/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@@_

7. [01 M.C.45]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle,
OB is a straight line and BCD is the tangent
of the circle at C. Find x.

, O, OB BCD
C . x.

A. 50
B. 53
C. 56
D. 59
E. 62

8. [99 M.C.50]
In the figure, AT is tangent to the circle
at T and ABC is a straight line. Find AT.

, AT T ABC
. AT.

A. 9 cm
B. 12 cm
C. 15 cm
D. 16 cm
E. 20 cm

Page 14/29

Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Tangents to Circles)
@@@ (@@g@

9. [07 M.C.49]
In the figure, A, B and C are points lying on the circle
AB is a diameter of the circle. DB is the tangent to the
circle at B. If AC = 4 and CD = 2, then AB =

, A, B C . AB , DB
B . AC = 4 CD = 2, AB =

A. 2 6
B. 4 3
C. 4 6
D. 8 3

10. [08 M.C.51]
In the figure, AB is the tangent to the circle at B and ADC is a straight line.
If 1 : 2 : = AD AB , then the area of ABD : the area of BCD =
AB B ADC 1 : 2 : = AD AB ABD
: BCD =

A. 1 : 2
B. 1 : 3
C. 1 : 4
D. 2: 3

D B
A
C

Page 15/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

11. [92 M.C.50]

In the figure, the two circles touch each other at C. The diameter AB of the
bigger circle is tangent to the smaller circle at D . If DE bisects ADC ,
find .

, C . AB D. DE
ADC , .

A. 24
B. 38
C. 45
D. 52
E. 66
Page 16/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

12. [03 M.C.52]
In the figure, BE and BF are tangents
to the circle at A and C respectively.
If = 100 ADC , then = ABC

, BE BF A C
. = 100 ADC , = ABC

A. 20
B. 30
C. 40
D. 50

13. [93 M.C.50]
In the figure, TP and TQ are tangents to the circle
at P and Q respectively. If M is a point on the
minor arc PQ and PMQ = , then PTQ =

, TP TQP Q .
MPQPMQ = , PTQ =

A.
2

B. 90
C. 180
D. 2 180
E. 180 2
Page 17/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

14. [05 M.C.49]
In the figure, AB and AC are tangents to the circle
at X and Y respectively. Z is a point lying on the
circle. If BAC = 100 , then XZY =

, AB AC X Y
. BAC = 100, XZY =

A. 40
B. 45
C. 50
D. 55

15. [94 M.C.23]
In the figure, O is the centre of the inscribed circle
of ABC. If OAC = 30 and OCA = 25 ,
find ABC.

, OABC .
OAC = 30 OCA = 25 , ABC.

A. 50
B. 55
C. 60
D. 62.5
E. 70

Page 18/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

16. [92 M.C.26]
In the figure, the circle is inscribed in a
regular pentagon. P , Q and R are points
of contact. Find .

, P, Q R
. .

A. 30
B. 32
C. 35
D. 36
E. 45

17. [04 M.C.51]
In the figure, TS, SQ and QP are tangents to the circle
at T, R and P respectively. If TS // PQ, TS = 3
and QP = 12, then the radius of the circle is

, TS, SQ QP T, R P
. TS // PQ, TS = 3 QP = 12,

A. 4.5
B. 6
C. 7.5
D. 9

Page 19/29

Not for Sale
@@@ (@@g@

18. [05 M.C.50]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle and
AOC is a straight line. If AB and BC are tangents
to the circle such that AB = 3 and BC = 4 ,
then the radius of the circle is
, OAOC. AB BC
AB = 3 BC = 4,

A.
2
3

B.
7
12

C. 2
D.
2
5

Page 20/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

19. [91 M.C.24]
In the figure, TPA and TQB are tangents to the
circle at P and Q respectively. If PQ = PR,
which of the following must be true?

, TPA TQB P Q
. PQ = PR ,

I. APR = QRP
II. QTP = QPR
III. QPR = APR

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and II only
E. I and III only

Page 21/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

20. [96 M.C.50]
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. AP ,
AB and BR are tangents to the circle at P , Q
and R respectively. Which of the following
must be true?

, O, AP, AB BR
P, QR .

I. AP + BR = AB
II. OQ bisects AOB
III. AOB =
2
1
POR

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and II only
D. I and III only
E. I , II and III

Page 22/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

21. [02 M.C.51]
In the figure, EAF is a common tangent to the
circles at the point A. Chords AC and BC of the
smaller circle are produced to meet the larger
circle at G and D respectively. Which of the
following must be true?

, EAF A .
AC BC
G D .

I. ADG =EAG
II. ABD =AGD
III. BAE =ADB

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and III only
D. II and III only

Page 23/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

22. [93 M.C.51]
AB touches the circle at N. Which of the
following is / are correct?

, O. AB N .

I. M, N, K, O are concyclic .
II. HNB ~ NKB
III. OAN = NOB

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and II only
E. I , II and III

Page 24/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

23. [00 Q.16]
In Figure 9, C is the center of the circle
PQS. OR and OP are tangent to the circle
at S and P respectively. OCQ is a straight
line and QOP = 30.
9 , C PQS . OR OP
S P .

(a) Show that PQO = 30.
PQO = 30. (3 marks)

(Contd)
Page 25/29

Not for Sale
@@@ (@@g@

(Contd)
(b) Suppose OPQR is a cyclic quadrilateral. Show that RQ is tangent to
circle PQS at Q.
OPQR , RQ PQS Q.
(3 marks)

Page 26/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

24. [04 Q.16]
In Figure 8, BC is a tangent to the circle OAB with
BC // OA. OA is produced to D such that AD = OB.
BD cuts the circle at E.

8 , BC OAB BC // OA.
OA DAD = OB. BE E.

(a) Prove that ADE BOE.
(3 marks)

(Contd)
Page 27/29

Not for Sale
@@@ (@@g@

(Contd)
(b) Prove that BEO 2 BOE. (3 marks)

(c) Suppose OE is a diameter of the circle OAEB. Find BOE.
OE OAEB . BOE. (2 marks)
Page 28/29

Not for Sale

@@@ (@@g@

25. [03 Q.17 (a)]
In Figure 7(a), OP is a common
tangent to the circles C
1
and C
2

at the points O and P respectively.
The common chord KM when
produced intersects OP at N. R
and S are points on KO and KP
respectively such that the straight line
RMS is parallel to OP.

, OP C
1
C
2
OP . KM
OP N. R S KOKP RMS OP .

(i) By considering triangles NPM and NKP, prove that NM NK NP =
2
.
NPM NKP , NM NK NP =
2
.
(3 marks)

(Contd)
Page 29/29

Not for Sale
@@@ (@@g@

(Contd)
(ii) Prove that RM = MS. (2 marks)

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 2/21
Not for Sale

Type of Locus @@@@@ ()

I. I. I. I. Locus: At a Fixed Distance from a Point

Consider You are standing in the middle of your classroom. The teacher asks your
classmates to stand 5 feet away from you.
What geometric shape or path would your classmates be forming?
5

Answer: The students would be forming a circle
around you. You are the center of the
circle, and the radius of the circle would be
a fixed distance of 5 m.

(Circle)
5

The path where the students are standing is
a locus.The locus in this situation is a circle.
(Locus)

( (( (Locus Theorem) : ) : ) : ) :

Locus Theorem # ## #1

The locus of points at a fixed distance d from
point P is a circle with the given point P as its
center and d as its radius.

P d
P d

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 3/21
Not for Sale

Type of Locus @@@@@ (2)

II. II. II. II. Locus: At a Fixed Distance from a Line

Consider: Your teacher has placed a strip of tape on the classroom floor which forms a
straight line, and asks that each student stand exactly 3 feet away from the
line on the floor. Can you picture what will happen?

3
Answer:

You and your classmates will form two straight lines on either side of the
tape on the floor, at a distance of 3 feet away from the tape. You and your
classmates are the locus of points equidistant from a given line.


The locus of points at a fixed distance d
from a line, l, is a pair of parallel lines d
distance from l and on either side of l.

l d
l d

Note that all three of these lines are parallel.
Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 4/21
Not for Sale


I II II II II. I. I. I. LOCUS: Equidistant from Two Points
Consider: You are playing a game of paint ball. Two of your friends are hiding behind
trees that are 10 feet apart. Where could you possibly stand so that your
firing distance to each friend is exactly the same length?
10

Answer:

There are many spots that will position you exactly the same distance
from both friends. Notice the formation of the isosceles triangles, where
the equal sides represent the distances to each friend.
The locus of points is equidistant from your two friends. This line is the
perpendicular bisector of the segment joining your two friends.


The locus of points equidistant from two points,
P and Q, is the perpendicular bisector of the line
segment PQ.

P Q
PQ

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 5/21
Not for Sale


I II IV VV V. .. . Equidistant from Two Parallel Lines

Consider: During your morning jog, you run down an alley between two buildings
which are parallel to one another and are 20 feet apart. Describe your path
through the alley so that you are always the same distance from both
buildings.

20
Answer:

To maintain an equal distance from each building, you must jog in a straight
line parallel to the buildings and halfway between them. Since the buildings
are 20 feet apart, you will jog on a line 10 feet from each building.


The locus of points equidistant from two
parallel lines, l
1
and l
2
, is a line parallel
to both l
1
and l
2
and midway between them.

l
1
l
2

l
1
l
2

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 6/21
Not for Sale


II. II. II. II. Locus: At a Fixed Distance from a Line

Consider: Indiana Jones (Indy) is searching for a treasure. His treasure map shows a V-
shaped canyon formed by two vertical cliffs. The directions state:
"Start at the point where the cliffs converge. Walk through the
canyon staying an equal distance from each cliff......"
Can you picture the path Indy needs to take to satisfy these directions?

V
"

Answer:

The red line represents the locus which is equidistant from two cliffs. This
line is the bisector of the angle formed by the two cliffs. Any point on this
line is the same distance from each cliff.


The locus of points equidistant from two
intersecting lines, l
1
and l
2
, is a pair of
bisectors that bisect the angles formed by
l
1
and l
2
.

l
1
l
2

l
1
l
2

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 7/21
Not for Sale

Type of Locus (More Examples)

1. The student radio station has a broadcasting range of 24 miles. Describe the
locus of points which represents the outer edge of the broadcasting range.

2. A hospital is located at the coordinates (2,4) on a
coordinate grid. The hospital's ambulance service
extends for 30 miles. Write the equation of the locus
which represents the outer edge of the ambulance service
area.

3. A straight driveway is 25 feet long and 8 feet wide. A gardener is
planning to plant flowers 6 feet from the center of the driveway. Describe
where the flowers will be planted.

4.
There are two buoys in a lake. A scuba diver swims so that he
is always equidistant from both buoys. Describe his path.

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 8/21
Not for Sale

Type of Locus (More Examples)

5. Two houses are 180 feet apart. The underground electrical cable
used to service the houses is to be placed such that the distance
from any point on the cable to each home is always the same
distance. Describe where the cable should be placed.

6. Describe the locus of a car that is driven down a straight
road equidistant from the two opposite parallel curbs on the
side of the road?

7. Describe the locus of the center of the wheel of a train
that is moving along a straight, level track.

8. Ben skis through a park that is bounded on two sides by
straight intersecting streets. Ben skis so that he is always
the same distance from each street. Describe Ben's path.

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 9/21
Not for Sale

Equation of Locus @@@@

@@@@@
~@ @@@ (moving point) @@ @@@Q (given conditions)
Q@@@@@

e.g.

Mary xy M(1, 3) Peter Mary 5
()

Peter (equation of locus)

Mary
Moving point:
- Peter
P(x, y)

Given condition:
- MP = 5
M
Let the coordinate of P be (x, y)
Given that MP = 5
Therefore

2 2
2 2
2 2
( ( 1)) ( 3) 5
2 1 6 9 25
2 6 15 0
x y
x x y y
x y x y
+ =
+ + + =
+ + =

[It shows that the locus is a circle .]
STEP 2:
given condition
equation

Peter
5 m
5m
Oh NO~
STEP 1:
moving point
(x, y)
STEP 3:
Simplify the equation!
Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 10/21
Not for Sale

Ax
2
+ Cy
2
+ Dx + Ey + F = 0
(where A and C are +ve
but A C )

x
y
y
2
= Ax
x
y
y = Ax
2
+ Bx + C
x
y
x
2
+ y
2
+ Dx + Ey + F = 0
x
y
x
y
Ax + By + C = 0
Straight lines Parabola (vertical) ( )
Circle Parabola (horizontal) ( )
Ellipse
Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 11/21
Not for Sale

and also
OR
Useful Formulas @@@

1. Slope

1 2
m m =

1 2
1 m m =
Slope =
2 1
2 1
y y
x x

x O

y
(x
2
, y
2
)
(x
1
, y
1
)

Slope = tan
Parallel : Slopes are same

Perpendicular : Product of slope = 1
= 1
y
x O
y = 5
5
y
x O
x = 5
5
Horizontal line
( ) Slope = 0
Vertical line: ( )
Slope is undefined
Slope of special lines Q@@@@
Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 12/21
Not for Sale

Useful Formulas @@@

2. Coordinates of special points
i. Mid-point

ii. Point of Division

3. Distance

i. Distance between two points

ii. Distance between a point and a line

PQ =
2 2
1 2 1 2
( ) ( ) x x y y +

Q (x
2
, y
2
)
P (x
1
, y
1
)

Ax + By+ C = 0

(x
1
, y
1
)
d
d =
1 1
2 2
Ax By C
A B
+ +
+

M =
1 2 1 2
( , )
2 2
x x y y + +

P

(x
1
, y
1
)
(x
2
, y
2
)

r : s
P =
1 2 1 2
( , )
sx rx sy ry
r s r s
+ +
+ +

M

(x
1
, y
1
)
(x
2
, y
2
)

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 13/21
Not for Sale


Given that P(x, y) is a moving point. Set up an equation of the locus of P from the given condition
and sketch the locus.
P(x, y) P

1. Distance from P to (1, 9) is 4 units.
P (1, 9) 4

2. P is equidistant from (0, 3) and (2, 1).
P (0, 3) (2, 1)
Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 14/21
Not for Sale


3. Distant from P to the line 3x 4y + 5 = 0 is 2 units.
P 3x 4y + 5 = 0 2

4. P is equidistant from the lines x 3 = 0 and y + 1 = 0.
P x 3 = 0 and y + 1 = 0
Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 15/21
Not for Sale


5. P is equidistant from the point F(1, 0) and the line x = 1.
P F(1, 0) x = 1

6. Given that two points A(3, 2) and B (8, 4) such that APB = 90
A(3, 2) B(8, 4) APB = 90
Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 16/21
Not for Sale


1. [A.Math 1999 Paper II Q.10(a)]
A(3, 0) and B(1, 0) are two points and P(x, y) is a variable point such that PA = 3 PB. Let C be
the locus of P. Show that the equation of C

is
2 2
3 x y + = .
(3 marks)

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 17/21
Not for Sale


2. [A.Math 2004 Q.10 Modified]
Let O be the origin and A be the point (3, 4). P is a variable point such that the area of OPA is
always equals to 2.
Show that the locus of P is a pair of parallel lines. (6 marks)

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 18/21
Not for Sale


3. [A.Math 2002 Q.5(a)]
P(x, y) is a variable point such that the distance from P to the line x 4 = 0 is always equal to twice
the distance between P and the point (1, 0).
Show that the equation of the locus of P is
2 2
3 4 12 0 x y + = . (5 marks)

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 19/21
Not for Sale


4. [A.Math 1988 Paper II Q.4]
O and A are the point (0, 0) and (6, 0) respectively. P(x, y) a variable point such that PO + PA = 10
Find the equation of the locus of P, giving the answers in the form
2 2
0 ax by cx d + = + + .
(5 marks)

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 20/21
Not for Sale


5. [A.Math 1996 Paper II Q.7]
P(x, y) is a variable point such that the distance between P and the point (4, 0) is always equal to
twice the distance from P to the line x 1 = 0.
(a) Find the equation of the locus of P. State whether the locus is a circle, an ellipse or a
parabola.
(b) Sketch the locus of P.
(6 marks)

Chapter. 4 : Locus
Page 21/21
Not for Sale


6. [A.Math 1980 Paper II Q.9(a),(b)]
A(5, 3) and B(5, 3) are two given points. P is a variable point such that the product of the slope of
the lines PA and PB is equal to a constant k.
(a) Find the equation of the locus of P. (5 marks)
(b) Write down the value(s) of k for which the locus of P is a circle. (1 mark)

Chapter. 5 : Equation of Circles
Page 1/40

Not for Sale

General form @@

E Eq qu ua at ti io on n o of f C Ci ir rc cl le es s @ @ [ [@ @] ]
(a, b) : center
r : radius
x
2
+ y
2
+ Dx + Ey + F = 0

center
( , )
2 2
D E
=

radius
2 2
2 2
D E
F

= +

x
y
O

(x, y)
(a, b)
(x a)
2
+ (y b)
2
= r
2

@@-
@@@@@
r
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
( ) ( )
2 2
2 2 ( ) 0
x a y b r
x ax a y by b r
x y ax by a b r
+ =
+ + + =
+ + + =

Page 2/40

Not for Sale

Equation of Circles Radius, Diameter and Center
@[@ - q@@@@@@

@@@@@@@@@

r :
2 2
2 1 2 1
1
( ) ( )
2
x x y y +

2 2
1 1
( ) ( ) a x b y +

(x
2
, y
2
)
(a, b)

(x
1
, y
1
)
(a, b) :
1 2 1 2
( , )
2 2
x x y y + +

center is the mid-point
of the diameter
Page 3/40

Not for Sale

Let the equation be
x
2
+ y
2
+ Dx + Ey + F = 0 (*)

Sub (0, 0), (0, 4) and (6, 4) into (*) :
F = 0 (1)
16 + 4E + F = 0 (2)
36 + 16 + 6D + 4E + F = 0 (3)

On solving, F = 0, E = 4, D = 6
Equation is x
2
+ y
2
6x 4y = 0
Radius
2
52
2
4 6
2 2
=
+
=
Center = (
6 + 0
2
,
4 + 0
2
) = (3 , 2)

Equation is
( x 3)
2
+ ( y 2)
2
=
52
4
( x 3)
2
+ ( y 2)
2
=13
x
2
+ y
2
6x 4y = 0

Find Equation of Circles
@[@

e.g.1 In the figure, find the equation of the circle.

@~ @@@@@@Q@@@@Q]

@_ q@@@@ r @@@@@@ (a, b)@@

(x a)
2
+ (y b)
2
= r
2

6
Technique:

D, E, F

x
2
+ y
2
+ Dx + Ey + F = 0

( )
(Converse of in semicircle)

Page 4/40

Not for Sale

(a) Sub x = 12, y = 14 into L

3(12) (14) 92 0
14 56
4
k
k
k
+ =
=
=

Find Equation of Straight Lines / Circles
@@ J @[@

@]@@\@@Q@@@q@ r @
@@@@@ (a, b)@@@@@@

e.g.2 In the figure, a circle has center (3, a)
and touches the line L: 0 92 3 = + ky x
at A(12, 14). Find

(3, a)
L: 0 92 3 = + ky x
A(12, 14).

(a) the value of k k ,
(b) the equation of the radius AC AC ,
(c) the equation of the circle .

(x a)
2
+ (y b)
2
= r
2

Only~ !
Page 5/40

Not for Sale

Find Equation of Straight Lines / Circles
@@ J @[@

(b) Slope of L =
3
4

Since line L AC (tangent radius)

3
( ) 1
4
4
3
m
m
=
=

The equation of AC is
y 14=
4
3
(x 12)
3y 42 = 4x 48
4x 3y 6 = 0
Step 1.
(AC
L
1 2
1 m m =
AC )
Step 2.
y y
1
= m(x x
1
)

Step 3. , Perfect!

(c) Sub x = 3, y = a into
4x 3y 6 = 0

4(3) 3 6 0
2
a
a
=
=

Centre = (3, 2)
Radius =
2 2
(12 3) (14 2) +
= 15

The equation of the circle is:

2 2 2
15 ) 2 ( ) 3 ( = + y x

0 212 4 6
2 2
= + y x y x

Step 1. (a,b)
r

Step 2.
(x a)
2
+ (y b)
2
= r
2

Step 3. , Perfect!
Page 6/40

Not for Sale
Supplementary
@@
Page 7/40

Not for Sale
Supplementary

Page 8/40

Not for Sale

base s, isos.
a = b
a b
Basic Geometry (Supplementary)
@@Q Q@]

Congruent Triangle () Similar Triangels ()
Condition
S.S.S.
S.A.S.
A.S.A. / A.A.S.
R.H.S.
Application
corr. s, s ()
corr. sides, s ()

Condition
A.A.A. ()
3 sides prop. ()
ratio of 2 sides, inc.
()
Application
corr. s, ~s (~)
corr. sides, ~s (~)

Page 9/40

Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Equation of Circles: Radius, Diameter and Center)
@@@ @[@q@@@@@@]

1. [91 M.C.26]
The circle x
2
+ y
2
+ 4x + ky + 4 = 0 \passes through the point (1, 3) . The radius
of the circle is

x
2
+ y
2
+ 4x + ky + 4 = 0 (1, 3)

A. 68
B. 48
C. 17
D. 6
E. 3

2. [93 M.C.30]
What is the area of the circle x
2
+ y
2
10x + 6y 2 = 0 ?
x
2
+ y
2
10x + 6y 2 = 0

A. 32
B. 34
C. 36
D. 134
E. 138
Page 10/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@q@@@@@@]

3. [94 M.C.28]
AB is a diameter of the circle x
2
+ y
2
2x 2y 18 = 0 . If A is (3, 5) , then B is
AB x
2
+ y
2
2x 2y 18 = 0 A (3, 5) B

A. (2 , 3)
B. (1, 1 )
C. (1 , 3)
D. (5 , 7)
E. (7 , 9)

4. [97 M.C.46]
A circle has (a , 0) and (0, b) as the end points of a diameter. Which of the
following points lie(s) on this circle?
(a , 0) (0, b) ()

I. (a, b)
II. (0, 0)
III. (a, b)

A. II only
B. III only
C. I and II only
D. II and III only
E. I , II and III

Page 11/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@q@@@@@@]

5. [95 M.C.29]
The table below shows the centers and radii of two circles C
1
and C
2
.
C
1
C
2

Center

Radius
C
1
(2 , 2) 3
C
2
(5 , 2 ) 2

Which of the following may represent the relative positions of C
1
and C
2
?
C
1
C
2

A. B.
C. D.
E.
Page 12/40

Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Equation of Circles)
@@@ @[@]

6. [98 M.C.52]
The circle x
2
+ y
2
2x 7y 8 = 0 intersects the x-axis at A and B . Find the
length of AB.

x
2
+ y
2
2x 7y 8 = 0 x A B AB

A. 2
B. 6
C. 7
D. 9
E. 85

7. [03 M.C.54]
The circle (x 4)
2
+ y
2
= 36 intersects the positive x-axis and positive y-axis at
A and B respectively. Find AB.
(x 4)
2
+ y
2
= 36 x y A B AB

A. 30
B. 30 2
C. 34
D. 34 2
Page 13/40

Not for Sale

@@@ @[@]

8. [05 M.C.53]

In the figure, O is the origin. If the equation
of the circle passing through O, A, B and C is
(x + 3)
2
+ (y 4)
2
= 25, then the area of the
rectangle OABC is

OO, A, B C
(x + 3)
2
+ (y 4)
2
= 25
OABC

A. 36
B. 48
C. 50
D. 64

Page 14/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@]

9. [04 M.C.53]
The equation of a circle is x
2
+ y
2
4x + 2y + 1= 0. Which of the following
is/are true?

x
2
+ y
2
4x +2y + 1= 0.

I. The circle touches the y-axis.
y
II. The origin lies outsidethe circle.

III. The center of the circles lies in the second quadrant.

A. II only
B. III only
C. I and II only
D. I and III only
Page 15/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@]

10. [94 M.C.29]
The equations of two circles are

x
2
+ y
2
4x 6y = 0 ,
x
2
+ y
2
+ 4x + 6y = 0 .


I. The two circles have the same center.

II. The two circles have equal radii.

III. The two circles pass through the origin.

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and III only
E. II and III only

Page 16/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@]

11. [98 M.C.53]
The equations of two circles are x
2
+ y
2
+ ax by = 0 and x
2
+ y
2
ax + by = 0.
Which of the following must be true?

x
2
+ y
2
+ ax by = 0 x
2
+ y
2
ax + by = 0

I. The two circles have the same center.

II. The two circles have equal radii.

III. The line joining the centers of the two circles passes through
the origin.

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and III only
E. II and III only

Page 17/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@]

12. [02 M.C.53]
The equation of a circle is given by (x a )
2
+ (y + b)
2
= a
2
+ b
2
, where a > 0
and b > 0 . Which of the following must be true?

(x a )
2
+ (y + b)
2
= a
2
+ b
2
a > 0 b > 0

I. The center of the circle is (a, b ).
(a, b )
II. The circle passes through the origin.

III. The circle cuts the x-axis at two distinct points.
x

A. I and II only
B. I and III only
C. II and III only
D. I , II and III

Page 18/40

Not for Sale

@@@ @[@]

13. [99 M.C.52]
The figure shows a circle centerd at C and
passing through O (0, 0) , A (6, 0) and B (0, 8) .
Which of the following must be true?

O (0, 0) A (6, 0) B (0, 8)
C

I. C lies on the line 1
8 6
= +
y x
.
C 1
8 6
= +
y x

II. The radius of the circle is 10.
10

III. OC is perpendicular to AB.
OC AB

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and II only
D. I and III only
E. I , II and III
Page 19/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@]

14. [00 M.C.48]
If the center of the circle x
2
+ y
2
+ kx + (k + 1)y 3 = 0 lies on x + y + 1 = 0 ,
find k.

x
2
+ y
2
+ kx + (k + 1)y 3 = 0 x + y + 1 = 0 k

A.
2
3

B.
2
1

C. 0
D. 1
E.
2
3

15. [04 M.C.52]
If the straight line x + y 3 = 0 divides the circle x
2
+ y
2
+ 2x ky 4 = 0 into
two equal parts, then k =

x + y 3 = 0 x
2
+ y
2
+ 2x ky 4 = 0 k =

A. 4
B. 4
C. 8
D. 8

Page 20/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@]

16. [00 M.C.49]
If the straight line y = mx + 1 is tangent to the circle (x 2)
2
+ y
2
= 1 , then m =

y = mx + 1 (x 2)
2
+ y
2
= 1 m =

A.
3
4

B. 0
C.
3
4

D. 0 or
3
4

E. 0 or
3
4

17. [99 M.C.53]
Two circles with equations (x + 1)
2
+ (y + 1)
2
= 25 and (x 11)
2
+ (y 8)
2
=
100 touch each other externally at a point P . Find the coordinates of P.

(x + 1)
2
+ (y + 1)
2
= 25 (x 11)
2
+ (y 8)
2
= 100
P P

A. (3, 2)
B. (
5
7
,
5
4
)
C. (3, 2)
D. (5,
2
7
)
E. (7, 5)
Page 21/40

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Find Equation of Circles)
@@@ @[@]

18. [99 M.C.52]
In the figure, find the equation of the circle with AB as a diameter.
AB

A. x
2
+ y
2
2x + 2y 23 = 0
B. x
2
+ y
2
2x + 2y 3 = 0
C. x
2
+ y
2
+ 2x 2y 23 = 0
D. x
2
+ y
2
+ 2x 2y 3 = 0
E. x
2
+ y
2
25 = 0

19. [95 M.C.30]
In the figure, the equation of the circle is

A. 0 5
2 2
= + y x
B. 0 2
2 2
= + + y x y x
C. 0 2
2 2
= + + y x y x
D. 0 2 4
2 2
= + + y x y x
E. 0 2 4
2 2
= + + y x y x

Page 22/40

Not for Sale

@@@ @[@]

20. [02 M.C.52]
In the figure, x = 0, y a = 0 and y + a = 0 are tangents to the circle. The
equation of the circle is

x = 0 y a = 0 y + a = 0

A. x
2
+ y
2
= a
2

B. x
2
+ y
2
2ax = 0
C. x
2
+ y
2
2ay = 0
D. x
2
+ y
2
+ 2ax + 2ay + a
2
= 0

21. [05 M.C.54]
In the figure, the circle passing through A(0, 8) and B(0, 2) touches the
positive x-axis. The equation of the circle is

A(0, 8) B(0, 2) x

A. x
2
+ y
2
8x 10y + 16 = 0
B. x
2
+ y
2
+ 8x + 10y + 16 = 0
C. x
2
+ y
2
10x 10y + 16 = 0
D. x
2
+ y
2
+ 10x + 10y + 16 = 0

Page 23/40

Not for Sale

@@@ @[@]

22. [96 M.C.30]
The equation of the circle centerd at (a, b) and tangential to the x-axis is
(a, b) x

A. x
2
+ y
2
2ax 2by + a
2
= 0
B. x
2
+ y
2
2ax 2by + b
2
= 0
C. x
2
+ y
2
2ax 2by + a
2
+ b
2
= 0
D. x
2
+ y
2
+ 2ax + 2by + a
2
= 0
E. x
2
+ y
2
+ 2ax + 2by + b
2
= 0

23. [01 M.C.54]
In the figure, the inscribed circle of OPQ
touches PQ at R . Find the coordinates of R.

OPQ PQ R
R

A.
2 ,
2
3

B.
5
12
,
5
6

C.
5
8
,
5
9

D.
7
16
,
7
9

E.
7
12
,
7
12

Page 24/40

Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Application of Equation of Circles)
@@@ @[@@@]

24. [90 Q.8]

Let (C
1
) be the circle x
2
+ y
2
2x + 6y + 1 = 0 and A be the point (5, 0).
(C
1
) x
2
+ y
2
2x + 6y + 1 = 0 A (5, 0).

(a) Find the coordinates of the center and the radius of (C
1
).
(C
1
) . (2 marks)

(b) Find the distance between the center of (C
1
) and A.
Hence determine whether A lies inside, outside or on (C
1
).
(C
1
) A .
A (C
1
) . (3 marks)

(Contd)
Page 25/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)
(c) Let s be the shortest distance from A to (C
1
).
s (C
1
) A .
(i) Find s. s.
(ii) Another circle (C
2
) has center A and radius s. Find its equation.
(C
2
) As, .
(3 marks)

(d) A line touches the above two circles (C
1
) and (C
2
) at two distinct points
E and F respectively.
(C
1
) (C
2
) E F.

Draw a rough diagram to show this information. Find the length of EF.
, EF . (4 marks)

Page 26/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

25. [91 Q.9]

In Figure 4, the circle
2 2
: 4 2 4 0 S x y x y + + = with center C touches the
x-axis at A. The line : L y mx = , where m is a non-zero constant, passes
through the origin O and touches S at B.

4
2 2
: 4 2 4 0 S x y x y + + = C x A.
: L y mx = , m, OS B.

(a) Find the coordinates of C and A.
C A . (2 marks)

(Contd)
Page 27/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)
(b) Show that m =
4
3
.
m =
4
3
. (5 marks)

(c) (i) Explain why the four points O, A, C, B are concyclic.
O, A, C, B .
(ii) Find the equation of the circle passing through these four points.
. (5 marks)
Page 28/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

26. [95 Q.10]

In Figure 5, A(1, 9) and B(9, 7) are points on a circle C. The center G of the
circle lies on the line l: 4x 3y + 12 = 0.
A(1, 9) B(9, 7) C . Gl: 4x 3y + 12 = 0 .

(a) Find the equation of the line AB.
AB . (2 marks)

(b) Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of AB, and hence the
coordinates of G.
AB , G. (5 marks)

(Contd)
C
Page 29/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)

(c) Find the equation of the circle C.
C . (2 marks)

(d) If DE (not shown in Figure 5) is another chord of the circle C such that
AB and DE are equal and parallel, find
DE (5 ) C AB DE ,
(i) the coordinates of the mid-point of DE, and
DE .
(ii) the equation of the line DE.
DE . (3 marks)

Page 30/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]


Figure 6 shows two circles
6
C
1
:
2 2
1 x y + =
C
2
:
2 2
( 10) 49 x y + =
O is the origin and A is the center of C
2
. QP is an external common tangent to
C
1
and C
2
with points of contact Q and P respectively. The slope of QP is
positive.
OA C
2
. QP C
1
C
2
Q P
. QP .

(a) Write down the coordinates of A and the radius of C
1.

A C
1
. (2 marks)

(Contd)
Page 31/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)

(b) PQ is produced to cut the x-axis at R. Find the x-coordinate of R by
considering similar triangles.
PQx R. R x .
(3 marks)

(c) Using the result of (b), find the slope of QP.
(b) , QP . (2 marks)

(d) Using the result of (b) and (c), find the equation of the external
common tangent QP.
(b) (c) , QP . (3 marks)

Page 32/40

Not for Sale

@@@ @[@@@]

28. [01 Q.17]

(a) In Figure 13, OP is a diameter of the circle.
The altitude QR of the acute-angled triangular
OPQ cuts the circle at S. Let the coordinates
of P and S be (p, 0) and (a, b) respectively.

13 , OP . OPQ
QR S. P S
(p, 0) (a, b).

(i) Find the equation of the circle.
.

(ii) Using (a) or otherwise, show that POQ OQ OP OS = cos
2
.
(a) , POQ OQ OP OS = cos
2
.
(7 marks)

(Contd)

Page 33/40

Not for Sale

@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)

(b) In Figure 14, ABC is an acute-angled triangle. AC and BC are
diameters of the circles AGDC and BCEF respectively.
14 , ABC . AC BC AGDC BCEF
.

(i) Show that BE is an altitude of ABC.
BE ABC .

(ii) Using (a) or otherwise, compare the length of CF with that of CG.
Justify your answer.
(a) , CF CG. .
(4 marks)

Page 34/40

Not for Sale

@@@ @[@@@]

29. [04 Q.16]

In Figure 8, BC is a tangent to the circle OAB
With BC // OA. OA is produced to D such that
AD = OB. BD cuts the circles at E.

8 BC OAB BC // OA.
OA DAD = OB. BD
E

(a) Prove that ADE BOE.
ADE BOE (3 marks)

(b) Prove that BEO = 2BOE.
BEO = 2BOE (3 marks)

(Contd)
Page 35/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)

(c) Suppose OE is a diameter of the circle OAEB.
OE OAEB

(i) Find BOE.
BOE

(ii) A rectangular coordinate system is introduced in Figure 8 so
that the coordinates of O and B are (0, 0) and (6, 0) respectively.
Find the equation of the circle OAEB.
8 OB
(0, 0) (6, 0)OAEB (5 marks)

Page 36/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

30. [05 Q.17]

(a) In Figure 7(a), MN is a diameter of the circle MONR. The chord RO is
perpendicular to the straight line POQ. RNQ and RMP are straight lines.
7(a) , MN MONR . ROPOQ. RNQ,
RNQ RMP .

(i) By considering the triangles OQR and ORP, prove that OR
2
= OPOQ.
OQR ORP, OR
2
= OPOQ.

(ii) Prove that MON ~ POR.
MON ~ POR. (5 marks)

(Contd)
Page 37/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)

(b) A rectangular coordinate system, with O as the origin, is introduced to
Figure 7(a) so that R lies on the positive y-axis and the coordinates of P
and Q are (4, 0) and (9, 0) respectively (see Figure 7(b)).
7(a) O, R y ,
P Q (4, 0) (9, 0) (7(b) ).

(i) Find the coordinates of R.
R .

(ii) If the center of the circle MONR lies on the second quadrant and

3 13
2
ON = , find the equation of the circle MONR.
MONR
3 13
2
ON = , MONR
. (6 marks)

Page 38/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

31.[English version]

(a) In Figure 7(a), OP is a common tangent to the circles C
1
and C
2
at the points
O and P respectively. The common chord KM when produced intersects OP
at N. R and S are points on KO and KP respectively such that the straight
line RMS is parallel to OP.
(i) By considering triangles NPM and NKP, prove that NM NK NP =
2
.
(ii) Prove that RM = MS.

(Contd)
Page 39/40

Not for Sale
@@@ @[@@@]

(Contd)
(b) A rectangular coordinate system, with O as the origin, is introduced to
Figure 7(a) so that the coordinates of P and M are (p, 0) and (a, b)
respectively (see Figure (b)). The straight line RS meets C
1
and C
2
again at F
and G respectively while the straight lines FO and GP meet at Q.
(i) Express FG in terms of p.
(ii) Express the coordinates of F and Q in terms of a and b.
(iii) Prove that triangle QRS is isosceles.

Chapter 6 : Inequalities
Page 2 / 33
Not for sale

Introduction to Inequalities Q@@Q)

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@]Q@@@@@@@
@Q\@@@

a b a = b
a b a > b
a b a < b
a b a b
a b a b
a b ab

@Q_@@@@@@@@@Q@@]@

@@_@@_@@? @@@

_@@
(Quadratic inequality)
ax
2
+ bx + c > 0

@ x
2
+ 2x + 3 > 0
(x + 1)(x + 2) > 0

@@@
(Linear inequality)
Ax + B > 0

@ 3x + 6 > 0
3x > 6
x > 2

@ -

@

Page 3 / 33
Not for sale

Compound Linear Inequalities @@Q@)

j@_@@@@@@~\@@@@@ (Compound
Linear Inequalities) @@@

Q@Q@@@@Q@@@@@@@@@@@@
e.g. ( x < 1 x > 4 ) x > 5

1 4
1 4
1 4
1 4
x > 1 x > 4
x > 4
x < 1 x < 4
x < 1
x > 1 x < 4
1 < x < 4
x < 1 x > 4

x > 1 x > 4
x > 1
x < 1 x < 4
x < 4
x < 1 x > 4
x < 1 x > 4

x > 1 x < 4

(AND)
!
(OR)
!
1 4 5
@@@ x > 5 !
Page 4 / 33
Not for sale


Solve the following inequalities:

1. 4 6 1 x + and 3 2 5 x >

2. 3 4 3 x or 4 3 7 x >

3. 3 2 2 4 3 x x x
Page 5 / 33
Not for sale


4. 3 1 5 2 x x + < + or 2 7 4 x x + > +

5.
3 3 5
1
2 2 3
x x x +

6. (4 2 2 4 or 2 3 4 9) and 4 8 x x x x x + < + >
Page 6 / 33
Not for sale

(@@Q@ @@Q@ @@Q@ @@Q@) (@@Q@)
(@@Q@) (@@Q@)
Quadratic Inequality @@Q@)

@@@QQ@@@Q@,@@Q@, Q@@@@
@@@Q@Q\@@

@@Q@,@@Q@,Q@@

@@Q@,@@Q@,Q@@

@ ab > 0 (@)@

a > 0 a < 0
b > 0 b < 0
@
@ ab < 0 (@)@

a > 0 a < 0
b < 0 b > 0
@
@ a > 0 @ b > 0
@ ab > 0 (@@Q@)
@ a < 0 @ b < 0
@ ab > 0 (@@Q@)
@ a > 0 @ b < 0
@ ab < 0 (@@Q@)
@ a < 0 @ b > 0
@ ab < 0 (@@Q@)
Page 7 / 33
Not for sale

2
2 7 15 0
( 5)(2 3) 0
5 0 5 0
or
2 3 0 2 3 0
5 5
or
1.5 1.5
5 1.5 or No solution
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
+ <
+ <
+ > + <

< >

> <

< >

< <

5 < x < 1.5

@@@@@@@@@@@@Q_@@@@@Q@@
@@@@Q\_@@@@

e.g. Solve 2x
2
+ 7x 15 < 0.

@
@ (x a)(x b) < 0 @

(x a) > 0 (x a) < 0
(x b) < 0 (x b) > 0
@

Cases
Cases
!
@ (x a)(x b) > 0 @

(x a) > 0 (x a) < 0
(x b) > 0 (x b) < 0
Page 8 / 33
Not for sale



1.
2
6 0 x x + <

2.
2
4 8 5 0 x x

3.
2
6 2 0 x x
Page 9 / 33
Not for sale



4.
2
2 7 15 0 x x + + >

5.
2
4 x >

6.
2
0 x
Page 10 / 33
Not for sale

2
2 7 15 0
( 5)(2 3) 0
x x
x x
+ <
+ <

5 < x < 1.5
2
3 10 0
( 5)( 2) 0
x x
x x
+
+

x 5 or x 2

@@@@@_@@@@@@@@@@@@@_@@@
@

@ < @_@@@@@,

e.g.1 Solve 2x
2
+ 7x 15 < 0.

e.g.2 Solve x
2
+ 3x 10 0.
@ (x )(x ) > 0 @
x < @ x >
@ (x )(x ) < 0 @
< x < O
x
y

O
x
y

5 1.5

5 2
Page 11 / 33
Not for sale



1.
2
2 9 10 0 x x

2.
2
3 5 0 x x >

3.
2
9 6 1 0 x x + + >

4.
2
9 6 1 0 x x + + <

Page 12 / 33
Not for sale


@@@_@@@@@@@ @ @@@Q@@@@
Q@@@@@ -

@@ a > 0 @ < 0

@ ~
@
2
0 ax bx c + + > @ 0
@ @@@Q@@@

@ _
@
2
0 ax bx c + + < @ 0
@ @@@@@

@@ a > 0 @ = 0

@ ~
@
2
0 ax bx c + +
@ @@@Q@@@

@ _
@
2
0 ax bx c + + >
@ @@@Q@@@x @x

@ @
@
2
0 ax bx c + +
@ @@@x =

@ @
@
2
0 ax bx c + + <
@ @@@@@

@ a < 0 @,@@@@Q@@@@@@Q@@@@@@@

O
x
y

O
x
y

@
2
0 ax bx c + + = @
@ x =
Page 13 / 33
Not for sale



1.
2
2 12 18 0 x x +

2.
2
9 6 1 0 x x + + <

3.
2
2 7 0 x x + <

4.
2
2 7 10 0 x x + +

Page 14 / 33
Not for sale

Since
2
( 3) 0 x mx m + + > for all x,
< 0
2
2
( ) 4(1)( 3) 0
4 12 0
( 2)( 6) 0
m m
m m
m m
+ <
<
<

2 < m < 6

@@ Q@@@@ (all real values) @@@@_@@@@
@@@@\

e.g. Find the range of values of m for which
2
( 3) 0 x mx m + + > for all real
values of x
mx
2
( 3) 0 x mx m + + >

@Q@@@x ax
2
+ bx + c > 0

a > 0 @ @@ @ < 0
O x
y

@Q@@@x ax
2
+ bx + c < 0

a < 0 @ @@ @ < 0
O
x
y

Key step:
Set < 0 !!!

Page 15 / 33
Not for sale


1. Find the range of real values of k for which
2
6 ( 8) 0 kx x k + + < for all real value of x.
k x
2
6 ( 8) 0 kx x k + + <

2. Find the range of real values of m if
2
2 4 ( 1) 0 x mx m + + = has two positive roots.
m
2
2 4 ( 1) 0 x mx m + + =
Page 16 / 33
Not for sale
HKCEE Questions (Level 1)

1. [A.Math 1998 Paper I Q.6(a)]
Solve
2
6 16 0 x x > . (3 marks)

2. [A.Math 1993 Paper I Q.5 Modified]
Solve
2
2 3 5 x x + + . (4 marks)

Page 17 / 33
Not for sale

Solve the inequality x(x 2) < 1. (4 marks)

Solve the inequality x(x + 5) > 6. (4 marks)
Page 18 / 33
Not for sale

Solve the inequality (x + 2)(x 2) < 5. (5 marks)

6. [A.Math 1978 Paper I]
Find the range of x satisfying the inequality ( 2)( 3) 2( 2) x x x + < .
( 2)( 3) 2( 2) x x x + < x
(6 marks)

Page 19 / 33
Not for sale

Solve
2
( 2) 8( 2) 15 0 x x + + + . (4 marks)

Page 20 / 33
Not for sale

8. [A.Math 1986 Paper I Q.7]
Solve
3
2 x
x
> + for each of the following cases:

3
2 x
x
> + :

(a) x > 0,
(b) x < 0.
(7 marks)

Page 21 / 33
Not for sale

By considering the two cases x > 0 and x < 0, or otherwise, solve the inequality
x > 0 x < 0

5
4 x
x
> (6 marks)
Page 22 / 33
Not for sale

Solve
1
1
x
> . (3 marks)

Solve 2
1
x
x
>
. (4 marks)
Page 23 / 33
Not for sale

Solve the inequality
2( 1)
1
2
x
x
+
. (4 marks)

2 3
1
1
x
x
+
. (4 marks)
Page 24 / 33
Not for sale

Find the range of values of for which the equation
2
4 2 (2 1) 0 x x x + + + + = has no
real roots.

2
4 2 (2 1) 0 x x x + + + + =
(5 marks)

Page 25 / 33
Not for sale

Find the range of values of k for which the equation
2 2
2 5 ( 1) x x k x + + = + has no real
roots.
k
2 2
2 5 ( 1) x x k x + + = +
(5 marks)

Page 26 / 33
Not for sale

16. [A.Math 2006 Q.4]
If
2
0 kx x k + + > for all real values of x, where k 0, find the range of possible values
of k.
x
2
0 kx x k + + > k 0 k
(4 marks)

Page 27 / 33
Not for sale

17. [A.Math 2005 Q.5]
Find the range of values of k such that
2
1 ( 2) x x k x > for all real values of x.
x
2
1 ( 2) x x k x > k
(4 marks)
Page 28 / 33
Not for sale

Let f(x) =
2
4 4 15 x mx m + + + , where m is a constant.
Find the discriminant if the equation f(x) = 0.
Hence or otherwise, find the range of values of m so that f(x) > 0 for all real values of x.

f(x) =
2
4 4 15 x mx m + + + , m
f(x) = 0
m x f(x) > 0
(5 marks)
Page 29 / 33
Not for sale

Let f(x) = x + (1 m)x +2m 5, where m is a constant.
Find the discriminant of the equation f(x) = 0.
Hence, find the range of values of m so that f(x) > 0 for all real values of x.

f(x) = x + (1 m)x +2m 5, m
f(x) = 0
m x f(x) > 0
(5 marks)
Page 30 / 33
Not for sale

Let f(x) = 2x + 2(k 4)x + k, where k is real.

2
( ) 2 2( 4) f x x k x k = + + k

(a) Find the discriminant of the equation f(x) = 0.
f(x) = 0

(b) If the graph y = f(x) lies above the x-axis for all values of x, find the range of
possible values of k.
x y = f(x) x k
(5 marks)

Page 31 / 33
Not for sale

2
4 0 x ax , where a is real.
If among the possible values of x satisfying the above inequality, the greatest is 4, find
the least value satisfying the inequality.

2
4 0 x ax a
x 4
(6 marks)

Page 32 / 33
Not for sale

C is the curve
2
1
[2 ( 7) 4]
1
y x k x
k
= + + +
+
, where k is a real number not equal to 1.
C
2
1
[2 ( 7) 4]
1
y x k x
k
= + + +
+
k 1

(a) If C cuts the x-axis at two points P and Q and PQ = 1, find the value(s) of k.
C x P Q PQ = 1 k
(6 marks)
(b) Find the range of values of k such that C does not cut the x-axis.
Cx k (4 marks)

Chapter 7 : Linear Programming
Page 2/31

Not for Sale

Linear Programming
@@@@

e.g. Business of producing nuts
..

A company produces two brands, A and B, of mixed nuts by putting peanuts
and almonds together. A packet of brand A mixed nuts contains 40 g of
peanuts and 10 g of almonds. A packet of brand B mixed nuts contains
30 g of peanuts and 25 g of almonds. The company has 2 400 kg of peanuts,
1 200 kg of almonds and 70 carton boxes. Each carton box can pack 1 000
brand A packets or 800 brand B packets.
The profits generated by a box of brand A mixed nuts and a box of brand B
mixed nuts are $800 and $1 000 respectively. Suppose x boxes of brand A
mixed nuts and y boxes of brand B mixed nuts are produced. Find x and y so
that the profit is the greatest. (8 marks)

A B
A 40 g 10 g B
30 g 25 g 2 400 kg 1 200 kg
70 1 000 A 800 B

A B $800
$1 000 x A y B
x y (8 )
[HKCEE 00 Q15(a)]

@@@@@@@@@

SHOW ! LETS GO!!
Page 3/31

Not for Sale

3 Steps for Linear Programming (1
st
Step: Set inequalities)
@@@@@@ @@@@

Step 1 : Setting up inequalities ( )

Summary Table ( ):

A: x
(1000 )
40 g 1 000
= 40 000 g
= 40 kg
10 g 1 000
= 10 000 g
= 10 kg

B : y
(800 )
30 g 800
= 24 000 g
= 24 kg
25 g 800
= 20 000 g
= 20 kg

Constrains ( ):

: 2 400 kg : 1 200 kg : 70
40x + 24y 2 400 10x + 20y 1 200 x + y 70

40x + 24y 2 400 5x + 3y 300
10x + 20y 1 200 x + 2y 120
x + y 70 x + y 70

@g@@~

A AA A ( )

B BB B ( )

40kg 10kg 24kg 20kg
Page 4/31

Not for Sale

nd
Step: Draw lines)
@@@@@@ @_@@

Step 2 : Draw the inequalities ( )

5x + 3y 300
x + 2y 120
x + y 70

x
y

=
Tips: x = 0 y = 0
/
5x + 3y = 300
(0,0)

5x + 3y = 300

CHECK:

x = 0 y = 0

5x + 3y = 5(0) + 3(0)
= 0
300
(0,0)

Page 5/31

Not for Sale

nd
Step: Draw lines)
@@@@@@ @_@@

5x + 3y = 300
x + 2y = 120
5x + 3y = 300
x + 2y = 120
x + y = 70

x + 2y = 120
x 0 60 120
y 60 30 0

x + y = 70
x 0 30 70
y 70 40 0

Page 6/31

Not for Sale

rd
Step: Shade region)
@@@@@@ @@ @

Step 3 : Find the vertex, calculate the max / min value
( / )

Profit = 800x + 1000y
At (0, 60), Profit = 800(0) + 1 000(60) = $ 60 000
At (20, 50), Profit = 800(20) + 1 000(50) = $ 66 000
At (45, 25), Profit = 800(45) + 1 000(25) = $ 61 000
At (60, 0), Profit = 800(60) + 1 000(0) = $ 48 000

Max. profit is $ 66 000 when x = 20 and y = 50.
$ 66 000x = 20 y = 50
5x + 3y = 300
x + 2y = 120
x + y = 70

(vertex)

(0, 60), (20, 50),
(45, 25), (60, 0),
(0, 0)

(vertex)

Page 7/31

Not for Sale

Linear Programming: Shade region in faster way!
@@@@ - @@@

Q@@@Q@Q@@ A@@@
@

@Q@@Q@@@@@

_

2x + 5y 3 2x + 5y 3
2x 5y 3 2x 5y 3
Ax + By C Ax + By C
@ < @Q@ @ > @Q@
Page 8/31

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Shade region)
@@@ @

1. [95 M.C.8]
Which of the following shaded regions represents the solution of
j__j
0 2
3
0
y x
y x
y
?

A. I
B. II
C. III
D. IV
E. V

2. [00 M.C.42]
According to the figure, which of the following represents the solution of?
j__[ j__j

3 0
4 0
y
y x
x
?

A. I
B. II
C. I and VI
D. II and III
E. II, III and IV
Page 9/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @

3. [96 M.C.9]
In the figure, (x, y) is any point in the shaded region (including the boundary).
(x, y) ()

I. x y
II. x + y 4
III. x 6

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and III
E. II and III

4. [05 M.C.41]
Which of the regions in the figure may represent the solution of?
j__j
2
2
0
x
x y
x y

?

A. I
B. II
C. III
D. IV
Page 10/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @

5. [01 M.C.49]
The shaded region in the figure represents the solution of one of the following
systems of inequalities. Which is it?

__[_|__j

A.
+

0
6
0 2
x
y x
y x

B.
+

0
6
0 2
y
y x
y x

C.
+

0
6
0 2
y
y x
y x

D.
+

0
6
0 2
y
y x
y x

E.
+

0
6
0 2
x
y x
y x

Page 11/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @

6. [97 M.C.9]
Which of the following systems of inequalities has its solution represented by
the shaded region in the figure?

A.
+
6
6
x
y x
y x

B.
+
6
6
y
y x
y x

C.
+
6
6
x
y x
y x

D.
+
6
6
y
y x
y x

E.
+
6
6
x
y x
y x

Page 12/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @

7. [91 M.C.38]
Which one of the following shaded regions represents the solution of
___[_|__j

+
4 0
4 0
6 2
y
x
y x
?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Page 13/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @

8. [04 M.C.43]
Which of the following shaded regions may represent the solution of x y 2?
___[_|_ x y 2 j

A.

B.

C.

D.

Page 14/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @

9. [98 M.C.41]
If b < 0 and c < 0 , which of the following shaded regions may represent the
solution of x + by + c 0?

0 < b 0 < c 0 + + c by x

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Page 15/31

Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Find Max. Point in shaded region)
@@@ @Q@]@

10. [94 M.C.5]
In the figure, (x , y) is a point in the shaded region (including the boundary)
and x , y are integers. Find the greatest value of 3x +y .

(x, y) () 3x +y

A. 7
B. 8
C. 9.2
D. 10
E. 10.5

11. [99 M.C.43]
In the figure, find the point (x , y) in the shaded region (including the boundary)
at which bx ay + 3 attains its greatest value.

__[_|(___}_ 3 + ay bx _]__j_ (x, y)

A. (0, 0)
B. ( a , b)
C. (a, b)
D. (b, a)
E. (b, a)

Page 16/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @Q@]@

12. [93 M.C.6]
Find the greatest value of 3x + 2y if (x , y) is a point lying in the region
OABCD (including the boundary).

(x, y) OABCD () 3x +2y

A. 15
B. 13
C. 12
D. 9
E. 8

Page 17/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @Q@]@

13. [06 M.C.41]
In the figure, O is the origin. The equation of AB is 2x + y 8 = 0 and the
equation of BC is 2x + 3y 12 = 0. If (x , y) is a point lying in the shaded
region OABC (including the boundary), then the greatest value of x + 3y + 4 is

OAB 2x + y 8 = 0 BC
2x + 3y 12 = 0 (x, y) OABC () x + 3y + 4

A. 8
B. 13
C. 16
D. 28

Page 18/31

Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (3 Steps of Linear Programming)
@@@ @@[@@@

14. [92 Q.3]

In Figure 1, the shaded region, including the boundary, is determined by three
inequalities.
1 , () .
]
(a) Write down the three inequalities.
.

(b) How many points (x , y) , where x and y are both integers,
satisfy the three inequalities in (a) ?
(a) (x , y) (4 marks)
Page 19/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @@[@@@

15. [96 Q.9]
In Figure 4. R is the region (including the boundary) bounded by the three
straight lines
4 , R () .
0 7 2 3 :
1
= + y x L ,
0 7 5 3 :
2
= + y x L and
0 7 2 :
3
= y x L .

1
L and
2
L intersect at A(1 , 2).

2
L and
3
L intersect at B(6 , 5).

(a) Find the coordinates of C at which
1
L and
3
L intersect.

1
L
3
L C .

(b) Write down the three inequalities which define the region R.
R .

(c) Find the maximum value of 7 2 2 y x where (x , y) is any point in
the region R.
(x , y) R , 7 2 2 y x . (6 marks)
Page 20/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @@[@@@

16. [90 Q.5]

In Figure 1, the shaded region ABCDE is bounded by the five given lines
1
,
2
,
3
,
4
and
5
. The line 0 4 : = + y x passes through the origin O.
Let 2 4 + = y x P , where (x , y) is any point in the shaded region including the
boundary. Find the greatest and the least values of P.
1 , ABCDE
1
,
2
,
3
,
4

5
. 0 4 : = + y x
O. 2 4 + = y x P , (x , y) () . P
. (6 marks)
Page 21/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @@[@@@

17. [91 Q.8]

In Figure 3,
1
L is the line x = 4 ,
2
L is the line passing through the point (0 , 2)
with slope 1 , and
3
L is the line passing through the points (5 , 0) and (0 , 5).
3 ,
1
L x = 4 ,
2
L (0 , 2) 1 ,
3
L
(5 , 0) (0 , 5).

(a) Find the equations of
2
L and
3
L .

2
L
3
L . (3 marks)

(Contd)
Page 22/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @@[@@@

(Contd)

(b) Write down the three inequalities which determine the shaded region,
including the boundary.
() . (3 marks)

(c) Suppose 3 2 + = y x P and (x , y) is any point satisfying all the
inequalities in (b).
3 2 + = y x P , (x , y) (a) .

(i) Find the point (x , y) at which P is a minimum.
What is this minimum value of P ?
(x , y) P . P

(ii) If 7 P , by adding a suitable straight line to Figure 3, find the
range of possible values of x.
7 P , 3 , x .
(6 marks)

Page 23/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @@[@@@

18. [94 Q.11]
(a) Draw the following straight lines on the graph paper below :

10 = + y x
12 2 = + y x
y x 3 2 = (3 marks)

Page 24/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @@[@@@

(Contd) (English version)

(b) Mr. Chan intends to employ a contractor to build a rectangular flower bed ABCD
with length AB equal to x meters and width BC equal to y meters. This project
includes building a wall of length x meters along the side AB and fences along the
other three sides as shown in Figure 5.
Mr. Chan wishes to have the total length of the four sides of the flower bed not less
than 20 meters, and he also adds the condition that twice the length of the flower
bed should not less than three times its width. However, no contractor will build
the fences if their total length is less than 12 meters.
(i) Write down all the above constraints for x and y .
(ii) Mr. Chan has to pay the contractor $500 per meter for building the wall and
$300 per meter for building the fences. Find the length and width of the
flower bed so that the total payment for building the wall and fences is the
minimum. Find also the minimum total payment. (9 marks)

Page 25/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @@[@@@

(Contd) ( )

(b) ABCD, AB
x , BC y . AB x
, 5 .
, ,
12 .
(i) x y .
(ii) $500,
$300. ,
, . (9 marks)

Page 26/31

Not for Sale
HKCEE Q question (3 Steps of Linear Programming)
@@@ @@[@@@

19. [98 Q.18]

Miss Chan makes cookies and cakes for a school fair. The ingredients needed
to make a trays of cookies and a tray of cakes are as follows:

Flour Sugar Eggs
Cookies 0.32 kg 0.24 kg 2
Cakes 0.28 kg 0.36 kg 10

Miss Chan has 4.48 kg of flour, 4.32 kg of sugar and 100 eggs, from which
she makes x trays of cookies and y trays of cakes.
4.48 4.32 100 x
y

(a) Write down the inequalities that represent the constraints on x and y. Let R
be the region of points representing ordered pairs (x, y) which satisfy these
inequalities. Draw and shade the region R in Figure 11.
x y R
(x, y) 11 R.
(7 marks)

(Contd)
Page 27/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @@[@@@

(Contd)

(b) The profit from selling a tray of cookies is $90, and that from selling a tray
of cakes is $120. If x and y are integers, find the maximum possible profit.
$90 $120
x y (4 marks)

Page 28/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @@[@@@

20. [01 Q.15]

(a) In Figure 9, shade the region that represents the solution to the following
constraints:
_ 9 ]j_]]j_|___[

>

. 15 2 5
, 9 0
, 9 1
y x
y
x
(4 marks)

(b) A restaurant has 90 tables. Figure 10 shows its floor plan where a circle
represents a table. Each table is assigned a 2-digit number from 10 to 99. A
rectangular coordinate system is introduced to the floor plan such that the
table numbered 10x + y is located at (x, y) where x is the tens digit and y is
the unit digit of the table number. The table numbered 42 has been marked
in the figure as an illustration.
[_,90 _[_ 10 __[___ ___j
_[__[____10 _99 _]_[___
____j 10x + y _[_ (x, y) ] xy _
__]___]__j42 _[] (Contd)
Page 29/31

Not for Sale
@@@ @@[@@@

(Contd)
The restaurant is partitioned into two areas, one smoking and one non-
smoking. Only those tables with the digits of their table numbers satisfying
the constraints in (a) are in the smoking area.
_[___Q,__,,_____]__(a)
_]][_____

(i) In Figure 10, shade all the circles which represent the tables in the
smoking area.
_ 10 ][,j___[____[

(ii) Two tables are randomly selected, one after another and without
replacement from the 90 tables. Find the probability that
_90 _[ jj__]__[
q][
(I) the first selected table is in the smoking area;
___[____
(II) of the two selected tables, one is in the smoking area, and the
other is in the non-smoking area and its number is a multiple of 3.
___[_____|_,
___]__3 ] (7 marks)

Page 30/31

Not for Sale

@@@ @@[@@@

21. [02 Q.17]

(a) Figure 11 shows two straight lines L
1
and L
2
. L
1
cuts the coordinates axes at
the points (5k, 0) and (0, 9k) while L
2
cuts the coordinates axes at the points
(12k, 0) and (0, 5k), where k is a positive integer. Find the equations of L
1

and L
2
.
11 L
1
L
2
L
1
(5k, 0) (0, 9k)
L
2
(12k, 0) (0, 5k) k L
1
L
2

(2 marks)

Page 31/31

Not for Sale
(Contd)
@@@ @@[@@@

(Contd)
(b) A factory has two production lines A and B. Line A required 45 man-hours to
produce an article and the production of each article discharges 50 units of
pollutants. To produce the same article, line B requires 25 man-hours and
discharges 120 units of pollutants. The profit yielded by each article produced by
the production line A is $3 000 and the profit yielded by each article produced by
the production lines B is $2 000.
A B A
45 50
B 25 120 A
$3 000 B $2 000

(i) The factory has 225 man-hours available and the total amount of pollutants
discharged must not exceed 600 units. Let the number of articles produced
by the production lines A and B be x and y respectively. Write down the
appropriate inequalities and by putting k = 1 in Figure11, find the greatest
possible profit of the factory.
225 600
A B x y
k = 1 11

(ii) Suppose now the factory has 450 man-hours available and the total amount
of pollutants discharged must not exceed 1200 units. Using Figure 11,
find the greatest possible profit.
450
1200 11 (9 marks)

PATRICK CHUNG Mathemati PATRICK CHUNG Mathemati PATRICK CHUNG Mathemati PATRICK CHUNG Mathematics cs cs cs 2010/11 2010/11 2010/11 2010/11
Chapter. 10 : Probability
Page 2/55
Not for Sale

Basic Probability
@

@@@@]@@

1 @ (Table)
e.g.1

2 @@@ (Tree Diagram)
e.g.2

1 2 3 4 5 6
1
2
3
4
5
6

@@
@@
@@
@@
P() =
6
36

=
1
6

P(1 1 ) =
2
4

=
1
2

@@@
36 6
@@@
4 2
Page 3/55
Not for Sale

Basic Probability
@

1. Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability of the following event:

(a) getting two prime numbers,
,
(b) the sum is less than 5.
5.

2. Two cards are drwan from the Fig 2. Find the probability of the following event:
2

(a) getting two red cards,
,
(b) getting two face cards.
.

2
Page 4/55
Not for Sale

Mutually Exclusive, Dependent and Independent Event
@@@@@ @ @@@

@Q

Just @@Q @@Q @@Q @@Q @@@@@@ @@@@@@ @@@@@@ @@@@@@

@@Q @ @@Q

Just Stephy

g(
@@
q
@@

@Q @@
Q@$@@ @Q@@ @@Q@

@@Q
@@@@
@@Q

g( @@ q @@ @@Q

g( @@ q @@ @@Q
Page 5/55
Not for Sale

Additional Law and Multiplication Law of Probability
@@@Q @ @@Q

1 @@@@@ @Q
e.g.3 The following is the distribution of the Maths Exam in HKCEE:

If we choose a candidate at random , find the probability that the
student got a pass in Maths Exam.

2 @@@@ @@Q @ @@Q
e.g.4 There are 3 sheep and 2 cows in a farm, if we choose two at random,
find the probability that both are cows.
3 2

A B C D E F U
0.03 0.07 0.2 0.25 0.25 0.15 0.05

P(Pass)
= 0.03 0.07 0.2 0.25 0.25 + + + +
= 0.8

P(Both are cows)
=
2 1
5 4

=
1
10

A, B, C ,E

2
5

1
4

Page 6/55
Not for Sale

Additional Law x Multiplication Law (Application)
@@@Q @@Q @@]

Q@@@@,@@@Q@

e.g.5 There are 3 sheep and 2 cows in a farm, if we choose two at random,
find the probability that one of them is a sheep and another is a cow.
3 2 1 1

@2 @ 1 q1 $

@@ @@
@1t

3 2
5 4

3/5 2/4 +

@2t

2 3
5 4

2/5 3/4
P(A cow and a sheep)
P(1 1 )
=
3 2 2 3
5 4 5 4
+

=
3
5

@@@,

Page 7/55
Not for Sale

Additional Law x Multiplication Law (Application)
@@@Q @@Q @@]

1. A farm has 5 cows and 5 pigs. Find the probability of the following event:
5 5

(a) 1 cow and 2 pigs are chosen,
1 2 .

(b) 2 cow and 1 pigs are chosen,
2 1 .

Page 8/55
Not for Sale

P(not E) = 1 P(E)
Complementary Event
@Q@

@@@@ [( |qg( [( |qg( [( |qg( [( |qg( @@@@

e.g.6 If we toss 3 coins at a time, find the probability that at least one of
them is head.
3

$1 $1 $1
? ?
? ?
? ?

@ - @
@@
P(All are Tails)
P( )
=
1 1 1
2 2 2

=
1
8

P(At least 1 Head)
P( 1 )
= 1 (
1 1 1
2 2 2

)
=
7
8

@@

@@[( |qg( [( |qg( [( |qg( [( |qg( @
@@@@@@@@@@@@
@@@@@Q
e.g. @~@@@

@@ @ @@
@@Q
Page 9/55
Not for Sale
Complementary Event
@Q@

1. Three fair dice are thrown. Find the probability of the following event:

(a) getting none of dice are 5,
5,

(b) getting all 5.
5.

(c) getting at least one 5.
5.

Page 10/55
Not for Sale

P(B A) =
(B and A)
(A)
P
P

Conditional Probability
@@

@@@@@ Qi Qi Qi Qi @@@@Q

e.g.7 AB7

Given that the animal chosen is a cow, find the probability that the
cow chosen is came from Farm A.
A

@@@Q
P(From Farm ACow)
=
(From Farm A and Cow)
(Cow)
P
P

=
2

7
3
7

=
2
3

3 2 A

2
3

06

@@[
@@Q
Page 11/55
Not for Sale

Conditional Probability
@@

1. Search for mad cow

Each of Farm A and Farm B have 1000 cows.
Some cows are normal, but some cows are mad!
The details are as follows:
AB1000

Normal Cow Mad Cow
Farm A 950 50
Farm B 800 200

If a cow is drawn randomly, find the probability of the following events:

(a) P(Mad Cow)

(b) P(From Farm A)

(c) P(Mad Cow | From Farm A)

(d) P(From Farm A | Mad Cow)

VS

Page 12/55
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Basic Probability Table )
@@@ @ - @]

1. [97 M.C.25]
Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability that the sum of the two numbers
shown is 8.
8

A.
4
1

B.
6
1

C.
11
1

D.
12
1

E.
36
5

2. [93 M.C.31]
Two fair dice are thrown. What is the probability of getting a total of 5 or 10 ?
5 10

A.
9
1

B.
36
5

C.
6
1

D.
36
7

E.
9
2

Page 13/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @ - @]

3. [94 M.C.31]
A box contains 5 eggs, 2 of which are rotten. If 2 eggs are chosen at random,
find the probability that exactly one of them is rotten
5 2

A.
5
2

B.
5
3

C.
10
3

D.
25
6

E.
25
12

4. [92 M.C.33]
Two cards are drawn randomly from five cards A, B, C, D and E. Find the
probability that card A is drawn while card C is not.
A B C D E A
C

A.
25
3

B.
20
3

C.
25
4

D.
25
6

E.
10
3

Page 14/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @ - @]

5. [98 M.C.35]
Two cards are drawn randomly from five cards 2, 2, 3, 5 and 5 respectively.
Find the probability that the sum of the numbers on the cards drawn is 5.
2 2 3 5 5
5
A.
5
1

B.
5
2

C.
10
1

D.
25
2

E.
25
4

6. [99 M.C.35]
Two cards are drawn randomly from four cards numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4
respectively. Find the probability that the sum of the numbers drawn is odd.
1 2 3 4

A.
6
1

B.
4
1

C.
3
1

D.
2
1

E.
3
2

Page 15/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @ - @]

7. [00 M.C.22]
A bag contains six balls which are marked with the numbers 3, 2, 1, 1, 2
and 3 respectively. Two balls are drawn randomly from the bag. Find the
probability that the sum of the numbers drawn is zero.
3 2 1 1 2 3

A.
30
1

B.
10
1

C.
5
1

D.
3
1

E.
2
1

8. [02 M.C.35]
Two numbers are drawn randomly from five cards numbered 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7
respectively. Find the probability that the product of the numbers drawn is
even.
3 4 5 6 7

A.
5
3

B.
10
1

C.
10
7

D.
25
16

Page 16/55
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Basic Probability Table)
@@@ @ - @]

9. [01 M.C.35]
Two cards are drawn randomly from five cards numbered 1, 2, 3, 4 and 4
respectively. Find the probability that the sum of the numbers drawn is even.
1 2 3 4 4

A.
2
1

B.
5
2

C.
10
3

D.
10
7

E.
25
13

10. [03 M.C.35]
1232 is a 5-digit number, where is an integer from 0 to 9 inclusive. The
probability that the 5-digit number is divisible by 4 is
1232 0 9 (0 9 )
4

A.
3
1

B.
4
1

C.
5
1

D.
10
3

Page 17/55
Not for Sale

@@@ @ - @]

11. [95 M.C.32]
The figure shows that Mr. Chan has 3 ways to leave town X and Mr. Lee has 2
ways to leave town Y. Mr. Chan and Mr. Lee leave town X and town Y
respectively at the same time. If they select their ways randomly, find the
probability that they will meet on their way.

3 X 2 Y
X Y

A.
2
1

B.
3
1

C.
3
2

D.
6
1

E.
6
5

12. [04 M.C.33]
A bag contains 3 red balls and 4 green balls. If two balls are drawn randomly
from the bag one by one without replacement, then the probability that the two
balls are of different colours is
3 4

A.
2
7

B.
4
7

C.
12
49

D.
24
49

Page 18/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @ - @]

13. [06 M.C.33]
Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability that the sum of the two numbers
thrown is a prime number.

A.
1
2

B.
5
11

C.
5
12

D.
7
18

14. [07 M.C.33]
Two numbers are drawn randomly from five cards numbered 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
respectively. Find the probability that the sum of the numbers drawn is a
multiple of 3.
1 2 3 4 5
3

A.
2
5

B.
3
10

C.
9
20

D.
9
25

Page 19/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @ - @]

15. [06 M.C.52]
One letter is chosen randomly from each of the two words FORTY and
FIFTY . Find the probability that the two letters chosen are the same.
FORTY FIFTY

A. 0.08
B. 0.16
C. 0.32
D. 0.48

16. [07 M.C.54]
One letter is chosen randomly from each of the two words CUBE and
CONE . Find the probability that the two letters chosen are different.
CUBE CONE

A.
1
4

B.
3
4

C.
1
8

D.
7
8

Page 20/55
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Additional and Multiplication Law)
@@@ @@@@@Q]

17. [97 M.C.26]
In a test, there are 3 questions. For each question, the probability that John
correctly answers it is
5
2
. Find the probability that he gets exactly 2 questions
correct.
3
5
2

A.
3
2

B.
25
4

C.
25
12

D.
125
12

E.
125
36

18. [91 M.C.32]
A fair die is thrown 3 times. The probability that 6 occurs exactly once is
3 6
A.
3
1

B.
3
6
1

C.
6
1
3
1

D.
2
6
5
6
1

E.
2
6
5
6
1
3

Page 21/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@Q]

19. [95 M.C.31]
In a shooting game, the probability that A will hit a target is
5
3
and the probability
that B will hit it is
3
2
. If each fires once, what is the probability that they will both
miss the target?

5
3

3
2

A.
3
1

B.
4
1

C.
5
2

D.
15
2

E.
15
11

20. [96 M.C.34]
There are 10 parcels. Two of them contain one pen each. If a man opens the parcels
at random, what is the probability that he can find the two pens by opening two
parcels only?
10

A.
25
1

B.
45
1

C.
50
1

D.
90
1

E.
100
1

Page 22/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@@@@Q]

21. [07 M.C.53]
A bag contain 8 black balls and 5 white balls. If two balls are drawn randomly
from the bag one by one without replacement, then the probability that the two
balls are of the same colour is
8 5 (
)

A.
14
39

B.
19
39

C.
89
156

D.
89
169

Page 23/55
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Complementary Event)
@@@ @Q@]

22. [96 M.C.35]
In a certain game, the probability that John will win is 0.3 . If he plays the
game 3 times, find the probability that he will win at least once.
0.3 3
1

A. 0.147
B. 0.441
C. 0.657
D. 0.9
E. 0.973

23. [98 M.C.36]
In a shooting game, the probability that Mr. Tung will hit the target is
3
2
. If he
shoots twice, find the probability that he will hit the target at least once.

3
2

A.
9
1

B.
9
2

C.
9
4

D.
3
2

E.
9
8

Page 24/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @Q@]

24. [02 M.C.36]
In a test, there are two questions. The probability that Mary answers the first question
correctly is 0.3 and the probability that Mary answers the second question correctly
is 0.4 . The probability that she answers at least one question correctly is
0.3
0.4

A. 0.42
B. 0.46
C. 0.58
D. 0.88

25. [99 M.C.36]
Tom and Mary each throws a dart. The probability of Toms dart hitting the target is

3
1
while that of Marys is
5
2
. Find the probability of only one dart hitting the target.

3
1

5
2

A.
15
2

B.
15
3

C.
15
7

D.
15
11

E.
15
13

Page 25/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @Q@]

26. [00 M.C.21]
Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability that at least one 6 occurs.
6
A.
3
1

B.
6
1

C.
18
5

D.
36
7

E.
36
11

27. [04 M.C.34]
Peter and Mary each throws a dart. The probability of Peters hitting the target
is 0.2. The probability of Marys hitting the target is 0.3. Find the probability
of at least one dart hitting the target.
0.2
0.3

A. 0.38
B. 0.44
C. 0.5
D. 0.56

Page 26/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @Q@]

28. [01 M.C.36]
A bag contains 2 black balls and 3 white balls. A boy randomly draws balls from
the bag one at a time (without replacement) until a white ball appears. Find the
probability that he will make at least 2 draws.
2 3 (
) 2
A.
5
2

B.
5
3

C.
10
1

D.
10
3

E.
10
7

29. [05 M.C.35]
Bag X contains 1 white ball and 3 red balls while bag Y contains 3 yellow balls and 6
red balls. A ball is randomly drawn from bag X and put into bag Y. If a ball is now
randomly drawn from bag Y, then the probability that the ball drawn is red is
X 1 3 Y 3 6
X Y Y

A.
1
2

B.
2
3

C.
21
40

D.
27
40

Page 27/55
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Complementary Event ?)
@@@ @Q@Q]

30. [03 M.C.34]
A bag contains 2 black balls, 2 green balls and 2 yellow balls. Peter repeats
drawing one ball at a time randomly from the bag without replacement until a
green ball is drawn. Find the probability that he needs at most 4 draws.
2 2 2
()4

A.
15
1

B.
15
2

C.
15
14

D.
81
65

31. [05 M.C.36]
If a fair dice are thrown three times, then the probability that the three numbers
thrown are all different is

A.
5
9

B.
17
18

C.
125
216

D.
215
216

Page 28/55
Not for Sale
Bonus Question (Conditional Probability)
@Q@@ @@]

32. If a fair dice is thrown, what is the probability that the number is a prime
number given that an odd number shows up?

A.
2
1

B.
3
2

C.
3
1

D.
6
1

33. Two fair dice are thrown. What is the probability that both dice show even
numbers, given that the difference of scores is more than 2?

2

A.
6
1

B.
8
1

C.
4
1

D.
4
3

Page 29/55
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Conditional Probability)
@@@ @@]

34. [06 M.C.53]
There are two questions in a test. The probability that David answers the first
question correctly is
4
1
and the probability that David answers the second
question correctly is
3
1
. Given that David answers at least one question
correctly in the test, find the probability that he answers the second question
correctly.

4
1

1
3

A.
2
1

B.
3
2

C.
3
5

D.
4
5

Page 30/55
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Basic Probability)
@@@ @]

35. [96 Q.7]
The figure shows a circular dartboard. Its
surface consists of two concentric circles of
radii 12 cm and 2 cm respectively.

12 cm 2 cm

(a) Find the area of the shaded region on the dartboard.

(b) Two darts are thrown and hit the dartboard. Find the probability that

(i) both darts hit the shaded region;

(ii) only one dart hits the shaded region.

Page 31/55
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Application of Probability)
@@@ @@]

36. [98 Q.11]
There are 8 white socks, 4 yellow socks and 2 red socks in a drawer. A boy
randomly takes out 2 socks from the drawer. Find the probability that
8 4 2

(a) the socks taken out are both white.
(3 marks)

(b) the socks taken out are of the same colour. (4 marks)

Page 32/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

37. [99 Q.12]
Mr. Sun is waiting for a bus at a bus stop. It is known that 75% of the bus are
air-conditioned, of which 20% have Octopus machines installed. No Octopus
machines have been installed on buses without air-conditioning.
75%20%

(a) Find the probability that the next bus has an Octopus machine installed.
(2 marks)

(b) The bus fare is $3.00. Mr.Sun does not have an Octopus card but has
two 1-dollar coins and three 2-dollar coins in his pocket. If he
randomly takes out two coins, what is the probability that the total
value of these coins is exactly $3.00?
$3.00

$3.00 (4 marks)
Page 33/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

38. [04 Q.8]
A box contains nine cards numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 respectively.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 9

(a) If one card is randomly drawn from the box, find the probability that
the number drawn is odd.

(b) If two cards are randomly drawn from the box one by one with
replacement, find the probability that the product of the numbers drawn
is even.

(5 marks)
Page 34/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

39. [00 Q.12]
A box contains nine hundred cards, each marked with a different 3-digit
number from 100 to 999. A card is drawn randomly from the box. Find the
probability that
100 999

(a) two of the digits of the number drawn are zero.
(2 marks)

(b) none of the digits of the number drawn is zero.
(2 marks)

(c) exactly one of the digits of the number drawn is zero.
(2 marks)
Page 35/55
Not for Sale

@@@ @@]

40. [05 Q.11]

Seven players take part in a mens single tennis knock-out tiurnament. They
are randomly assigned to the positions 1 to 7. It is known that Albert and Billy
are in positive 2 and 7 respectively. The winner of each game proceeds to the
next round and the loser is knocked out. Billy goes straight to the semi-finals.
In each game, each player has an equal chance of beating his opponent.

1 7
2 7

(a) Write down the probability that Albert will reach the semi-finals.
(1 mark)

(b) Find the probability that Albert will be the champion.
(2 marks)

(c) Find the probability that Albert will fail to reach the final.
(3 marks)

(d) Find the probability that Albert will play against Billy in the final.
(2 marks)
Page 36/55
Not for Sale

@@@ @@]

41. [95 Q.11]
If Wai Ming studies in the evening for a test the next day, the probability of
him passing the test is
4
5
. If he does not study in the evening for the test , he
will certainly fail.

4
5

(a)

(i) If Wing Ming studies in the evening for a test the next day, find
the probability p that he will fail the test.
p.

(ii) If Wai Ming does not study in the evening for a test the next
day, find the probability q that he will pass the test and the
probability r that he will fail the test.
q
r. (3 marks)

(Contd)

Page 37/55
Not for Sale

@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(b) There are four teams competing for the World Womens Volleyball
Championship (WWVC) with two games in the semi-finals:
(WWVC)

China against U.S.A and Japan against Cuba

The winner of each game will be competing in the final for the
Championship. The four teams have an equal chance of beating their
opponents.

(i) Find the probability that China will win the Championship.

(ii)

(Contd)

Page 38/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(ii) The final of the WWVC will be shown on television on a Sunday
evening and Wai Ming has a test the next day. Wai Ming will
definitely watch the TV programming if China gets to the final and the
probability of him studying afterwards for the test is
1
3
. If China fails
to get to the final, he will not watch the programme at all and will
study for the test.

WWVC

1
3

(I) Find the probability that Wai Ming will study for the test.

(II) Find the probability that Wai Ming will pass the test.
(9 marks)

Page 39/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

42. [91 Q.10]
The practical test for a driving license consists of two independent parts A and
B. To pass the practical test, a candidate must pass in both parts. If a candidate
fails in any one of these parts, the candidate may take the part again. Statistics
show that the passing percentage for Part A and B are 70% and 60%
respectively.
A B

A B 70% 60%

(a) A candidate takes the practical test. Find the probabilites that the
candidate

(i) fails Part A on the first attempts and passes it on the second
attempt,
A

(ii) passes Part A in no more than two attempts,
A

(Contd)
Page 40/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(a) (iii) passes the practical test in no more than two attempts in each
part.
(10 marks)

(b) In a sample of 10 000 candidates taking the practical test,how many of
them would you expect to pass the practical test in no more than two
attempts in each part?
10 000
(2 marks)
Page 41/55
Not for Sale

@@@ @@]

43. [92 Q.10]

The figure shows a one-way road network system from Town P to Town R, S
and T. Any car leaving Town P will pass through either Tunnel A or Tunnel B
and arrive at Towns R, S and T via the roundabout Q. A survey shows that
2
5

of the cars leaving P will pass through Tunnel A. The survey also shows that

1
7
of all the cars passing through the roundabout Q will arrive R,
2
7
at S, and

4
7
at T.
P R, S T
P A B QR, S T
P
2
5
AQ

1
7
R
2
7
S
4
7
T

(a) Find the probabilities that a car leaving P will
P

(i) passing through Tunnel B,
B

(ii) not arrive at T,
T
(Contd)
Page 42/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(a) (iii) arrive at R through Tunnel B,
B R

(iv) pass through Tunnel A but not arrive at R.
A R (6 marks)

(b) Two cars leave P. Find the probabilities that
P

(i) one of them arrives at R and the other one at S.
R S

(ii) both of them arrive at S, one through Tunnel A and the other
one through Tunnel B.
SAB
(6 marks)

Page 43/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

44. [94 Q.9]
Siu Ming lives in Tuen Mun. He travels to school either by LRT (Light
Railway Transit) or on foot. The probability of being late for school is
1
7
if he
travels by LRT and
1
10
if he travels on foot.
LRT () LRT

1
7

1
10

(a) In a certain week, Siu Ming travels to schol by LRT on Monday,
Tuesday and Wednesday. Find the probability that
LRT

(i) he will be late on all these three days;

(ii) he will not be late on all these days.
(4 marks)

(Contd)
Page 44/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(b) In the same week, Siu Ming travels to school on foot on Thursday,
Friday and Saturday. Find the probability that

(i) he will be late on Thursday and Friday only in these three days;

(ii) he will be late on any two of these three days.
(4 marks)

(c) On Sunday, Siu Ming goes to school to take part in a basketball match.
If he is equally likely to travel by LRT or on foot, find the probability
that he will be late on that day.
LRT
(4 marks)

Page 45/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

45. [97 Q.14]
In a small pond, there were exactly 40 small fish and 10 large fish. The ranges
of their weights W g are shown in the following table:
40 10

Weight (W g)
Small fish 0 < W < 100
Large fish 500 W 600

In the morning on a certain day, a man went fishing in the pond. He caught
two fish and their total weight was T g. Suppose each fish was equally likely
to be caught.
T g

(a) Find the probability that
(i) 0 < T 200
(ii) 500 T 700
(iii) 1000 T 1200
(iv) T > 1200 (8 marks)

(Contd)
Page 46/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(b) Suppose the two fish he caught in the morning were returned alive to
the pond. He went fishing again in the pond in the afternoon and also
caught two fish.

(i) If the total weight of the fish caught in the morning was 650g,
find the probability that the difference between the total
weights of the fish caught in the morning and in the afternoon
is more than 200 g.
650 g,
200 g

(ii) Find the probability that the difference between the total
weights of the fish caught in the morning and in the afternoon
is more than 200 g.
200 g
(4 marks)

Page 47/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

46. [03 Q.16]
John will participate in a contest to be held at a university. If John wins the
contest, he will go to Canteen X for lunch. Otherwise, he will go to Canteen Y.
The following table shows the types of set lunches and the prices served in the
two canteens. He will choose one type of set lunch randomly.

X
Y

Canteen Set lunch Price ($)
X A 40
B 50
Y C 15
D 20

(a) If the probability of John winning the contest is
10
1
, find the probability
that he will spend $15 for lunch.
10
1
$15
(2 marks)

(Contd)
Page 48/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(b) If John takes a bus leaving at 8:00 a.m. to the university, his probability
of winning the contest will be
10
1
. If he misses the bus. he will take a
train leaving at 8:20 a.m. Owing to his nervousness, his probability of
winning will be reduced to
25
2
.
8:00 a.m
10
1
8:20 a.m.

25
2

(i) Suppose John misses the bus, find the probability that he will
spend $15 for lunch.
$15

(ii) The following table shows the cost of a single trip by bus or train.

Transportation Cost of a single trip ($)
Bus 4.5
Train 7.5

It is known that the probability of John taking the bus is twice
that of taking the train.
(Contd)
Page 49/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)
(1) Find the probability that John will spend $15 for lunch after the
contest.
$15

(2) If John goes home by train after lunch, find the probability that
he will spend more than a total of $30 for the lunch and the
transportation of the two trips.

$30 (9 marks)
Page 50/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

47. [06 Q.14(b)]
The stem-and-leaf diagrams below show the distributions of the scores (in marks)
of the students of classes A and B in a test, where a , b , c and d are non-
negative integers less than 10 . If is given that each class consists of 25 students.

AB ()
a , b , c d 10 25

Class A
Stem (tens) Leaf (units)
0 a 9
1 2 5 7 8 8
2 3 3 5 6 7 9
3 2 3 5 6 9 9 9
4 1 2 2 4 b

Class B
0 c 3 3 4 5
1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 6 7 8
2 1 1 5 5 5 7 8
3 5 9
4 d

The passing score of the test is 20 marks. From the 50 students, 3 students are
randomly selected.
20 50 3

(i) Find the probability that exactly 2 of the selected students pass the test.
2

(Contd)
Page 51/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)

(ii) Find the probability that exactly 2 of the selected students pass the test
and both of them are in the same class.
2

(iii) Given that exactly 2 of the selected students pass the test, find the
probability that both of them are in the same class.
2
(7 marks)
Page 52/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

48. [07 Q.15] (English version only)
The following table shows the results of a survey about the sizes of shirts dressed
by 80 students on a centain school day.

Student / Size Small Medium Large Total
Boy 8 28 12 48
Girl 20 8 4 32

(a) On that school day, a student is randomly selected from the 80 students.
(i) Find the probability that the selected student is a boy.
(ii) Find the probability that the selected student is a boy and he dresses a
shirt of large size.
(iii) Find the probability that the selected student is a boy or the selected
student dresses a shirt of large size.
(iv) Given that the selected student is a boy, find the probability that he
dresses a shirt of large size. (6 marks)

(Contd)
Page 53/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(Contd)

(b) On that school day, two students are randomly selected from the 80 students.
(i) Find the probability that the two selected students both dress shirts of
large size.
(ii) Is the probability of dressing shirts of the same size by the two selected
students greater than that of dressing different size? Explain your
answer. (5 marks)

Page 54/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

49 [09 Q.14] (English version only)
The frequency distribution table below shows the lifetime (in hours) of a batch
of randomly chosen light bulbs of brand A and a batch of randomly chosen
light bulbs of brand B.

Lifetime (in hours) Frequency
Brand A Brand B
1000 x < 1100 8 4
1100 x < 1200 50 12
1200 x < 1300 42 40
1300 x < 1400 10 36
1400 x < 1500 10 28

(b) If the lifetime of a light bulb is not less than 1300 hours, then the light
bulb is classified as good. Otherwise, it is classified as acceptable.

(i) If a light bulb is randomly chosen from the batch of light bulbs
of brand A, find the probability that the chosen light bulb is
acceptable.

(ii) If two light bulbs are chosen form the batch of light bulbs of
brand A, find the probability that at least one of the two chosen
light bulbs is good.

Page 55/55
Not for Sale
@@@ @@]

(iii) The following two methods describe how two light bulbs are chosen from
the two batches of light bulbs.

Method 1:
One batch is randomly selected from the two batches of light bulbs and
two light bulbs are then randomly chosen from the selected batches.

Method 2:
One light bulb is randomly chosen from each of the two batches of light
bulbs.

Which one of the above two methods should be adopted in order to have
a greater chance of choosing at least one good light bulb? Explain your
answer.

PATRICK CHUNG F.5 Math - Module 1 2010/11
Chapter 9(b) : Set Notation & Laws of Probability
Page 1 / 23
Not for sale

Definition of Set:
A collection of Elements ( ) is called a Set ( ). In general, a set is denoted by a
capital letter. Usually the format of a set is as follow:

A = {element 1, element 2, element 3, }

e.g. A is the set of odd numbers A = {1,3,5,7, ..}
B is the set of color B = {Red, Green, Blue, ..}
C is the set of suits in playing card C = {, , , }

More examples of set:

Property-description Form Listing Form
X = {x : x is a multiple of 3} X = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, }
Y = {y : y is prime} Y = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, }
Z = {(x, y) : y = 2x + 3} Z = {(0, 3), (1, 5), (2, 7), }

Special sets:

1. A set contains no elements is called an Empty Set / Null Set ( ). We denote
an empty set by .

i.e. = {}

Note : {0} is NOT the empty set!

2. The converse of empty set is called a Universal Set ( ). A universal set
contains all the possible elements under consideration. We usually denote a
universal set by U.

Set Notation and Laws of Probability
NSS Math Module 1
Page 2 / 23
Not for sale

Venn Diagram ()

We can use Venn Diagram ( ) to show the relationships between sets.

e.g.1 Let the universal set U = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
and
A = {1, 3, 5}
B = {1, 3}
C = {6}.

Then here is the Venn diagram:

e.g.2 Let the universal set U be a deck of 52 playing cards
and
C is the set of King
D is the set of Hearts.

Then here is the Venn diagram:

Note:
The universal set is represented by a rectangle.
Other sets are represented by circles within the rectangle.

LETS TRY ~
Draw the Venn diagram to represent the following sets:
A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9}
B = {2, 3, 5, 7}
C = {2, 4, 6, 8, 10}
Page 3 / 23
Not for sale

Operations on Sets : Union / Intersection

Union ( ) :
The set of elements that belong to either A or B is called the Union of A and B,
denoted by A B. ( looks like U UNION)

e.g. Let A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
B = {2, 4, 6, 8}

Then A B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8}

Intersection ( ) :
The set of elements that belong to both A and B is called the Intersection of A and B,
denoted by A B. ( looks like n AND)

e.g.1 Let A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
B = {2, 4, 6, 8}

Then A B = {2, 4}

e.g.2 Let A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9}
B = {2, 4, 6, 8}

Then A B =

Note : If A B = , then A and B are mutually exclusive ( ).

Page 4 / 23
Not for sale

Operations on Sets : Complement

Complement ( ) :
The set of elements that does not belong A is called the Complement of A,
denoted by A.

e.g. Let U = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}
A = {1, 3, 5, 7}

Then A = {2, 4, 6, 8}

LETS TRY ~
1. Refer to the Venn diagram.
(a) List the elements of the following sets.
(i) A C __________________________
(ii) A B __________________________
(iii) C __________________________
(iv) A C __________________________

2. The Venn diagram represents the relationships among the events A, B and C.
Determine whether each of the following pairs of events are mutually exclusive
or not, and put a in the appropriate box.
Mutually Non-mutually
exclusive exclusive
(a) A and B
(b) A and C
(c) B and C
(d) B and B
B
A
S
C
Page 5 / 23
Not for sale

Operations on Sets

LETS TRY ~

3. Shade the following sets on the Venn diagram:
(a) A B (b) A B

(c) A (d) A B

(e) A B (f) A B

(g) (A B) C (h) A (B C)

Page 6 / 23
Not for sale

Theoretical Probability

1. Random experiment ( )
A performance is called a random experiment if the outcomes () of it
depend only on chance ().

2. Sample space ( )
When a random experiment is performed, the set of all possible outcomes is
called the sample space for the experiment, denoted by S.

3. Event ( )
Any subset of the sample space is called an event.

4. Probability of an event ( )
The probability of an event A, denoted by P(A), can be found as follow:

P(A) =

LETS TRY ~
A card is selected at random from a pile of cards numbered 21, 22, 23, , 60.
Let A be the event of getting an even number, and B be the event of getting a
multiple of 3. Find

(a) P(A) and P(B),
(b) P(A B),

Number of outcomes in Event A
Number of all possible outcomes (sample space)
Page 7 / 23
Not for sale

Finding probability by Venn diagram

We can use Venn diagram to help us to find the probabilites in some situations:

e.g. Among the 1500 story books in a library, 240 have torn covers, 126 have
missing pages, and 81 have both types of damage. If a book is selected at
random from the library, find the probability that the book is damaged.

Let T be the event that the book selected has a torn cover;
M be the event that the book selected has missing pages.
Then

(damaged) ( )
240 126 81
1500
19
100
P P A B =
+
=
=

LETS TRY ~
1. In a group of 50 students, 23 of them fail the English examination, 15 fail the
Chinese examination and 10 fail both subjects. A student is selected at random
from the group. Find the probabilities that the student
(a) passes both subjects,
(b) fails the English examination but passes the Chinese examination,
(c) passes at least one subject.

Page 8 / 23
Not for sale

Finding probability by Venn diagram

LETS TRY ~

2. A group of 130 girls are selected to vote for their favourite singers. Each girl is
asked to vote among Andy, Eason and Joey. The results are recorded below.
50 girls vote for Eason
55 girls vote for Andy
46 girls vote for Joey
16 girls vote for Eason and Joey
8 girls vote for all three singers

If a girl is selected randomly, find the number of girls who vote for
(a) Andy only,
(b) neither Andy, Eason nor Joey.
Page 9 / 23
Not for sale

Conditional Probability and Multiplication Rule

The probability that event A occurs given that ( ) event B has occurred is called the
conditional probability ( ) of A, denoted by P(A | B).

The concept of conditional probability can be explained by the following Venn diagram:

Universal set Given that B has occurred
(initial sample space) (Event B becomes the sample space)

Therefore
P(A | B) =

i.e. P(A | B) =
( )
( )
P A B
P B

Based on the expression of the conditional probability, we have the multiplication rule
of probability ( ) :

P(A B) = P(A) P(B | A)

Number of outcomes in A and B
Number of all outcomes in B (sample space)
Page 10 / 23
Not for sale

Conditional Probability and Multiplication Rule

e.g. For two events A and B, P(A) = 0.7, P(B) = 0.6 and P(B | A) = 0.3, find P(A | B).

21 . 0
3 . 0 7 . 0
) | ( ) ( ) (
=
=
= A B P A P B A P

( )
( | )
( )
0.21
0.6
0.35
P A B
P A B
P B
=
=
=

LETS TRY ~
Suppose there are three events X, Y and Z such that ( ) 0.7 P X = , ( | ) 0.85 P X Y = ,
( ) 0.3 P X Y = and ( | ) 0.75 P Z X = .
(a) Find ( ) P X Z .
(b) Find ( | ) P Y X .
(c) Find ( ) P Y .

Apply Multiplication Rule
Apply Conditional
Probability
Page 11 / 23
Not for sale

Addition Rule

The concept of addition rule of probability ( ) can be explained by the
following Venn diagram:

P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P (A B)

Notes: Besides using the rules, you are always advised to use Venn diagram also.

e.g. Suppose there are three events A, B and C such that 5 . 0 ) ( = A P , 5 . 0 ) ( = B P ,
55 . 0 ) ( = C P , 3 . 0 ) ( = B A P , 2 . 0 ) ( = C A P and 25 . 0 ) ( = C B P .
(a) Find ) ( B A P .
(b) Find ) ( C B P .
(c) Find ) ( C A P .

(a)

7 . 0
3 . 0 5 . 0 5 . 0
) ( ) ( ) (
) (
=
+ =
+ =
B A P B P A P
B A P

(b)

3 . 0 ) ' (
25 . 0 ) ' ( 55 . 0
) ( ) ' ( ) (
=
+ =
+ =
C B P
C B P
C B P C B P C P

(c)

8 . 0
2 . 0 1
) ( 1
) ' ' (
=
=
=
C A P
C A P

B BB B C CC C
C CC C
Apply Addition Rule
Page 12 / 23
Not for sale

Addition Rule

LETS TRY ~

1. A and B are two events. If
5
( ')
8
P A = ,
3
( ')
4
P B = and P
1
( )
3
A B = , find
P( ) A B .

2. A and B are two events. If
7
( )
8
P A B = , P
1
( )
4
A B = and
3
( ')
4
P B = , find
P(A) and P(B).
Page 13 / 23
Not for sale

Mutually Exclusive Event

If two events A and B are mutually exclusive ( ), then A B = .
Also:

P(A B) = 0
And

P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P (A B)
i.e. P(A B) = P(A) + P(B)

LETS TRY ~
Suppose A and B are mutually exclusive. If
1
( )
2
P A = and
1
( )
3
P B = , find
(a) ( ) P A B ,
(b) ( ' ) P A B

Page 14 / 23
Not for sale

Independent Event

If two events A and B are independent ( ), then

P(B | A) = P(B) [also P(A | B) = P(A)]

The multiplication rule for independent events:

P(A B) = P(A) P(B | A)
i.e. P(A B) = P(A) P(B)

The addition rule for independent events:

P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P(A B)
i.e. P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) [ P(A) P(B) ]

e.g. For two independent events A and B, if P(A) = 0.2 and P(A B) = 0.6, find
P(A B).

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) [ ( ) P( )]
0.6 0.2 ( ) 0.2 ( )
0.4 (1 0.2) ( )
0.8 ( ) 0.4
( ) 0.5
P A B P A P B P A B
P A B P A P B P A B
P B P B
P B
P B
P B
= +
= +
= +
=
=
=

( ) ( ) ( )
0.2 0.5
0.1
P A B P A P B =
=
=

Apply Addition Rule
For independent events,
P(A B) = P(A) P(B)
For independent events,
P(A B) = P(A) P(B)

Page 15 / 23
Not for sale

Independent Events

LETS TRY ~

1. Let A and B be two independent events such that P(A) =
1
3
and

1
( )
12
P A B = . Find ( ) P A B .

2. A and B are two events such that P(A) = , P(B) = 0.25 and ( ) 0.725 P A B = .
(a) Find the value of
(i) ( ' ') P A B ,
(ii) P(A | B)
(b) Determine whether A and B are
(i) mutually exclusive,
(ii) independent.

Page 16 / 23
Not for sale
HKASL Questions (Level 1)

1. [M&S1994 Q.1]
(a) Write down the sample space of the sex patterns of the children of a 2-child
family in the order of their ages.
(You may use B to denote a boy and G to denote a girl.)

(b) Assume that having a boy or having a girl is equally likely. It is known that
a family has two children and they are not both girls.

(i) Write down the sample space of the sex patterns of the children in the
order of their ages.
(ii) What is the probability that the family has two sons?
(4 marks)

Page 17 / 23
Not for sale

2. [M&S 2001 Q.1]
A and B are two independent events. If P( ) 0.4 A = and P( ) 0.7 A B = , find
P(B).
(4 marks)

Page 18 / 23
Not for sale

3. [M&S 2003 Q.4]
A and B are two events. Suppose P( ) 0.5 A B = , P( ) 0.4 B A = , P( ) 0.84 A B = .
Let P( ) A a = , where 0 a > .

(a) Express P( ) A B and P( ) B in terms of a .
(b) Using the results of (a), or otherwise, find the value of a .
(c) Are A and B independent events? Explain your answer briefly.
(7 marks)

Page 19 / 23
Not for sale

4. [M&S 2006 Q.5]
A and B are two events. Suppose that P( ) 0.2 A B = and P( ') 0.5 A B = , where
B is the complementary event of B. Let P( ) B b = , where 1 b < .

(a) Express P( ') A B and P(A) in terms of b .
(b) If A and B are independent events, find the value(s) of b .
(7 marks)
Page 20 / 23
Not for sale

5. [M&S 2008 Q.4]
A and B are two events. A and B are the complementary events of A and B
respectively. Suppose P
1
( )
5
A = , P
9
( )
20
A B = , P
1
( )
6
A B = and P( ) B k = ,
where 0 1 k < < .

(a) Using P( ) A B , express P( ) A B in terms of k .
(b) Find the value of k .
(c) Find P( ' ) A B .
(d) Are the two events A and B mutually exclusive? Explain your answer.
(7 marks)
Page 21 / 23
Not for sale

6. [M&S 2005 Q.5]
A and B are two events. Suppose that P
5
( ')
12
A B = , P
8
( ')
15
B A = , P
2
( )
5
B = ,
where A and B are complementary events of A and B respectively. Let
P( ) A a = , where 0 1 a < < .

(a) Find P( ') A B .
(b) Express P( ' ) A B in terms of a .
(c) Using the fact that ' A B is the complementary event of ' A B , or
otherwise, find the value of a .
(d) Are A and B mutually exclusive? Explain your answer.
(6 marks)
Page 22 / 23
Not for sale

7. [M&S 2007 Q.7]
Let A and B be two events with P( ) A a = and P( ) B b = , where 0 1 a < < and
0 1 b < < . Suppose that P( ' ) 0.6 A B = , P( ') 0.3 B A = and P( ' ) 0.7 B A = , where
A and B are complementary events of A and B respectively.

(a) By considering P( ' ) A B , prove that 2 1 a b + = .
(b) Using the fact that ' A B is the complementary event of ' A B , or
otherwise, find the values of a and b .
(c) Are A and B independent events? Explain your answer.
(7 marks)
Page 23 / 23
Not for sale

8. [M&S 2004 Q.1]
A and B are two events. Suppose that P ( ) 0.75 A = and P ( ) 0.8 B = . Let
P( ) A B k = .

(a) Express P( ) A B in terms of k .
(b) (i) Prove that 0.55 1 k .
(ii) Let A and B be the complementary events of A and B respectively.
Using (b)(i) and the fact that ' ' A B is the complementary event of
A B , or otherwise, prove that P( ' ') 0.45 A B .
(7 marks)

Chapter. 1&2 : A.P. and G.P.
Page 2/60 Not for Sale

Arithmetic Sequences (A.P.)
@@

@@ ([.. @@~@@@@@QQ@
@@@@@@@@@ (Qijjr @~@@ -

@@@@QQ@@@@@@

1, 4, 7, 10, 13, , ?
+3 +3 +3 +3
1 = 1
2 = 1 + 3 1 = 4
3 = 1 + 3 2 = 7
n = 1 + 3 (n 1) =

1 2 3 4 5 n

Common difference
a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d, , ?
1 = a
2 = a + d
3 = a + 2d
n = a + d (n 1)

1 2 3 4 n
A.P. n
a + (n 1) d
a : d :
+d +d +d
Common difference

n (General Term).
Arithmetic Sequences (A.P.)
@@

1. Determine whether each of the following sequences
is an arithmetic sequence or not.

Yes No

(a) 1, 2, 3, 4,

(b) 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8,

(c) 5, 5, 5, 5,

(d) 1, 8, 1, 8,

(e) 8, 8, 8, 8,

(f) log 2, log 4, log 6, log 8, .

2. Find the first term a and the common difference d of each of the following
arithmetic sequences.
a d.

(a) 15, 18, 21, a = __________, d = __________

(b) 100, 70, 40, a = __________, d = __________

(c) 9, 3, 3, a = __________, d = __________

(d) ,...
9
5
,
3
1
,
9
1
a = __________, d = __________

(e) 14, 14, 14, a = __________, d = __________

(f) 2k, 7k, 12k, a = __________, d = __________

Marks: /12

11 12
8 10 -_-
< 8 Cheap!


Geometric Sequences (G.P.)
@@

@@ (Q.. @@~@@@@@QQ@
@@@@@@@@@ ((q(i @~@@ -

@@@@QQ@@@@@@

1, 3, 9, 27, 81, , ?
3 3 3 3

1 2 3 4 5 n
1 = 1
2 = 1 3 = 3
3 = 1 3
2
= 6
n = 1 3
n 1
=

Common ratio
a, ar, ar
2
, ar
3
, , ?
r r r

1 2 3 4 n
1 = a
2 = ar
3 = ar
2

n = ar
n 1

a : r :
Common ratio
G.P. n
ar
n 1

n (General Term).
Geometirc Sequences (G.P.)
@@

1. Determine whether each of the following sequences
is an geometric sequence or not.

Yes No

(a) 2, 4, 6, 8,

(b) 2, 8, 16, 32,

(c) ,
27
1
,
9
1
,
3
1
, 1

(d) 3, 3.3, 3.33, 3.333,

(e) 6, 6, 6, 6,

(f) 10, 10, 10, 10,

2. Find the first term a and the common ratio r of each of the following geometric
sequences.
a r.

(a) 12, 24, 48, a = __________, r = __________

(b) 27, 9, 3, a = __________, r = __________

(c) 4, 8, 16, a = __________, r = __________

(d) 2,
9
2
,
3
2
, a = __________, r = __________

(e) 6, 6, 6, a = __________, r = __________

(f) 3 3 , 3 , 3 , a = __________, r = __________

Marks: /12

11 12
8 10 -_-
< 8 Cheap!


General Term
@@

e.g.1 Consider an A.P. 500, 485, 470, 455, . Find
500, 485, 470, 455,
(a) the general term
(b) the 100
th
term. 100

e.g.2 Consider a G.P. 896, 448, 224, 112, . Find
896, 448, 224, 112,
(a) the general term
(b) the 10
th
term. 10

(a) a = 500
d = 485 500 = 15
T(n) = 500 + (n 1 )( 15)
= 500 15n + 15
= 515 15n

(b) T(100) = 515 15(100)
= 515 1500
= 985
Tips !!!
d = 2
nd
term 1
st
term
a d
a + (n1) d T(n)
100 T(100)
n = 100
(a) a = 896,
r =
896
448
=
1
2

T(n) = 896 (
1
2
)
n1

(b) T(10) = 896 (
1
2
)
9

=
896
512

=
7
4

Tips !!!
r = 2
nd
term 1
st
term

896 512
!
(
)

b
a
c

shift
b
a
c


General Term
@@

Find the n
th
term term and the 100
th
term of
each of the following sequences.
n 100

(a) 10, 15, 20,

(b) 45, 37, 29,

(c) 2, 8, 32,

(d) 24, 8,
3
8
,
Marks: /4

4
3 -_-
< 3 Cheap!

General Term x Simultaneous equation
@@ ) @@[@

~@@@@@@@@@

e.g.3 Find the first term a and the common difference d of an A.P.
if T(4) = 1 and T(10) = 13. Hence find the general term of the A.P.

a dT(4) = 1 and T(10) = 13.
.

T(4) = 1
a + (4 1)d = 1
a + 3d = 1 (1)

T(10) = 13
a + (10 1)d = 13
a + 9d = 13 (2)

(2) (1): 6d = 12
d = 2
Sub d = 2 into (1):
a + 3(2) = 1
a 6 = 1
a = 5

T(n) = 5 + (n 1)( 2)
= 5 2n + 2
= 7 2n

T(4)

T(10)

General Term x Simultaneous equation (V. Important !!)
@@ ) @@[@ @@]

@@@@Q_@@@@@@@!

e.g.4 Find the first term a and the common ratio r of a G.P.
if T(3) = 36 and T(7) = 2916. Hence find the general term of the G.P.

a rT(3) = 36 and T(7) = 2916.
.

T(3) = 36
ar
3 1
= 36
ar
2
= 36 (1)

T(7) = 2916
ar
7 1
= 2916
ar
6
= 2916 (2)

(2) (1): r
4
= 81
r = 3
Sub r = 3 into (1):
a 3
2
= 36
9a = 36
a = 4

T(n) = 4 (3)
n 1

T(3)

T(10)


Arithmetric and Geometric Series (A.S. and G.S.)
@@@@@

1 + 3 + 9 + 27 + 81 = ?
1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + 13 = ?
+3 +3 +3 +3
3 3 3 3
Q@@@ tithmotic 8otioa
Q@@@ 0oomottic 8otioa

1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + 13
13 + 10 + 7 + 4 + 1
14 + 14 + 14 + 14 + 14

5 =
(1 13) 5
2
+

= 35
1 2 3 4 5 5

1 2 3 4 5
5

1 + 3 + 9 + 27 + 81
3 + 9 + 27 + 81 + 243
1 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 243

5 =
1 243
2

= 121

n

( )
2
a l n + + + +

Common difference
a : l :
Common ratio
n
(1 )
1
n
a r
r

a : r :
+ )
)

Sum of the first n terms
@ @@@

e.g.5 Find the sum of the following series 81 27 + 9 3 +
1
27

81 27 + 9 3 +
1
27
.

a = 81, r =
27
81
=
1
3

1
1
1 7
1
( )
27
1 1
81( )
3 27
1 1
( )
3 2187
1 1
( ) ( )
3 3
1 7
8
n
n
n
T n
n
n
=
=
=
=
=
=

8
1
81 [1 ( ) ]
3
(8)
1
1 ( )
3
1
81 [1 ( )]
6561
4
3
6560
81
6561
4
3
1640
27
S

=

=
=
=

n = ? n

T(n) = Last Term ( )

n ~

a r n
S(n)


Sum of the first n terms
@ @@@

Find the sum of the following series.

(a) 2 + 6 + 10 + + 62

(b) 2 + 8 + 32 + + 8192

(c)
1 1 1
1 ...
2 4 1024
+ + + +
Marks: /3

3
2 -_-
< 2 Cheap!

Sum of the first n terms (V. Hard !!)
@ @@@ @@]

@@@@@@@@@@@,Q

1. Find the sum of all the multiples of 6 which are less than 100.
100 6

2. Find the sum of the geometric series ....
4 3 2
+ + a a a a to 20 terms.
....
4 3 2
+ + a a a a 20

3. Find the sum of ...
8
1
4
1
2
1
1 + + + + . to 100 terms.
...
8
1
4
1
2
1
1 + + + + 100


Sum to Infinity
@@@@@

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@@@@ @@@@Q@@Q\@@@
@

@@

@@

G.P. n
(1 )
( )
1
n
a r
S n
r

= == =

G.P.
( )
1
a
S
r
= = = =

1 < r < 1 ( r = 0.9)
n ( n = 10000)
r
n
r
n
0
1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + 13 + = ?
1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + = ?
1 +
1
2
+
1
4
+
1
8
+
1
16
+ = ?
1 < r < 1 !)

Sum to Infinity
@@@@@

1. Determine whether each of the following series
have a finite sum or not.

Yes No

(a) 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 +

(b) 12 + 6 + 3 + 1.5 +

(c) + + + +
36
1
12
1
4
1
4
3

(d) 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 +

(e) 81 27 + 9 3 +

(f) 1 + (1) + 1 + (1) +

2. Find the sum to infinity of each of the following geometric series.

(a) 81 27 + 9 3 +

(b) ...
8
1
4
1
2
1
1 + + + +
Marks: /8

8
6 7 -_-
< 6 Cheap!

Bonus: common difference and ratio
@@@@@

e.g.5 If x + 1, 3x 2, 2x + 4 are three consecutive terms of an A.P.,
find the value of x.
x + 1, 3x 2, 2x + 4, x .

e.g.6 Show that r
3
, r
2
s, rs
2
and s
3
are four consecutive terms of a G.P.
r
3
, r
2
s, rs
2
s
3
.

For A.P.
T(2) T(1) = T(3) T(2) = = T(n + 1) T(n) = d (common difference)
For G.P.

(2) (3) (4) ( 1)
...
(1) (2) (3) ( )
T T T T n
r
T T T T n
+
= = = = = (common ratio )
T(2) T(1) = (3x 2) (x + 1)
= 2x 3
T(3) T(2) = (2x + 4) (3x 2)
= x + 6
2x 3 = x + 6
x = 3

3
2
(2)
(1)
T r r
T r s s
= = ,
2
2
(3)
(2)
T r s r
T rs s
= = ,
2
3
(4)
(3)
T rs r
T s s
= =

The common ratio is
r
s
,
it is a G.P.

()

Bonus: common difference and ratio
@@@@@

Determine whether each of the following sequences
is arithmetic, geometric sequence or both are not.

A.P. G.P. Nil

1. x, 2x, 3x,
2. x + 2, 2x + 2, 3x + 2,
3. x + 2, 2x + 4, 3x + 6,
4. x, x
2
, x
3
,
5. x + 1, x
2
+ 1, x
3
+ 1
6. sin 10, sin 20, sin30,
7. cos 20, cos 40, cos 80,
8. tan 30, tan 45, tan 60,
9. log 20, log 40, log 60,
10. log 20, log 200, log 2000,
Marks: /10

10
7 9 -_-
< 7 Cheap!

HKCEE Question (A.P. / General Term)
@@@ @@ J @@]

1. [96 M.C.12]
Find the n-th term of the A.P. 4, 2, 0, 2,
4, 2, 0, 2, n .

A. 2 + 2n
B. 4 2n
C. 4 + 2n
D. 6 2n
E. (5 n) n

2. [07 M.C.9]
In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 4 dots. For any positive integer n, the
(n + 1)th pattern is formed by adding 4 dots to the nth pattern. Find the
number of dots in the 9th pattern.
, 4 . n, (n + 1) n
4 , 9 .

A. 36
B. 40
C. 81
D. 100

@@@ @@ J @@]

3. [93 M.C.10]
If 3 , a , b , c , 23 are in A.P., then a + b + c =
3 , a , b , c , 23 , a + b + c =

A. 13
B. 26
C. 33
D. 39

E. 65

4. [05 M.C.42]
If four numbers are inserted between 12 and 27 to from an arithmetic sequence,
Find the sum of the four inserted numbers.

12 27 . .

A. 78
B. 90
C. 105
D. 117

@@@ @@ J @@]

5. [04 M.C.11]
Let a
n
be the nth term of an arithmetic sequence. If a
1
= 10 and a
2
= 13,
then a
21
+ a
22
+ + a
30
=

a
n
n a
1
= 10 and a
2
= 13,
a
21
+ a
22
+ + a
30
=

A. 765
B. 835
C. 865
D. 1605

6. [07 M.C.44]
Let a
n
be the nth term of an arithmetic sequence. If a
1
= a
2
6 and
a
1
+ a
2
+ + a
28
= 1624, then a
1
=

a
n
n a
1
= a
2
6 a
1
+ a
2
+ + a
28
= 1624,
a
1
=

A. 52
B. 26
C. 23
D. 139

@@@ @@ J @@]

7. [97 M.C.35]
The n-th term of an arithmetic sequence is 3 + 2n . Find the sum of the first 50
terms of the sequence.

n 3 + 2n . 50 .

A. 103
B. 2575
C. 2700
D. 2750
E. 5400

8. [00 M.C.15]
The 1st and 10th terms of an arithmetic sequence are 2 and 29 respectively.
The 20th term of the sequence is
1 10 2 29 20

A. 56
B. 58
C. 59
D. 60
E. 62
HKCEE Question (A.P. x Simultaneous equation)
@@@ @@) @@[@]

9. [02 M.C.11]
The 10th term of an arithmetic sequence is 29 and the sum of the first 10 terms
is 155. The 2nd term of the sequence is
10 29 10 155 ,

A. 2
B. 4.7
C. 5
D. 43

10. [95 M.C.42]
In an A.P., the sum of the first 2 terms is 3 and the sum of the first 3 terms is 2. The
common difference is

, 2 3 3 2 .

A.
3
5

B. 1
C. 1
D.
3
5

E.
3
7
@@@ @@ J @@]

11. [91 M.C.40]
If the sum to n terms of an A.P. is n
2
+ 3n , find the 7th term of the A.P.
n n
2
+ 3n , 7 .

A. 16
B. 18
C. 54
D. 70
E. It cannot be determined.

12. [01 M.C.14]
The sum of the first n terms of an arithmetic sequence is n
2
. Find the 10th
term of the sequence.
__]_ n _ n
2
_] 10 _

A. 19
B. 20
C. 28
D. 31
E. 100

HKCEE Question (A.P. / Sum of the first n terms)
@@@ @@ J @ @@@]

13. [96 Q.3]
The n-th term T
n
of a sequence T
1
, T
2
, T
3
, is 7 3n.
T
1
, T
2
, T
3
, n T
n
7 3n
(a) Write down the first 4 terms of the sequence.
4

(b) Find the sum of the first 100 terms of the sequence.
100 (4 marks)
HKCEE Question (A.P. / Sum of the first n terms)
@@@ @@ J @ @@@]

14. [95 Q.3(a)]
Find the sum of the first 20 terms of the A.P. 1, 5, 9,
1, 5, 9, 20 (2 marks)

15. [05 Q.7]
The 1st term and the 2nd term of an arithmetic sequence are 5 and 8
respectively. If the sum of the first n term of the sequence is 3925, find n.
1 2 5 8n 3925
n (4 marks)

HKCEE Question (G.P. / General Term)
@@@ @@ J @@]

16. [01 M.C.15]
The nth term of a geometric sequence is
n
2
1
. Find the first term and the
common ratio.

__] n _
n
2
1
______
first term common ratio
A. 1
2
1

B.
2
1

2
1

C.
2
1

2
1

D.
2
1
1
E. 1
2
1

17. [92 M.C.42]
Find the (2n)th term of the G.P.
2
1
, 1 , 2 , 4 ,

2
1
, 1 , 2 , 4 , (2n)

A. 2
2n

B. 2
2n

C. 2
2n 3

D. 2
2n2

E. 2
2n2

HKCEE Question (G.P. / Sum to infinity)
@@@ @@ J @@@@@]

18. [90 M.C.6]
Let a > b > 0 . If a and b are respectively the 1st and 2nd terms of a geometric
progression, the sum to infinity of the progression is

a > b > 0 , a b 1 2 ,

A.
b a
1

B.
b
a
1

C.
a b
ab

D.
b a
a
+
2

E.
b a
a
2

19. [98 M.C.43]
Find the sum to infinity of the geometric sequence 1,
x
1
,
2
1
x
,
3
1
x
, .,
where x > 1.
1,
x
1
,
2
1
x
,
3
1
x
, ., , x > 1 .

A.
1
1
x

B.
1
1
+
x

C.
1
x
x

D.
1 +
x
x

E.
1 + x
x
@@@ @@ J @@@@@]

20. [97 M.C.36]
The first term of a geometric sequence is a. If the sum to infinity of the
sequence is
4
3
a , then its common ratio is
a.
4
3
a ,
A.
3
1

B.
4
1

C.
4
1

D.
3
1

E.
4
3

21. [96 M.C.13]
The sum to infinity of a G.P. is 2. If the first term is
2
3
, find the common ratio.
2.
2
3
, .

A.
2
1

B.
4
1

C.
4
1

D.
2
1

E.
2
3

@@@ @@ J @@@@@]

22. [99 M.C.44]
The sum of the first two terms of a geometric sequence is 3 and the sum to
infinity of the sequence is 4. Find the common ratio of the sequence.

3 4. .

A.
7
1

B.
7
1

C.
4
1

D.
2
1

E.
2
1
or
2
1

23. [03 M.C.10]
The sum of the 4th term and the 5th term of a geometric sequence is 4 . If
the sum of the first two terms is 32, find the first term of the sequence.

4 5 4. 32,
.

A. 6
B.
2
1

C. 19
D. 64

HKCEE Question (A.P. or G.P. ? )
@@@ @@ J @@ ?]

24. [94 M.C.41]
If the product of the first n terms of the sequence 10 , 10
2
, 10
3
, , 10
n
,
exceeds 10
55
, find the minimum value of n.

10 , 10
2
, 10
3
, , 10
n
, n 10
55
, n
.

A. 9
B. 10
C. 11
D. 12
E. 56

25. [07 M.C.45]
The sum of all the positive terms in the geometric sequences 4, 2, 1 , is

4, 2, 1,

A. 8
B.
8
3

C.
16
3

D.
16
5

HKCEE Question (Common difference and ratio)
@@@ @@@@@]

26. [00 M.C.16]
Which of the following could be a geometric sequence / geometric sequences?
/

I. 3 , 3
3
, 3
5
, 3
7
,
II. 9 , 99 , 999 , 9 999 ,
III. 10 , 100 , 1 000 , 10 000 ,

A. III only
B. I and II only
C. I and III only
D. II and III only
E. I , II and III

27. [91 M.C.41]
If x, y , z are in G.P., which of the following must be true?
x, y , z ,

I. x + 3 , y + 3 , z + 3 are in G.P.
II. 3x , 3y , 3z are in G.P.
III. x
2
, y
2
, z
2
are in G. P.

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and II only
E. II and III only

@@@ @@@@@]

28. [98 M.C.13]
If a, b, c, d are consecutive terms of an arithmetic sequence, which of the
following must be true?

a, b, c, d ,

I. b a = d c
II. d, c, b, a are consecutive terms of an arithmetic sequence
d, c, b, a
III. a < b < c < d

A. I only
B. I and II only
C. I and III only
D. II and III only
E. I , II and III

29. [96 M.C.42]
If the common difference of the A.P. a
1
, a
2
, a
3
, is d, then the common
difference of the A.P. 2a
1
+ 3, 2a
2
+ 3, 2a
3
+ 3, is

a
1
, a
2
, a
3
, d, 2a
1
+ 3, 2a
2
+ 3,
2a
3
+ 3,

A. 2
B. 3
C. d
D. 2d
E. 2d + 3

@@@ @@@@@]

30. [93 M.C.37]
Given that the positive numbers p, q, 1r, s are in G.P., which of the following
must be true?

p, q, 1r, s ,
I. kp , kq , kr, ks are in G.P., where k is a non-zero constant.
II. a
p
, a
q
, a
r
, a
s
are in G.P., where a is a positive constant.
III. log p , log q , log r , log s are in A.P.

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and II only
D. I and III only
E. I , II and III

31. [06 M.C.43]
Let a , b and c be positive integers. If ac b = , which of the following
must be true?

a, b, c , ac b = ,
I..
2 2 2
log , log , log c b a is an A.P.
II.
3 3 3
, , c b a is a G.P.
III.
c b a
4 , 4 , 4 is a G.P.

A. I and II only
B. I and III only
C. II and III only
D. I , II and III

@@@ @@@@@]

32. [92 M.C.35]
If the quadratic equation ax
2
2bx + c = 0 has two equal roots, which of the
following is / are true?

ax
2
2bx + c = 0 ,

I. a , b , c form an arithmetic progression ().
II. a , b , c form a geometric progression ().
III. Both roots are
a
b
.

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and II only
E. II and III only
HKCEE Question (Application of A.P.)
@@@ @@@@]

33. [00 Q.14]

An auditorium has 50 rows of seats. All seats are numbered in numerical
order from the first row to the last row, and from left to right, as shown in
Figure 7. The first row has 20 seats. The second row has 22 seats. Each
succeeding row has 2 more seats than the previous one.

50
7 20 22
2

(a) How many seats are there in the last row?
(2 marks)

(Contd)

@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)

(b) Find the total number of seats in the first n rows.
Hence determine in which row the seat numbered 2000 is located.
n 2000
(4 marks)

@@@ @@@@]

34. [01 Q.12]
, , ,
3 2 1
F F F , F
40
are 40 similar figures. The perimeter of F
1
is 10 cm. The
perimeter of each succeeding figure is 1 cm longer than that of the previous
one.

, , ,
3 2 1
F F F , F
40
40 _|_F
1
j_10 cm j__
_jj___1 cm

(a) (i) Find the perimeter of F
40
.
F
40
j
(ii) Find the sum of the perimeters of the 40 figures.
_40 __j_ (4 marks)

(Contd)
@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)
(b) It is known that the area of F
1
is 4 cm
2
. _ F
1
_j 4 cm
2

(i) Find the area of F
2
. F
2
_j
(ii) Determine whether the areas of , , ,
3 2 1
F F F , F
40
form an
arithmetic sequence.
)_ , , ,
3 2 1
F F F , F
40
_j_____]__
___ (4 marks)

HKCEE Question (Application of G.P.)
@@@ @@@@]

35. [04 Q.15]
In Figure 7(a),
1
F ,
2
F ,
3
F , are square frames. The perimeter of
1
F is 8 cm. Starting
from
2
F , the perimeter of each square frame is 4 cm longer than the perimeter of the
precious frame.
7(a) ,
1
F ,
2
F ,
3
F , .
1
F 8 cm.
2
F ,
4 cm.

(a) (i) Find the perimeter of
10
F .

10
F .

(ii) If a thin metal wire of length 1 000 cm is cut into pieces and these pieces are
then bent to form the above square frames, find the greatest number of
distinct square frames that can be formed.
1000 cm ,
. (5 marks)

(Contd)

@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)

(b) Figure 7(b) shows three similar solid right pyramids
1
S ,
2
S and
3
S . The total
lengths of the four sides of the square bases of
1
S ,
2
S and
3
S are equal to the
perimeters of
1
F ,
2
F and
3
F respectively.
7(b)
1
S ,
2
S
3
S .
1
F ,
2
F
3
F .
(i) Do the volumes of
1
S ,
2
S and
3
S form a G.P.? Explain your answer.

1
S ,
2
S
3
S .

(ii) When the length of the slant edge of
1
S is 5 cm, find the volume of
3
S .
Give the answer in surd form.

1
S 5 cm ,
3
S . . (6 marks)
@@@ @@@@]

36. [98 Q.13]
In Figure 6.1,
1 1 1 1
D C B A is a square of side 14 cm. A
2
, B
2
, C
2
and D
2
divide
1 1
B A ,

1 1
C B ,
1 1
D C and
1 1
A D respectively in the ratio 3 : 4 and form the square

2 2 2 2
D C B A . Following the same pattern, A
3
, B
3
, C
3
and D
3
divide
2 2
B A ,
2 2
C B ,

2 2
D C and
2 2
A D respectively in the ratio 3 : 4 and form the square
3 3 3 3
D C B A .
The process is repeated indefinitely to give squares
4 4 4 4
D C B A , ,
n n n n
D C B A .

6.1 ,
1 1 1 1
D C B A 14 cm . A
2
, B
2
, C
2
D
2

1 1
B A ,

1 1
C B ,
1 1
D C
1 1
A D 3 : 4
2 2 2 2
D C B A . ,
A
3
, B
3
, C
3
D
3

2 2
B A ,
2 2
C B ,
2 2
D C
2 2
A D 3 : 4

3 3 3 3
D C B A .
4 4 4 4
D C B A , ,
n n n n
D C B A .

(a) Find
2 2
B A . (2 marks)

(Contd)

@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)
(b) Find
2 1 3 2
: A A A A . (2 marks)

(c) An ant starts at A
1
, and crawls along the path A
1
A
2
A
3
A
n
as shown
in Figure 6.2. Show that the total distance crawled by the ant cannot
exceed 21 cm.
A
1
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
n
, 6.2 .
21 cm. (3 marks)

@@@ @@@@]

37. [02 Q.13]
A line segment AB of length 3 m is cut into three equal parts AC
1
, C
1
C
2
and C
2
B as
shown in Figure 7(a).
3m AB AC
1
, C
1
C
2
C
2
B7(a)

On the middle part C
1
C
2
, an equilateral triangle C
1
C
2
C
3
is drawn as shown in Figure 7(b).
C
1
C
2
C
1
C
2
C
3
7(b)

(a) Find, in surd form, the area of triangle C
1
C
2
C
3
.
C
1
C
2
C
3
(2 marks)

(Contd)

@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)
(b) AC
1
, C
1
C
3
,

C
3
C
2
and C
2
B in Figure 7(b) is divided into three equal parts.
Similar to the previous process, four smaller equilateral t riangles are drawn
as shown in Figure 7(c). Find, in surd form, the total area of all the triangles.
7(b) C
1
, C
1
C
3
,

C
3
C
2
C
2
B
7(c)
(3 marks)

(c) Figure 7(d) shows all the equilateral triangles so generated when the previous
process is repeated again. What would the total area of all the triangles if this
process is repeated indefinitely? Give your answer in surd form.
7(d)

(4 marks)


@@@ @@@@]

38. [03 Q.15]
Figure 6(a) shows an equilateral triangle A
0
B
0
C
0
of side 1 m. Another triangle A
1
B
1
C
1

is inscribed in triangle A
0
B
0
C
0
such that k
A C
C C
C B
B B
B A
A A
= = =
0 0
1 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
1 0
, where 0 < k < 1.
Let A
1
B
1
= x m.

6(a) 1 mA
0
B
0
C
0
, A
1
B
1
C
1

A
0
B
0
C
0 ,
k
A C
C C
C B
B B
B A
A A
= = =
0 0
1 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
1 0
0 < k < 1. A
1
B
1
= x m.

(a) (i) Express the area of triangle A
1
B
0
B
1
in terms of k.
k A
1
B
0
B
1
.
(ii) Express x in terms of k.
k x.
(iii) Explain why A
1
B
1
C
1
is an equilateral triangle.
A
1
B
1
C
1
. (5 marks)

(Contd)
@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)
(b) Another equilateral triangle A
2
B
2
C
2
is inscribed in triangle A
1
B
1
C
1
such that
k
A C
C C
C B
B B
B A
A A
= = =
1 1
2 1
1 1
2 1
1 1
2 1
as shown in Figure 6(b).
A
2
B
2
C
2
A
1
B
1
C
1,
k
A C
C C
C B
B B
B A
A A
= = =
1 1
2 1
1 1
2 1
1 1
2 1

6(b) .
(i) Prove that the triangles A
1
B
0
B
1
and A
2
B
1
B
2
are similar.
A
1
B
0
B
1
A
2
B
1
B
2
.
(ii) The above process of inscribing triangles is repeated indefinitely to
generate equilateral triangles A
3
B
3
C
3
, A
4
B
4
C
4
, . Find the total a
rea of the triangles A
1
B
0
B
1
, A
2
B
1
B
2
, A
3
B
2
B
3
, .
, A
3
B
3
C
3
, A
4
B
4
C
4
, .
A
1
B
0
B
1
, A
2
B
1
B
2
, A
3
B
2
B
3
, . .
(6 marks)

HKCEE Question (Application of A.P. / G.P.)
@@@ @ J @@@@]

39. [99 Q.17 (a)(b)]
The manager of a factory estimated that in year 2000, the income of the
factory will drop r % each month from $500 000 in January to $284 400 in
December.

2000 r %
$500 000 $284 400

(a) Find r correct to the nearest integer.
r (3 marks)

(Contd)
@@@ @ J @@@@]

(Contd)

(b) Suppose the factorys production cost is $400 000 in January 2000.
The manager proposed to cut the cost by $20 000 every month (i.e., the
cost will be $380 000 in February and $360 000 in March etc.) and
claimed that it would not affect the monthly income.
Using the value of r obtained in (a), show that the factory will still
make a profit for the whole year.
2000 $400 000
$20 000 ( $380 000
$360 000)
(a) r (4marks)

@@@ @@@@]

40. [94 Q.15]
Suppose the number of babies born in Hong Kong in 1994 is 70 000 and in
subsequent years, the number of babies born each year increases by 2% of that
of the pervious year.
1994 70 000
2%

(a) Find the number of babies born in Hong Kong
(i) in the first year after 1994.
(ii) in the n
th
year after 1994.

(i) 1994
(ii) 1994 n (2 marks)

(b) In which year will the number of babies born in Hong Kong first
exceed 90 000?
90 000 (3 marks)

(Contd)
@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)
(c) Find the total number of babies born in Hong Kong from 1997 to 2046
inclusive.
1997 2046 ()
(3 marks)

(d) It is known that from 1901 to 2099, a year is a leap year if its number
is divisible by 4.
1991 20994
(i) Find the number of leap years between 1997 to 2046.
1997 2046 .
(ii) Find the total number of babies born in Hong Kong in the leap
years between 1997 to 2046.
1997 2046 .
(4 marks)
@@@ @ J @@@@]

41. [93 Q.10]
Consider the food production and population problems of a certain country. In
the 1
st
year, the countrys annual food production was 8 million tonnes. At the
end of 1
st
year its population was 2 million. It is assumed that the annual food
production increased by 1 million tonnes each year and the population
increases by 6% each year.
8
2 1
6%

(a) Find, in million tonnes, the annual food production of the country in
()
(i) the 3
rd
year
(ii) the n
th
year n (2 marks)

(b) Find, in million tonnes, the total food production in the first 25 years.
25 () (2 marks)

(Contd)
@@@ @ J @@@@]

(Contd)
(c) Find the population of the country at the end of

(i) the 3
rd
year
(ii) the n
th
year n (2 marks)

\

(d) Starting from the end of the first year, find the minimum number of
years it will take for the population to be doubled.
(3 marks)

(e) If the annual food production per capita is less than 0.2 tonne, the
country will face a food shortage problem. Determine whether the
country will face a food shortage or not at the end of 100
th
year.
0.2
100 (3 marks)

@@@ @ J @@@@]

42. [05 Q.16]
Peter borrows a loan of $200 000 from a bank at an interest rate of 6% per annum,
compounded monthly. For each successive month after the day when the loan is taken,
loan interest is calculated and then a monthly instalment of x $ is immediately paid to
the bank until the loan is fully repaid (the last instalment may be less than x $ ), where
200000 < x .
$200 000 , 6%, , .
, $x ,
( $x ), 200000 < x .

(a) (i) Find the loan interest for the 1st month.
.

(ii) Express, in terms of x , the amount that Peter still owes the bank after paying
the 1st instalment.
x .

(iii) Prove that if Peter has not yet fully repaid the loan after paying the nth
instalment, he will owes the bank ( ) ( ) { }. ] 1 005 . 1 [ 200 005 . 1 200000 $
n n
x .
n ,
( ) ( ) { }. ] 1 005 . 1 [ 200 005 . 1 200000 $
n n
x . (6 marks)

(Contd)
@@@ @ J @@@@]

(Contd)

(b) Suppose that Peters monthly instalment is $1 800 ( the last instalment may be less
than $1 800).
$1800 ( $1800)
(i) Find the number of months for Peter to fully repay the loan.
.

(ii) Peter wants to fully repay the loan with a smaller monthly instalment. He
requests to pay a monthly instalment of $900. However, the bank refuses his
request. Why?
. $900,
, (5 marks)
@@@ @@@@]

43. [92 Q.14]
(a) Given the G.P. a
n
, a
n 1
b

, a
n 2
b
2
,

, a
2
b
n2
, ab
n1

where a and b are unequal and non-zero real numbers, find the
common ratio and the sum to n terms of the G.P.

a
n
, a
n 1
b

, a
n 2
b
2
,

, a
2
b
n2
, ab
n1

a b n
(3 marks)

(b) A man joins a saving plan by depositing in his bank account a sum of
money at the beginning of every year. At the beginning of the first year,
he puts an initial deposit of $P. Every year afterwards, he deposits 10%
more than he does in the pervious year. The bank pays interest at a rate
of 8% p.a., compounded yearly.

$P10%
8%

(Contd)
@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)
(b) (i) Find, in terms of P, an expression for the amount in his account
at the end of
P
(1) the first year
(2) the second year
(3) the third year
( Note: You need not simplify your expressions )
( )

(ii) Using (a), or otherwise, show that the amount in his account at
the end of the nth year is $ 54P(1.1
n
1.08
n
).
(a) n
$ 54P(1.1
n
1.08
n
). (7 marks)

(Contd)
@@@ @@@@]

(Contd)
(c) A flat worth $1 080 000 at the beginning of a certain year and at the
same time, a man joins the saving plan in (b) with an initial deposit
$P = 20 000. Suppose the value of the flat grows by 15% every year.
Show that at the end of the nth year, the value of the flat is greater than
the amount in the mans account.

$1 080 000
(b) $P = 20 000
15%n
(2 marks)

Page 1/54
Not for Sale

sin sin sin A B C
a b c
= =

@j@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@@@@@@Q@@Q@@@@QQ@@-

~,@Q@Q (iq[(qq| (riqq|

Opposite
sin
Hypotenuse
=

Adjacent
cos
Hypotenuse
=

Opposite
tan
Adjacent
=

_,Q@Q@Q [ riq[(qq| (riqq|

3 3- -D D T Tr ri ig go on no om me et tr ry y ( (@ @@ @@ @Q QQ Q
2 2 2
2 cos b a c bc A = +
B
A
C
Hypotenuse

Opposite side

Adjacent side

a
b
c
A
B
C

/

Page 2/54
Not for Sale

Angle between two lines
@@@@@Q

e.g.1 The figure shows a right pyramid () VABCD with a square
base of sides 8 cm and slant edge () 10 cm.
(a) Find VN.
(b) Find the angle () between the lines VN and VC.
(c) Find the angle () between the lines VB and VC.
(Give the answers correct to 3 significant figures.)

(a) In ABCD, In VNC,

2 2 2
2
8 8
128
11.3 cm
5.66 cm
AC
AC
AC
NC
= +
=
=
=

2 2 2
2
(5.66) 10
68
8.25 cm
VN
VN
VN
+ =
=
=

(b) In VNC,

5.66
cos
10
55.6
NVC
NVC
=
=

The angle between VN and VC is 55.6.

(c) In VBC,
2 2 2
10 10 8
cos
2(10)(10)
47.2
BVC
BVC
+
=
=

The angle between VB and VC is 47.2.
Vertical lines ()
Horizontal lines ()
Other lines ()

V
N C
10 cm
5.66 cm
V
B C
10 cm 10 cm
8 cm

Page 3/54
Not for Sale
Angle between two lines
@@@@@Q
1. Consider a rectangular block with base EFGH.

Label each of the following angles.
(a) Angle between AG and FG. _______________
(b) Angle between AH and FH. _______________
(c) Angle between BD and FD. _______________
(d) Angle between BE and GE. _______________

2. The figure shows a rectangular block. AB = 6,
BC = 12 and BF = 8.
(a) Find the angle between AG and GE.

(b) Find the angle between AC and CF.

Page 4/54
Not for Sale

(projection)
.

Angle between a line and a plane
@@@@@@@Q

Technique !
@@@@Q@@ AB

Step 1: AB.
Step 2: B .
Step3: AB AD.

.
2D,
sin, cos tan BAD !

Notes:

AGCDHG
GD.

B
D
A
B
A
D
Page 5/54
Not for Sale

@@@@@@@Q

AG ABCD GAC AG CDHG AGD
:
AG AEHD GAH
:

DB ABEF ____________
DB CDFE ____________
DB ADF ____________

_]
Page 6/54
Not for Sale

@@@@@@@Q

e.g.2

In the figure, AD = 20 cm, AB = 12 cm and DH = 8 cm.
(a) Find the angle () between the line AG and plane EFGH.
(b) Find the angle () between the line AG and plane CDHG.
(Give the answers correct to 3 significant figures .)

(a) In EFGH,
2 2 2
2
8 20
464
21.5 cm
EG
EG
EG
= +
=
=

In AEG,
2
tan
21.5
5.30
AGE
AGE
=
=

The angle between AG and EFGH is 5.30.

(b) In CDHG,
2 2 2
2
8 2
68
8.25 cm
DG
DG
DG
= +
=
=

In ADG,
20
tan
8.25
67.6
DAG
DAG
=
=

The angle between AG and CDHG is 67.6.

A
E G
2 cm

A
D
G
20 cm

Technique:
{_
_@
Page 7/54
Not for Sale
@@@@@@@Q
1. The figure shows a rectangular block.

Write down:

(a) The projection of A on the plane EFGH is _______________.
(b) The projection of A on the plane CDHG is _______________.
(c) The projection of A on the plane BCGF is _______________.
(d) The projection of AG on the plane EFGH is _______________.
(e) The projection of AG on the plane CDHG is _______________.

2. The figure shows the same rectangular block.

Write down:
(a) Angle between AH and the plane EFGH is _______________.
(b) Angle between AF and the plane EFGH is _______________.
(c) Angle between AC and the plane CDHG is _______________.
(d) Angle between AG and the plane EFGH is _______________.
(e) Angle between AG and the plane CDHG is _______________.

Page 8/54
Not for Sale
@@@@@@@Q
3. Consider a right pyramid with a rectangular base ABCD. AC and BD meets at
P. Q and R are the mid-points of AB and CD respectively.
Write down:
(a) Projection of VB on the base.
_______________
(b) Angle between VB and the base.
_______________
(c) Projection of VR on the base.
_______________
(d) Angle between VR and the base.
_______________

4. The figure shows a rectangular block with
base EFGH.
(a) Find the angle between DG and the base.

(b) Find the angle between AG and the base.

Page 9/54
Not for Sale

@@@@@Q@
@@@@@@@Q@
Angle between two planes
@@@@Q

q@_@@ rqq| rqq| rqq| rqq| @@@Q@

(Right triangular prism)

(Right pyramid)

Angle between

Name of angle

Value

ABCD & CDEF BCF 90
ABCD & BCF DCF 90
ABEF & ABCD
FBC
(or GJH)
!

Angle between

Name of angle

Value

VAB & ABCD VMN !
VCD & VDA CNA
!!

N
H
Page 10/54
Not for Sale

@@@@Q

e.g. 3 The figure shows a right pyramid VABCD with a square base. The height and
side of the square base are both 20 cm. The angle between VA and VB is 48.
(a) Find the angle () between the planes VAB and ABCD.
(b) Find the angle () between the planes VAB and VBC.

(a) MN = 20 2 = 10 cm
In VMN,

20
tan
10
63.4
VMN
VMN
=
=

The angle between
VAB and ABCD is 63.4.

(b) The angle we need to find is AKC, where K is
a point on VB such that AP VB and CP VB.
In ABCD, In VNA,

2 2 2
2
20 20
800
20 2 cm
10 2 cm
AC
AC
AC
AN
= +
=
=
=

2 2 2
2
20 (10 2)
600
10 6 cm
VA
VA
VA
= +
=
=

In VAK,

sin 48
10 6
18.2 cm
AK
AK
=
=

By symmetry, KC = AK = 18.2 cm
In AKC,

2 2 2
(18.2) (18.2) (20 2)
cos
2(18.2)(18.2)
102
AKC
AKC
+
=
=

The angle between VAB and VBC is 102.

M

K
V
N A
20 cm
10 2 cm
V
N M
20 cm
10 cm
V
K A
10 6 cm
48
A
K
C
18.2 cm 18.2 cm
20 2 cm
Page 11/54
Not for Sale
@@@@Q
1. The figure shows a right pyramid with a rectangular base. Label each of the
following angles.
Write down:
(a) The angle between plane VAB and the base.
_______________
(b) The angle between plane VCD and the base.
_______________
(c) The angle between plane VAB and plane VCD.
_______________

2. The figure shows a cube. Label each of the
following figures.
Write down:
(a) Angle between plane ABGH and plane EFGH.
_______________
(b) Angle between plane CFH and plane EFGH.
_______________
(c) Angle between plane CEF and plane EFGH.
_______________

Page 12/54
Not for Sale

Line with greatest slope
@]@

Question: Which line has the greatest slope on the inclined plane? AF or JG?
AF JG

Answer:

FC GH AC > HJ
tan < tan JG

F
C A
G
H J
H
= tan =
FC
AC

= tan =
GH
HJ

Page 13/54
Not for Sale
Line with greatest slope
@]@
6. The figure shows a triangular prism
with ABCD and BCFE are rectangles.
P and Q are mid-points of AD and EF
respectively. DF EF and AE EF.
Write down:
(a) The projection of DC on the plane BCFE is _______________.
(b) The projection of PB on the plane BCFE is _______________.
(c) The projection of PC on the plane BCFE is _______________.
(d) The projection of DB on the plane BCFE is _______________.

7. Refer to the figure in question 6 with AB = 60 m,
BE = 45 m and BC = 80 m. Which of the lines DC,
PB and DB makes the greatest angle with the base?
Hence find the value of the greatest angle.

Page 14/54
Not for Sale
E
D
A
B
C
5
F
H
G
3
12

HKCEE Question (3-D Trigonometry)
@@@ (@@@QQ

1. [93 M.C.48]
In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a cuboid. The diagonal
AH makes an angle with the base ABCD . Find tan .

A.
5
3

B.
12
3

C.
13
3

D.
178
3

E.
5
153

2. [04 M.C.48]
The figure shows the cube ABCDEFGH of side
2 cm. X and Y are the mid-points of AB and GH
respectively. Find XY.

A. 3 cm
B. 2 2 cm
C. 5 cm
D. 6 cm

Page 15/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

Questions 3 and 4 refer to the figure below, which shows a cuboid ABCDEFGH with
AE = 2a , EF = 2b and FG = 2c . AC and BD intersect at X.

3. [91 M.C.45]
XE =

A.
2 2 2
c b a + +
B. ( )
2 2 2
2c b a + +
C. ( )
2 2 2
2 c b a + +
D. ( )
2 2 2
2 c b a + +
E.
2 2 2
2 c b a + +

4. [91 M.C.46]
If the angle between XE and the plane EFGH is , then tan =

A.
b
a

B.
b
a 2

C.
( )
b
c a
2 2
2 +

D.
2 2
c b
a
+

E.
2 2
2
c b
a
+

Page 16/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

5. [94 M.C.20]
In the figure, PC is a vertical pole standing on
the horizontal plane ABC . If ABC = 90 ,
BAC = 30 , AC = 6 and PC = 5 , find tan .

A.
5
3

B.
6
5

C.
3
5

D.
5
3 3

E.
9
3 5

6. [95 M.C.51]
In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a cuboid. tan =

A.
3
1

B.
3
1

C. 1
D. 3
E. 3
Page 17/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

7. [01 M.C.51]
In the figure, PC is a vertical pole standing on the
horizontal ground ABC . D is a point on line AB . If
BCA = CDB = 90 , AC = 3 m , BC = 4 m and
PC = 5 m , find tan .

A.
25
12

B.
25
16

C.
16
25

D.
12
25

E.
9
25

8. [00 M.C.52]
The figure shows a right triangular prism.
Find its volume.

A. cos sin cos sin
3
1
2
m
3

B. cos sin cos sin
3
1
2
m
3

C. cos sin cos sin
2
1
m
3

D. cos sin cos sin
2
1
2
m
3

E. cos sin cos sin
2
1
2
m
3

Page 18/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

9. [06 M.C.24]
The figure shows a right prism ABCDEF with
a right-angled triangle as the cross-section. The
angle between BD and the plane CDEF is

A. BDE
B. BDF
C. DBE
D. DBE

10. [96 M.C.49]
The figure shows a right prism with a right-angled
triangle as the cross-section. Find the angle between
BF and the plane ABCD correct to the nearest degree.

A. 22
B. 34
C. 37
D. 42
E. 56
Page 19/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

11. [97 M.C.41]
In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle inclined at an
angle of 45 to the horizontal plane BCEF.
Find the inclination of AC to the horizontal plane

A. 27
B. 30
C. 35
D. 45
E. 55

12. [99 M.C.49]
In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular block.
Find the inclination of EM to the plane ABCD

A. 23
B. 25
C. 65
D. 71
E. 75

Page 20/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

13. [02 M.C.49]
In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular
block with a square base ABCD . Find FBH

A. 21
B. 41
C. 45
D. 60

14. [05 M.C.48]
In the figure, VABCD is a right pyramid with a
square base. If the angle between VA and the base
is 45 , then = AVB

A. 45
B. 60
C. 75
D. 90

Page 21/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

15. [91 M.C.49]
In the figure, the height of the vertical pole PO is

A. 7.5 m
B. 15 m
C. 15 2 m
D. 15 3 m
E. 45 m

16. [05 M.C.47]
In the figure, B, C and D are three points on a
horizontal plane such that = 90 CBD .
If AB is a vertical pole, then BCD =

A. 15
B. 30
C. 45
D. 60

Page 22/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

17. [04 M.C.49]
In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular block.
EG and FH meet at X. M is the mid-point of EH.
Which of the following makes the greatest angle
with the plane ABCD?

A. AG
B. AH
C. AM
D. AX

18. [92 M.C.15]
Find the ratio of the volume of the tetrahedron
ACHD to the volume of the cube ABCDEFGH.

A. 1 : 8
B. 1 : 6
C. 1 : 4
D. 1 : 3
E. 1 : 2
Page 23/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

19. [92 M.C.47]
In the figure, if is the angle between the
diagonals AG and BH of the cuboid, then

A.
3
2
2
sin =

B.
4
3
2
sin =

C.
3
1
2
sin =

D.
3
2
sin =
E.
4
3
sin =

20. [98 M.C.48]
The figure shows a right pyramid with a square
base ABCD . Let be the angle between the planes
VAB and VCD . Find sin
2
.

A.
2
1

B.
2
3

C.
3
1

D.
5
1

E.
5
2
Page 24/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

21. [05 Q.14]

In Figure 6, a thin triangular board ABC is held with the vertex C on the
horizontal ground . D and E are points on the ground vertically below A and B
respectively. BC is inclined at an angle of 30 with the horizontal. It is known
that AD = 100 cm , BC = 120 cm , = 60 CAB and = 80 ABC .

(a) Find BE and CE. (2 marks)
(b) Find AB and AC. (3 marks)
(c) Find CDE and the shortest distance from C to DE. (6 marks)
Page 25/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 26/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

22. [04 Q.17]

In Figure 9, ABCD is a rectangular inclined plane. E and F are points on the
straight lines AB and CD respectively. F is vertically below F . A , E , B and
F are on the same horizontal ground. = 90 E F A , = 60 F FA ,
= 30 F FE , = 20 EFB and EF = 20 m.

(a) (i) Find F F and AE.
(ii) Find AEF . (7 marks)
(b) A small red toy car goes straight from E to B at an average speed of 2 m/s
while a small yellow toy car goes straight from F to B at an average speed
of 3 m/s. The two toy cars start going at the same time. Will the yellow toy
car reach B before the red one? Explain your answer. (4 marks)

Page 27/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 28/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

23. [96 Q.15]
In Figure 8, the rectangular plane ABCD is a hillside with inclination 30 . C
and O are vertically below C and O respectively so that A , B , C , O are on
the same horizontal plane. BO is a straight path on the hillside which makes an
angle 60 with BC, and OT is a vertical tower. 2000 = AB m, 1000 = BO m and
50 = OT m.

(a) Find BC and C C . (2 marks)
(b) Find the inclination of BO with the horizontal. (2 marks)
(c) Find AT. (5 marks)
(d) There are cable cars going directly from A to T. A man wants to go to T
from B and he can do this by taking either one of the following two
routes:
Route I: Walking uphill along BO at an average speed of 0.3 m/s
and taking a lift in the tower for 1 minute from O to T.
Route II: Walking along BA at an average speed of 0.8 m/s and
taking a cable car from A to T at average speed of 3.2 m/s.
Determine which route takes a shorter time. (3 marks)
Page 29/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 30/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

24. [93 Q.12]

In Figure 8, PQ is vertical television tower h meters high. A and B are two
points 100m apart on a straight road in front of the tower with A , B and Q on the
same horizontal ground and = 80 AQB . The angles of elevation of P from A
and B are 45 and 60 respectively.

(a) (i) Express the lengths of AQ and BQ in terms of h .
(ii) Find h and QAB . (8 marks)
(b) A person walks from A along the road towards B . At a certain point R
between A and B , the person finds that the angles of elevation of P is
50 . How far away is R from A ? (4 marks)

Page 31/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 32/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

25. [02 Q.14]
In Figure 8, AB is a straight track 900 m long on the horizontal ground. E is a
small object moving along AB. ST is a vertical tower of height h m standing on
the horizontal ground. The angles of elevation of S from A and B are 20 and 15
respectively. = 30 TAB .

(a) Express AT and BT in terms of h.
Hence find h. (5 marks)
(b) (i) Find the shortest distance between E and S.
(ii) Let be the angle of elevation of S from E. Find the range of values of
as E moves along AB. (6 marks)
Page 33/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 34/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

26. [94 Q.14]

In Figure 8, OT is a vertical tower of height h meters and O , P and Q are points
on the same horizontal plane. When a man is at P, he finds that the tower is due
north and that the angle of elevation of the top T of the tower is 30 . When he
walks a distance of 500 meters in the direction E N 50 to Q , he finds that the
bearing of the tower is W N 70 .

(a) Find OQ and OP. (3 marks)
(b) Find h . (2 marks)
(c) Find the angle of elevation of T from Q, giving your answer correct to
the nearest degree. (2 marks)
(d) (i) If he walks a further distance of 400 meters from Q in a
direction E N to a point R (not shown in Figure 8) on the
same horizontal plane, he finds that the angle of elevation of T
is 20 . Find OQR and hence write down the value of to
the nearest integer.
(ii) If he starts from Q again and walks the same distance of 400
meters in another direction to a point S on the same horizontal
plane, he finds that the angle of elevation of T is again 20 .
Find the bearing of S from Q, giving your answer correct to the
nearest degree. (5 marks)
Page 35/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 36/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

27. [90 Q.10]

In Figure 4, OT represents a vertical tower of height h meters. From the top T
of the tower, two landmarks A and B , 500 meters apart on the same horizontal
ground, are observed to have angles of depression 30 and 60 respectively.
The bearings of A and B from the tower OT are W S 20 and E S 40
respectively.

(a) Find the lengths of OA and OB in terms of h . (3 marks)
(b) Express the length of AB in terms of h .
Hence, or otherwise, find the value of h . (5 marks)
(c) Find OAB, correct to the nearest degree.
Hence write down
(i) the bearing of B from A.
(ii) the bearing of A from B. (4 marks)

Page 37/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 38/54
Not for Sale

@@@ (@@@QQ

28. [92 Q.15]

In Figure 8a, ABCD is a thin square metal sheet of side three meters, the metal
sheet is folded along BD and the edges AD and CD of the folded metal sheet are
placed on a horizontal plane with B two meters vertically above the plane .
E is the foot of the perpendicular from B to the plane . (see Figure 8b)

(a) Find the lengths of BD , ED and AE ,
(Leaving your answer in surd form.) (3 marks)
(b) Find ADE . (3 marks)
(c) Find the angle between BD and the plan . (2 marks)
(d) Find the angle between the planes ABD and CBD. (4 marks)
Page 39/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 40/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

29. [99 Q.18]

In Figure 10, a paper card ABC in the shape of an equilateral triangle of side 24
cm is folded to form paper aeroplane. D , E , and F are points on edge BC so that
BD = DE = EF = FC . The aeroplane is formed by folding the paper card along
the lines AD , AE and AF so that AD and AF coincide. If is supported by two
vertical sticks BM and CN of equal length so that A , B , D , F , C lie on the same
plane and A , E , M , N lie on the same horizontal ground.

(a) Find the distance between the tips, B and C , of the wings of the
aeroplane. (6 marks)
(b) Find the inclination of the wings of the aeroplane to the horizontal
ground. (2 marks)
(c) Find the length of the stick CN . (3 marks)
Page 41/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 42/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

30. [01 Q.16]

Figure 11 shows a piece of pentagonal cardboard ABCDE . It is formed by
cutting off two equilateral triangular parts, each of side x cm, from an equilateral
triangular cardboard AFG . AB is 6 cm long and the area of BCDE is 3 5 cm
2
.

(a) Show that 0 20 12
2
= + x x .
Hence find x. (4 marks)
(b) The triangular part ABE in Figure 11 is folded up along the line BE until the
vertex A comes to the position A (as shown in Figure 12) such that
= 40 ' ED A .
(i) Find the length of AD.
(ii) Find the angle between the planes BCDE and ABE.
(iii) If A, B, C, D, E are the vertices of a pyramid with base BCDE, find the
volume of the pyramid. (7 marks)
Page 43/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 44/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

31. [06 Q.17]
In Figure 9(a), ABC is a triangular paper card. D is a point lying on AC such that
BD is perpendicular to AC. It is known that AB = 40 cm , BC = 60 cm and AC =
90 cm .

(a) Find AD . (2 marks)
(b) The triangular paper card in Figure 9(a) is folded along BD such that
AB and BC lie on a horizontal plane as shown in Figure 9(b) .

(i) Suppose = 62 DAC .
(1) Find the distance between A and C on the horizontal plane.
(2) Using Herons formula, or otherwise, find the area of ABC
on the horizontal plane.
(3) Find the height of the tetrahedron ABCD from the vertex D to
the base ABC .
(ii) Describe how the volume of the tetrahedron ABCD varies when
ADC increases from 30 to 150 . Explain your answer. (9 marks)
Page 45/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 46/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

32. [98 Q.17]
In Figure 10, triangular sign post ABC stands vertically on the horizontal ground
along the east-west direction. AC = 4m, BC = 6 m, = 72 ACB and F is the
foot of the perpendicular from A to BC. When the sun shines from N50W with
an angle of elevation 35, the shadow of the sign post on the horizontal ground is
DBC.

(a) Find AF and FD. (4 marks)
(b) Find the area of the shadow DBC. (5 marks)
(c) Suppose the sun shines from N x W, where 50<x<90, but its angle of
elevation is still 35. State with reasons whether the area of the shadow of
the sign post on the horizontal ground is greater than, smaller than or equal
to the area obtained in (b). (2 marks)
Page 47/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 48/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

33. [95 Q.15]

Figure 9 shows a triangular road sign ABC attached to vertical pole OAB
standing on the horizontal ground . The plane ABC is vertical with 2 = OA m ,
6 . 0 = AB m , 7 . 0 = AC m and 8 . 0 = BC m . D is a point on the horizontal
ground vertically below C and is due north of the foot O of the pole.
The sun is due west. When its angle of elevation is 30 , the shadow of the road
sign on the horizontal ground is C B A .

(a) Find the length of A O and B A . (3 marks)
(b) Calculate BAC and hence find the length of OD. (4 marks)
(c) Find the area of the shadow C B A . (2 marks)
(d) If the angle of elevation of the sun is less than 30 ,
(i) state whether the shadow of AB is longer than, shorter than, or
equal B A in (a); and hence
(ii) state with reasons whether the area of the shadow of the road
sign ABC is larger than, smaller than, or equal to that of
C B A in (c). (3 marks)
Page 49/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 50/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

34. [03 Q.14]

Figure 5(a) shows a triangular metal plate OAB standing on the horizontal
ground. The side OA lies along the north-south direction on the ground. OB
is inclined at an angle of 40 to the horizontal. The overhead sun casts a
shadow of the plate, OAC, on the ground. OA = 3 m, OC = 4 m and AC = 6 m.

(a) Find OAC. (2 marks)
(b) In Figure 5(b), OAD is the shadow of the plate cast on the horizontal ground
when the sun shines from S W with an angle of elevation 30 . AO is
produced to cut CD at E. AD = 8 m.
(i) Find CD.
(ii) Find CAD. Using CE + ED = CD , or otherwise, find .
(9 marks)
Page 51/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ
Page 52/54
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@QQ

35. [00 Q.17]
Figure 10 shows a circle with center O and radius 10 m on a vertical wall which
stands on the horizontal ground. A, B and C are three points on the circumference
of the circle such that A is vertically below O, AOB = 90 and AOC = 20. A
laser emitter D on the ground shoots a laser beam at B. The laser beam then
sweeps through an angle of 30 to shoot at A. The angles of elevation of B and A
from D are 60 and 30 respectively.

(a) Let A be h above the ground.
(i) Express AD and BD in terms of h.
(ii) Find h. (7 marks)
(b) Another laser emitter E on the ground shoots a laser beam at A with angle
of elevation 25. The laser beam then sweeps through an angle 5 to shoot
at C. Find ACE. (4 marks)

Chapter. 4 : Measures of dispersion
Page 2/60
Not for Sale
Measure of Central Tendency and Dispersion (Discrete Data)
@@@@@@@@ (@@@@

Measure of Central Tendency @@@@@

Measure of Dispersion @@@@@

@@@@
Mean
Q@
1 2 3
...
n
x x x x
x
n
+ + + +
=

Median
q@@
n
1
2
n +

n
2
n
1
2
n
+

Mode
@@

@@@@
Range
@@Q

Inter-quartile Range
@@@@@@
Q
3
Q
1

Standard Deviation
@@@
2 2
1
( ) ... ( )
n
x x x x
n
+ +
=

* Q
1
: Lower quartile \@Q@@ Q
3
: Upper quartile _@Q@@
Page 3/60
Not for Sale
@
@@
Measure of Central Tendency and Dispersion (Discrete Data)
@@@@@@@@ (@@@@

Mean Q@

0 20 20 30 40 60
28.3
6
x
+ + + + +
= =

Median q@@
Median =
20 30
25
2
+
=

Mode @@
Mode = 20 @

Range @@Q
Range = 60 0 = 60 @

Inter-quartile Range @@@@@@

Q
1
= 20, Q
3
= 40, I.Q.R. = 40 20 = 20 @

Standard Deviation @@@

2 2 2 2
(0 28.3) (20 28.3) (20 28.3) (60 28.3)
6
18.6
+ + + +
=
=

0, 20, 20

$60 $0 $20 $20 $30 $40
_@@ @@q @q|g @@@@ @@@@ Qg( @
@
@
()
30, 40, 60
Q
1
Q
3
Median

Q
1
Q
3

()

Page 4/60
Not for Sale
@

40 @Q@@
@@Q@
Measure of Central Tendency and Dispersion (Grouped Data)
@@@@@@@@ (Q@@@

Mean Q@

29.5 5 49.5 20 69.5 10 89.5 5
57
40
x
+ + +
= =

Median q@@
Median = 50.5 Q

Modal Class @@@
Modal Class = 40 59 Q

Range @@Q
Range = 99.5 19.5 = 80 Q

Inter-quartile Range @@@@@@

6

Standard Deviation @@@

2 2 2
5 (29.5 57) 20 (49.5 57) 5 (89.5 57)
40
17.1
+ + +
=
=

Q
()

=

()

40
20 21

Q@ 20 39 40 59 60 79 80 99
@ 5 20 10 5

@q@ =
(20 39) 2 29.5 + =
@@@ = 99.5 @@ = 19.5
Page 5/60
Not for Sale
Measure of Central Tendency and Dispersion (Grouped Data)
@@@@@@@@ (Q@@@

Find the range , Q
1
, Q
3
and inter-quartile range of each of the following sets of data.
Q
1
, Q
3

1. 12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 26
Range = _________,
1
Q = _________,
3
Q = _________, I.Q.R = _________

2. 0.5, 1.3, 2.1, 3.7, 4.1, 4.9, 6.0
Range = _________,
1
Q = _________,
3
Q = _________, I.Q.R = _________

3. 15, 25, 22, 18, 19, 21, 25, 40
Range = _________,
1
Q = _________,
3
Q = _________, I.Q.R = _________

4. The following table shows the monthly salaries of a group of engineers.

Salary ($)

500110000 1000115000 1500120000 2000125000 2500130000
Frequency

15 25 35 20 5

Find the range, mean and standard deviation of distribution of the salary.

Page 6/60
Not for Sale

@@@-
q@ @@
@@ @@
Q@@-
q@ @
@@ @
Mean = $ 28.3
Range = $ 60
I.Q.R. = $ 20
= $ 18.6
Mean = $ 56.6
Range = $ 120
I.Q.R. = $ 40
= $ 37.2
Mean = $ 66.6
Range = $ 120
I.Q.R. = $ 40
= $ 37.2
@
Effects on Dispersion with changing data
@@@@@@@@@

Q@@@@~@@@~@@@@@@@@@q@@@@@@

Remove Max
@@@@@
Remove Min.
@@@q@
All data +k
@@@ + k
All data k
@@@ k
Mean Q@ + k
k
Range @@Q

k
@@@@@@

k
Standard Deviation
@@@

k

$60 $0 $20 $20 $30 $40
_@@ @@q @q|g @@@@ @@@@ Qg( @
$120
$0 $40 $40 $60 $80
$130

$10 $50 $50 $70 $90
Page 7/60
Not for Sale
Effects on Dispersion with changing data
@@@@@@@@@

Consider the height (in cm) of 10 plants:

20.6 32.0 36.7 18.5 12.8 23.7 14.5 16.2 19.1 20.3

(a) Find the mean, the inter-quartile range and the standard deviation of their height.

(b) After the first month, each plant has grown 10% in height. Find the new mean,
the new inter-quartile range and the new standard deviation of their height.

(c) After the second month, each plant has grown 2 cm in height. Find the new mean,
the new inter-quartile range and the new standard deviation of their height.

Page 8/60
Not for Sale
Statistical Chart
@Q@

@
Pie Chart
@@

Bar Chart
Q@

(Discrete data)

Broken line
graph
@@

(Discrete data)
/
(Overall trend)

Stem-and-leaf
diagram
Q@

72
Page 9/60
Not for Sale
Statistical Chart
@Q@

@
Histogram
@@@

(Grouped data)

Frequency
polygon/ curve
@@@
@@

(Grouped data)

Cumulative
frequency
polygon/ curve
@@@@
@@@

(Grouped data)

@q@ (Class mark)
@q@ (Class mark)
@@ (Class boundary)
Page 10/60
Not for Sale
Cumulative frequency polygon
@@@@@

@@@@@~@@@@@@@@@ (Dispersion) ]@@@

Tips :
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@]QQ

@@@Q@@Q@@@@ (Inter-quartile Range) @@@@@@@
@_@@@ III @@@ > I @@@ > II @@@

Q
3
Q
1

Median
@@
Max.
value
Min.
value
Q
1
Q
3
Q
1
Q
3
Q
1
Q
3

Page 11/60
Not for Sale
Cumulative frequency polygon
@@@@@

Find the inter-quartile range from each of the following cumulative frequency
polygons.

I.Q.R. = _______________ I.Q.R. = _______________

I.Q.R. = _______________ I.Q.R. = _______________

Page 12/60
Not for Sale
@
@@

Box-and-whisker Diagram
@@

@@~@@@@@@@@@ (Dispersion) ]@@@

Max. value @@@
Min. value @q@
Q3 (Upper quartile)
Median q@@
Q1 (Lower quartile)

$60 $0 $20 $20 $30 $40
_@@ @@q @q|g @@@@ @@@@ Qg( @
0 20 40 60
@@ @
Q
1
Q
3
Median Min Max
25%
25%
25%
25%
@@@@@@
@@@@@-
@@Q@@@@@
Page 13/60
Not for Sale
Box-and-whisker Diagram
@@

1. Refer to the following box-and-whisker diagrams, find the median, range and
inter-quartile range.

Median:
Range:
I.Q.R.:

2. Draw a box-and-whisker diagram for each of the following data.

Prices ($) of magazines: Lifetimes (in hour) of batteries:
5, 8, 8, 10, 10, 12, 15, 18, 25, 30 6, 6, 7, 7, 9, 9, 9, 11, 15, 18

Page 14/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Mean, Median, Mode)
@@@ (@@@@

1. [99 M.C.33]
Find the median and mode of the ten numbers

6, 8, 3, 3, 5, 5, 5, 7, 7, 11

A. median = 5 , mode = 5
B. median = 5 , mode = 5.5
C. median = 5.5 , mode = 5
D. median = 5.5 , mode = 6
E. median = 6 , mode = 5

2. [01 M.C.21]
If the mean of the ten numbers 8, 6, 6, 6, 7, 4, 10, 9, 9, x is 7, find the median of
the ten numbers.
8 6 6 6 7 4 10 9 9 x 7

A. 5.5
B. 6
C. 6.5
D. 7
E. 7.5

Page 15/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@

3. [95 M.C.33]
The mean of a set of 9 numbers is 12 . If the mean of the first 5 numbers is 8 ,
the mean of the other four numbers is
9 12 5 8 4

A. 4
B. 10
C. 16
D. 17
E. 25

4. [05 M.C.34]
If the mean of five numbers 15, x + 4, x + 1, 2x 7, and x 3 is 6, then the
mode of the five numbers is
15, x + 4, x + 1, 2x 7, x 3 6,

A. 1
B. 4
C. 5
D. 15

Page 16/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@

5. [02 M.C.34]
For the five numbers x, x 1, x 2, x , x + 8 , which of the following must be
true?
x x 1 x 2 x x + 8

I. The median is x 2. x 2
II. The mean is x + 1. x + 1
III. The mode is 2. 2

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and III only
D. II and III only

6. [03 M.C.33]
The median of the five numbers 15, x 1 , x 3 , x 4 and x + 17 is 8.
Find the mean of the five numbers.

15 x 1 x 3 x 4 x + 17 8

A. 8
B. 12
C. 13.6
D. 14.4
Page 17/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@

7. [07 M.C.34]
If the mode of the seven numbers 8, 7, 1, 3, 7, a and b is 8, then the median of
the seven number is

8, 7, 1, 3, 7, a b 8

A. 3
B. 6
C. 7
D. 8
Page 18/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@

8. [94 Q.1 (d)]
The marks scored by eleven students in a mathematics quiz are as follows:

10, 20, 30, 45, 50, 60, 65, 65, 65, 70, 70.

(a) the mean ,
(b) the mode ,
(c) the median . (3 marks)

9. [02 Q.5]
For the set of data 4, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13, 13, 13, 18, find
4, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13, 13, 13, 18
(a) the mean ,
(b) the mode ,
(c) the median , (3 marks)

Page 19/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@

10. [99 Q.8]
The heights of 6 students are x cm , 161 cm , 168 cm , 159 cm , 161 cm and
152 cm . The mean height of these students is 158 cm .

6 x cm , 161 cm , 168 cm , 159 cm , 161 cm 152 cm.
158 cm .

(a) Find x .

(b) Find the median of the heights of these students.
. (4 marks)

Page 20/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@

11. [03 Q.11]
(a) For the set of data 10, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, find
10, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16
(i) the mode ,
(ii) the median ,
(iii) the mean ,
(iv) the range . (4 marks)

(b) Four unknown data are combined with the six data in (a) to form a set
of ten data.
(a)

(i) Find the least and the greatest possible values of the median of
the combined set of ten data.

(ii) If the mean of the four unknown data is 11, find the mean of the
combined set of ten data.
11
(4 marks)

Page 21/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Mean Advange Usage)
@@@ (@@ - @@@

12. [04 M.C.32]
The mean weight of 36 boys and 32 girls is 46 kg. If the mean weight of the
boys is 52 kg, then the mean weight of the girls is

36 32 46 kg 52 kg,

A. 39.25 kg
B. 40 kg
C. 40.67 kg
D. 49 kg

13. [93 M.C.32]
A group of n numbers has mean m . If the numbers 1, 2 and 6 are removed
from the group, the mean of the remaining n 3 numbers remains unchanged.
Find m .
n m 1 2 6
n 3 m

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 6
E. n 3

Page 22/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Mean Advance Usage)
@@@ (@@ - @@@

14. [92 M.C.32]
The table shows the mean marks of two classes of students in a mathematics
test. A student in Class A has scored 91 marks. It is found that his score was
wrongly recorded as 19 in the calculation of the mean mark for Class A in the
above table. Find the correct mean mark of the 80 students in the two classes.

A 91
A 1980

Number of students

Mean mark

Class A A 38 72
Class B B 42 54

A. 61.65
B. 62.55
C. 63
D. 63.45
E. 63.9
Page 23/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Mean Advance Usage)
@@@ (@@ - @@@

15. [92 Q.8]
In a sport competition, the mean score of a team of m men and n women is 70.
mn 70.

(a) Find the total score of the teams in terms of m and n.
mn .

(b) If the mean score of the men is 75 and the mean score of the women is
62, find the ratio m : n.
75 62, m : n.

(c) If there are altogether 39 persons in the team, find the number of men.
39 , . (6 marks)
Page 24/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Range, I.Q.R. and )
@@@ (QQ@Q@@@@@

16. [02 M.C.54]
The standard deviation of the four numbers m 7, m 1 , m + 1 and m + 7 is
m 7 m 1 m + 1 m + 7

A. 2.5
B. 4
C. 5
D. 10

Find the standard deviation of the five numbers x 2, x 1, x, x + 1 and x + 2.
x 2 x 1 x x + 1 x + 2

A. 0
B. 2
C. 2x
D. 2 x
Page 25/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Range, I.Q.R. and )
@@@ (QQ@Q@@@@@

18. [06 M.C. 54]
Find the standard deviation of the five numbers 10a + 1 , 10a + 3 , 10a + 5 ,
10a + 7 and 10a + 9.
10a + 1 , 10a + 3 , 10a + 5 , 10a + 7 and 10a + 9

A. 0
B.
12
5

C. 10
D. 2 2

19. [05 Q.15(a) Modified]
The scores (in marks) obtained by a class of 20 students in a music test are
shown below:
20
84 86 90 93 100
103 120 120 120 121
122 134 134 136 137
144 146 146 146 158

Find the mean and the standard deviation of the above scores.
(3 marks)
Page 26/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Effects on Dispersion with changing data)
@@@ (@@@@@@@@@

20. [00 M.C.23]
{ } 8 , 6 , 4 , 2 , + + + + x x x x x and { } 9 , 7 , 5 , 3 , 1 + + + + + x x x x x are two groups
of numbers. Which of the following is / are true?
{ } 8 , 6 , 4 , 2 , + + + + x x x x x { } 9 , 7 , 5 , 3 , 1 + + + + + x x x x x

I. The two groups of numbers have the same range.

II. The two groups of numbers have the same standard deviation.

III. The two groups of numbers have the same mean.

A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. I and II only
E. I and III only
Page 27/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@@@@@

21. [03 M.C.36]
x is the mean of the group of numbers {a, b, c, d, e}. Which of the following
statements about the two groups of numbers { a, b, c, d, e } and { a, b, c, d, e,
x} must be true?
x {a, b, c, d, e}{ a, b, c, d, e }{ a, b, c, d, e,
x}

I. The two groups of numbers have the same mean.

II. The two groups of numbers have the same range.

III. The two groups of numbers have the same standard deviation.

A. I only
B. III only
C. I and II only
D. II and III only

Page 28/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@@@@@

22. [06 M.C.34]

{ } 5 , 4 , 3 , 6 + + x x x x and { } 9 , 2 , 1 , 8 + + x x x x
are two groups of numbers. Which of the following is/are true?
{ } 5 , 4 , 3 , 6 + + x x x x { } 9 , 2 , 1 , 8 + + x x x x

I. The two groups of numbers have the same mean.

II. The two groups of numbers have the same median.

III. The two groups of numbers have the same range.

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and II only
D. II and III only

Page 29/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@@@@@

23. [91 M.C.30]
The mean and standard deviation of a distribution of test scores are m and s
respectively. If 4 marks are added to each score of the distribution, what are
the mean and standard deviation of the new distribution?

m s 4

Mean Standard Deviation
A. m + 4 s
B. m + 4 s + 2
C. m + 4 s + 4
D. m s + 2
E. m s + 4

24. [94 M.C.32]
The mean, standard deviation and interquartile range of n numbers are m, s
and q respectively. If 3 is added to each of the n numbers, what will be their
new mean, standard deviation and interquartile range?

n ms q
3

Mean

Standard Deviation

Interquartile Range

A. m s q
B. m s + 3 q + 3
C. m + 3 s q
D. m + 3 s q + 3
E. m + 3 s + 3 q + 3

Page 30/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@@@@@

A large group of students sat in a Mathematics test consisting of two papers,
Paper I and Paper II. The table below shows the mean, median, standard
deviation and range of the test marks of these students in each paper:

Test paper

Mean

Median

Standard deviation

Range

Paper I 46.1 46 15.2 91
Paper II 60.3 60 11.6 70

(a) State which one of the above score distribution is less dispersed.
Explain your answer.

(2 marks)

(b) In a mark adjustment, the Mathematics teacher added 4 marks to the
test mark of Paper I for each of these students. Write down the mean,
the median and the range of the test marks of Paper I after the mark
adjustment.
4

(3 marks)
Page 31/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@@@@@@@@@

The following are the marks scored by 35 students in a Mathematics test:
35

0 0 5 8 11 12 41 42 45 48
50 62 70 73 73 73 77 78 80 80
82 82 82 83 83 85 85 87 90 90
95 95 95 95 98

(a) Find the mean, mode, median and standard deviation of the above
marks. (Working need not be shown.)
() (4 marks)

(b) Explain briefly why the mean may not be a suitable measure of central
tendency of the distribution of marks in the test.

(1 mark)

(c) The Mathematics teacher later found that a student was given 10 marks
fewer in the Mathematics test. Find the mean of the marks of the test
after the wrong mark has been corrected.
10
(2 marks)
Page 32/60
Not for Sale

HKCEE Question (Statistical Chart)
@@@ (@Q@

27. [94 M.C.30]
In the figure, the pie chart shows the monthly
expenditure of a family. If the family spends
$4 800 monthly on rent, what is the monthly
expenditure on entertainment?

$4800

A. $240
B. $600
C. $720
D. $1 800
E. $12 000

28. [02 M.C.33]
The pie chart below shows the expenditure
of a family in January 2002. The
percentage of the expenditure on Rent was

2002 1

A. 12.5 %
B. 22.5 %
C. 25 %
D. 45 %

Page 33/60
Not for Sale
Page 34/60
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@

29. [04 M.C.35]
The pie chart shows the expenditure of a student
in March 2004. If the student spent $520 on meals,
then the students total expenditure on
entertainment and clothing was

2004 3
$520

A. $ 780
B. $ 1 092
C. $ 1 352
D. $ 1 872

30. [97 M.C.24]
The histogram below shows the distribution of the weights of 30 students.
Find the mean weight of these students.
30

A. 36.5 kg
B. 38.5 kg
C. 39 kg
D. 39.5 kg
E. 41.5 kg

Page 35/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@

31. [96 M.C.32]
The bar chart below shows the number of electronic dictionaries sold in a shop
last week:

Of those electronic dictionaries sold last week, what percentage were sold on
Sunday?

A. 16 %
B. 18 %
C. 20 %
D. 22.5 %
E. 25 %

Page 36/60
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@

The bar chart below shows the distribution of scores of a test. Find the
standard deviation of the scores of the test.

A. 0
B.
9
8

C.
3
2 2

D.
3
3 2

E.
5
6

33. [96 M.C.33]
Which of the following cannot be read directly from a cumulative frequency
curve?

I. Mean.
II. Median.
III. Mode.

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and II only
D. I and III only
E. II and III only
Page 37/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@

34. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the marks of 40 students in a test.
__40 __]
Stem (10 cm) Leaf (1 cm)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8 8 9
2 2 3 4 5 7 8
3 4 5 7 7 9
0 0 1 2 3 5
0 1 1 2 3 4 6 7 9
2 4 6 8 8 9
0 0 2

Find the median of the marks ]_].
A. 60
B. 61.5
C. 62
D. 62.5

35. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the heights (in cm) of 10 trees.
__10 j (cm__) _
Stem (10 cm) Leaf (1 cm)
40
41
42
1 1 2
2 3 8
3 4 7 7

Find the standard deviation of the heights _j}_.
A. 2.5 cm
B. 10.1 cm
C. 12.8 cm
D. 25.3 cm
Page 38/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@

36. [07 M.C.36]
Page 39/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@

37. [06 M.C.36]
The scatter diagram below shows the relation between x and y. Which of the
following may represent the relation between x and y?
x y x y

A. y varies directly as x
2

y x
2

B. y decreases when x increases
x y

C. x increases when y increases
y x

D. x remains unchanged when y increases
y x
Page 40/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Cumulative frequency polygon)
@@@ (@@@@@

38. [98 M.C.34]
In the figure, C
A
and C
B
are the cumulative frequency curves of distributions
of weights A and B respectively. Which of the following is / are true?
C
A
C
B
A B

I. median of A > median of B.
A > B
II. range of A > range of B.
A > B
III. inter-quartile range of A > inter-quartile range of B.
A > B

A. I only
B. I and II only
C. I and III only
D. II and III only
E. I, II and III

Cumulative
Frequency

weights (kg)
Page 41/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Cumulative frequency polygon)
@@@ (@@@@@

39. [92 M.C.34]
The figure shows the cumulative frequency curves of three distributions.
Arrange the three distributions in the order of their standard deviations, from
the smallest to the largest.

A. I II III
B. I III II
C. II I III
D. II III I
E. III I II

Page 42/60
Not for Sale
Bonus Question (Box-and-whisker Diagram)
@Q@@ (@@

40. Consider the two sets of data in the following box-and-whisker diagrams.
Which of the following statements must be true?

Group A Group B

I. They have same median.
_,|_]
II. They have same range.
_,|]|
III. They have same inter-quartile range.
_,|_][

A. II only
B. III only
C. I and II only
D. II and III only
10
20
30
40
50
Page 43/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Box-and-whisker Diagram)
@@@ (@@

41. [07 M.C.35]

In the figure, B
X
and B
Y
are the box-and-whisker diagrams for the distribution
X and Y respectively. Let u
1
, q
1
and r
1
be the mean, inter-quartile range and the
range of X respectively. Let u
2
, q
2
and r
2
be the mean, inter-quartile range and
the range of Y respectively. Which of the following must be true?

B
X
B
Y
X Y u
1
, q
1
r
1
X
u
2
, q
2
r
2
Y
?

I. u
1
< u
2

II. q
1
< q
2

III. r
1
< r
2

A. I only
B. II only
C. I and III only
D. II and III only

Page 44/60
Not for Sale
Bonus Question (Box-and-whisker Diagram)
@Q@@ (@@

42. Which of the following sets of data can be represented by the box-and-
whisker diagram below?
_]___

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A. 1, 9, 13, 15
B. 1, 1, 1, 1, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15
C. 1, 1, 9, 11, 15
D. 1, 1, 9, 13, 15

43. The following box-and-whisker diagram shows the waiting times of
the customers at Hang Seng Bank.

2 4 6 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 0 24 8
Waiting time (minute)

50% of the customers have waited
50%
A. for more than 6 minutes 6 .
B. for less than 14 minutes 14 .
C. for 6 to 14 minutes 6 14 .
D. for 6 to 8 minutes 6 8 .

Page 45/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Box-and-whisker Diagram)
@@@ (@@

44. [06 M.C.35]
The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the distribution of the weights (in
kg) of some students. Find the inter-quartile range of their weights.
(kg )

A. 5 kg
B. 10 kg
C. 15 kg
D. 30 kg
Page 46/60
Not for Sale
HKCEE Question (Application of Statistics)
@@@ (@Q@@

45. [06 Q.14]
The stem-and-leaf diagrams below show the distributions of the scores (in marks)
of the students of classes A and B in a test, where a , b , c and d are non-
negative integers less than 10 . If is given that each class consists of 25 students.

AB ()
a , b , c d 10 25

Class A
0 a 9
1 2 5 7 8 8
2 3 3 5 6 7 9
3 2 3 5 6 9 9 9
4 1 2 2 4 b

Class B
0 c 3 3 4 5
1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 6 7 8
2 1 1 5 5 5 7 8
3 5 9
4 d

(a) (i) Find the inter-quartile range of the score distribution of the
students of class A and class B respectively.
A B

(ii) Using the results of (a)(i), state which one of the above score
distribution is less dispersed.Explain your answer.
(a)(i)
(4 marks)

Page 47/60
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@@

46. [06 Q.9]
In figure 4, the pie chart shows the expenditure
of Ada in February 2006. It is given that she
spent $1750 on transportation in that month.

4 2006 2

$1750

Find
(a) x ,

(b) her total expenditure in that month,

(c) her expenditure on traveling on that month.
(5 marks)
Page 48/60
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@@

47. [99 Q.11]
A school conducted a survey on the placement
of her S.5 graduates last year. There were 200
graduates, of which 120 were boys and 80 were
girls. The placement of boys was shown in
Figure 6.

200 120
80 6

(a) Find the number of boys who repeated S.5.
(2 marks)

(b) Among all the boys promoted to S.6, what percentage of them was
promoted in their own school?
(2 marks)

(c) The result of the survey also showed that 22.5% of the girls were
promoted to S.6 in their own school. Find the percentage of graduates
promoted to S.6 in their own school.
22.5%
(2 marks)
120

Page 49/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

48. [07 Q.12]
The bar chart and pie chart in Figure 4 show the distribution of the numbers of
keys owned by the students in class A. The numbers of students having 2 keys,
3 keys and 4 keys are 12, 17 and k respectively.
4 A
2 3 4 1217 k

(a) Find the value of k. k (2 marks)

(Cont;d)
Page 50/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

(Contd)
(b) Find the number of students in class A. A
(2 marks)

(c) Find the probability that a randomly selected students in class A has
only 1 key.
A
(3 marks)

(d) It is given that the numbers of students in class A and B are the same.
The distributios of the numbers of keys owned by the students in class
A and class B are also the same. The two classes are now combined to
form a group. On each of the bar chart and the pie chart in Figure 4, is
there a modification needed in order that the statistical chart can be
shown the distribution of the numbers of keys owned by the student in
this group? If your answer is yes, write down the modification needed.
A B A B
4

?
(2 marks)
Page 51/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

49. [01 Q.10]
The histogram in Figure 6 shows the distribution of scores of a class of 40
students in a test.
_ 6 ___40 __j]

(a) Complete Table 1.
_ 1 (3 marks)

(b) Estimate the mean and standard deviation of the distribution.
___]j_j}_ (2 marks)
Page 52/60
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@@

50. [91 Q.1]

In Figure above, the cumulative frequency polygon shows the distribution of
the marks of 80 students in a Mathematics test.
80

(a) From the figure, write down the median of the distribution.

(b) Complete the above table.
Hence find the mean mark and standard deviation of the students in the
test. (5 marks)

Page 53/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

51. [98 Q.10]

(Contd)
Page 54/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

(Contd)
Two hundred students took a test in Mathematics. Figure 5 shows the
cumulative frequency polygon of the distribution of the test scores.
5

(a) Complete the tables below. (3 marks)
Test score (x)
(x)
Cumulative
Frequency

Test score (x)
(x)
Frequency

50 x 8 50 40 < x 8
60 x 50 60 50 < x 42
70 x 70 60 < x
80 x 80 70 < x
90 x 188 90 80 < x 30
100 x 200 100 90 < x 12

(b) If the passing score is 55, estimate the passing percentage of the
students in the test.
55 (4 marks)
Page 55/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

52. [93 Q.7]
The following frequency table shows the distribution of the scores of 200
students in a Mathematics examination.
200

Frequency Table Cumulative Frequency Table
Score

Frequency

Score (less than)
()
Cumulative
Frequency

0 9 20 9.5
10 19 40 19.5
20 29 60 29.5
30 39 50 39.5
40 49 20 49.5
50 59 10 59.5

(a) Complete the cumulative frequency table above.
(2 marks)

(b) (i) Draw the cumulative frequency polygon next page and
determine the interquartile range.

(ii) If the pass percentage is set at 60%, determine the pass score
from the cumulative frequency polygon.
60%
(6 marks)
(c) Find the mean and standard deviation of the distribution of scores.
(2 marks)
(Contd)
Page 56/60
Not for Sale

@@@ (@Q@@

(Contd)

(d) The teacher found that the scores were too low. He added 20 to each
score. Write down the mean and the standard deviation of the new set
of scores.
20
(2 marks)

Page 57/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

Figure 5 shows the cumulative frequency polygon of the distribution of the
lengths of 75 songs.
5 75

(a) Complete the table below. (2 marks)
Length
(t seconds )
Cumulative
frequency

Length
(t seconds )
Frequency

220 t 3 220 200 < t 3
240 t 16 240 220 < t 13
260 t 46 260 240 < t 30
280 t 280 260 < t
300 t 75 300 280 < t 9

(Contd)

Page 58/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

(Contd)
(b) Find the mean and standard deviation of the distribution.
(2 marks)

(c) Estimate from the cumulative frequency polygon the median of the
distribution.
(1 mark)

(d) What percentage of these songs have lengths greater than 220 seconds but
not greater than 260 seconds?
220 260
(2 marks)

(e) Find the new mean and the standard deviation of the distribution if

(i) the length of each song have been doubled,

(ii) the length of each song have been cut down by 1 minute.
1 (2 marks)

Page 59/60
Not for Sale
@@@ (@Q@@

54. [02 Q.12]
Two hundred students participated in a summer reading programme. Figure 6
shows the cumulative frequency polygon of the distribution of the numbers of
books read by the participants.
6

(a) The table below shows the frequency distribution of the numbers of
books read by the participants. Using the graph in Figure 6, complete
the table.
6

Page 60/60
Not for Sale
(Contd)
@@@ (@Q@@

(Contd)
Number of books read
(x)
Number of participants

Award

5 0 < x 66 Certificate
15 5 < x Book coupon
25 15 < x 64 Bronze medal
35 25 < x Silver medal
50 35 < x 10 Gold medal

(b) Using the graph in Figure 6, find the inter-quartile range of the
distribution.
6 (2 marks)

(c) Two participants were chosen randomly from those awarded with
medals. Find the probability that

(i) they both won gold medals ;
(ii) they won different medals .
(6 marks)

Patrick Chung Math Notes and Exercises

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Patrick Chung Math Notes and Exercises

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PATRICK CHUNG Mathematics 2010/11

Chapter. 1 : Quadratic Equations

= 501 000 times ()

(Squaring both sides of

38 = CBO , then = AOB

AC , then the circumference of the circle is

BC =7 and = 55 ACB . Find

You might also like